F.R.T CCPY, 
lod9 





Class 
Book. 



XCzni 



GopjTight IN?_ 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSm 



Gbe lake ffrencb device 

UNDER THE EDITORIAL SUPERVISION OF 

EDOUARD P. BAILLOT, Northwestern University 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH 



A PRACTICAL COURSE FOR HIGH SCHOOLS 
AND COLLEGES 



BY 

ANDRE BEZIAT de BORDES 

Professor of Modern Languages in the Wesleyan College of Macon, 

Georgia; Instructor in the Alliance Francaise ; 

Formerly Professor of the French Language and Literature 

in the Peninsular College of Gracia (Barcelona), Spain 



CHICAGO 

SCOTT, FORESMAN AND COMPANY 

1899 






Copyright, 1899, 
By Scott, Foresman and Company 



TWOCOPIE-.S RECEIVED, 









• 



C. J. Peters & Sox, Typographers, 
Boston. 






AUS MESTES DOU CASTET' DE BALANStJ 

Y 

A LA MIE "DAUM" AYMADE 

QUE PRESENTI AQUESTE 

PETIT LIBI. 



PEEFAOE. 



The great progress in the teaching of modern languages 
is due in part to the large and constantly increasing num- 
ber of " methods of instruction n and grammars which have 
been published lately. Each of these has been a step for- 
ward, and it is earnestly hoped that, in justification of its 
appearance, the same may be said of the little book, which, 
written at first for his own students, the author ventures 
to submit to the kind attention and criticism of the public. 

The title of the book will explain its aim, — which is, to 
present, in as simple a manner as possible, only the " ele- 
ments of French." The difficulty has consisted in elim- 
inating those facts, not essential, and those only; in 
avoiding the complexity of details, and the dryness of 
technicality ; and, at the same time, in giving enough details 
and technicality, to enable the student to understand the 
mechanism of the language. 

To simplicity had to be added that other requisite of 
every elementary book, variety, which is indispensable for 
holding the attention and interest of the student. If the 
author has been successful in this respect, he gladly ac- 
knowledges his indebtedness to the arrangement of lessons 
in Mr. Otis's " Elementary German," — if he has failed, it 
will be owing to his own shortcomings. 

In the choice of proverbs and sayings, the preference has 
been given to those which can be assigned to a well-known 
authorship; while, in writing or selecting the reading 

3 



4 PREFACE. 

pieces, the author wished to teach the student, — besides 
mere words and sentences, — some essential facts of 
French literary or political history. 

By a gradual presentation of the subject, as well as by 
a special arrangement of the table of irregular verbs, an 
effort has been made to simplify the study of the verb, — 
that most arduous part of French grammar. It will be 
found, perhaps, that something has been done to render less 
formidable that bete noire of the student of the French 
language. 

It is with pleasure that the author makes acknowledg- 
ment of his indebtedness to the excellent works of 
Messrs. Whitney, Van Dael, de Eougemont, Berlitz, Larive 
et Fleury, Leclair, Larousse, Littre, Demogeot, and others, 
and especially to Mr. Otis's- " Elementary German," — 
above mentioned, — all of which have been of valuable 
assistance in the preparation of these lessons. 

Finally, he wishes to express his thanks to Professor 
Edouard P. Baillot, of the Northwestern University, for 
his editorial help and indulgence. 

A. BEZIAT de BORDES. 
Chicago, April, 1899. 



SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS. 



1. Most of the chapters in Part I. are supposed to con- 
tain material for three fifty-minute recitations, although 
the size and nature of the class may at times allow a skill- 
ful teacher to cover the ground in two recitations. 

2. Before a lesson is assigned, it should be carefully 
explained by the teacher, and a correct pronunciation of 
each word of the vocabulary and reading-exercises given 
so that the lesson may be studied intelligently, and a 
faulty pronunciation avoided. 

3. The French-English exercises are intended to facili- 
tate the student's understanding of spoken French. Let 
him, therefore, with closed book, listen attentively while 
the instructor reads each sentence, and, after repeating it 
with proper pronunciation until familiar, give its idiomatic 
translation. 

4. The reading-exercises at the end of each chapter 
are intended to be memorized. 

5. The teacher may, as early as practicable, dictate in 
English short letters composed only of such words as 
students have had, or may easily understand from the 
vocabulary at the end of the book. All constructions 
beyond those in the lessons already studied should be 



6 SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS. 

avoided, and the tenses indicated, whenever they present 
any difficulty. 

6. It is believed that a thorough review ought to be 
made after every five chapters, and in order to facilitate 
this work, review exercises have been placed after Chap- 
ters V., X., XV., and XX. 

7. Part II. is designed for a reference book, to be used 
only in connection with other work of the class-room ; for, 
after the elementary principles of a language have been 
learned, further rules are needed only to answer questions 
arising from the text or lesson in hand. The same obser- 
vation may apply to the first chapter of Part I. (about 
pronunciation) : it is to be used only as a reminder of the 
practical rules of pronunciation given by the teacher. 



CONTEXTS. 



PAGE 

Preface 3 

Suggestions to Teachers 5 

Part I. 

CHAPTER 

I. Alphabet and Pronunciation 9 

II. The Definite Article 14 

III. Demonstrative Adjectives 19 

IV. The Indefinite Article 25 

V. Verbs 31 

First Review Lesson 38 

VI. Comparison of Adjectives 40 

VII. Personal Pronouns 46 

VIII. Pronoun "En" 53 

IX. Possessive Adjectives and Pronouns .... 58 
X. Compound Tenses. — Verbs conjugated with" 

" Avoir " 64 

Second Review Lesson 70 

XL Rules of Agreement of the Past Participle, 72 

XII. Verbs conjugated with "Etre" 77 

XIII. Reflexive Verbs 83 

XIV. Passive Voice of Verbs 89 

XV. The Verb after Conditional " si," if . . . 95 

Third Review Lesson 101 

XVI. Subjunctive 103 

XVII. Subjunctive (Continued) 109 

XVIII. Subjunctive (Continued) 114 

XIX. General Remarks upon the Inflection of 

the Verbs of Conjugations I. and II. . . 120 

XX. Irregularities in Conjugations III. and IV. . 125 

7 



8 CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER PAGE 

Fourth Review Lessox 130 

xxi. how to write a letter 132 

Irregular Verbs 139 

Part II. 

I. The Defixite Article 147 

II. The Noux 151 

III. Adjectives 155 

IV. Determixative Adjectives 160 

V. Proxouxs 163 

VI. Verbs — Use of Texses 172 

VII. Verbs — (Continued) 177 

VIII. Participles 184 

IX. Prepositions 188 

X. Adverbs — Coxjuxctioxs — I.vterjectioxs . . 192 

Vocabularies 197 

Ixdex 231 



Elements of Fkeistch. 



CHAPTER I. 

Alphabet and Pronunciation. 



a, a. 


J, 


zhee. 




s, 6s. 


b, ba. 


k, 


ka. 




t, ta. 


c, sa. 


1, 


el. 




u, ti. 


d, da. 


m, 


em. 




v, va. 


e, a. 


n, 


gn. 




w, doobl' va. 


f, 6f. 


o, 


0. 




x, eeks. 


g, zha. 


P, 


pa. 




y, eegrgck. 


h, ash. 


q, 


ktl. 




z, zed. 


i, ee. 


r, 


er (air). 




REMARKS ON 


THE 


ALPHABET. 




THE 


VOWELS. 





2. 

a is pronounced: (1) as in "father." Ex.: dme ; (2) as 

in " cap/' " flat." Ex. : malade. 
e has three different sounds : (1) e (e muet, " silent e ") is 
called silent, because it is pronounced very slightly, 
if at all, when at the end of a word or syllable. 
If pronounced, it has somewhat the sound of "u" 
in " shut." Ex. : table, venir, revenir (pronounced 
tabl', v'neer, ruv'neer). 
9 



10 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §2. 

(2) e (e ferme) has the sound of "a" in " f ate " = 
ai. Ex. : ete (pronounced ata or aitai). 

(3) e and e (e ouverti) can have a short or a long 
sound. When short, it is identical with English 
u e m j n u bed." When long, it has properly a some- 
what more open sound, and more stress must be 
laid upon it, as in " where." 

Ex. : (short) college, poete. 
(long) bete, succes. 

i has the sound of English " i " in " machine," or that of 
" ee." Ex. : ici, midi, clivise (pronounced ees-see, 
meed-dee, deev-vee-za). 

o is short or long. Short " o " = " o " in the word " cord," 
or, perhaps, = " aw " in " shawl." Long " o " is as 
the English " o " in " note," but not with quite so 
much stress laid upon it. 

Ex. : (short) fort, homme, George. 
(long) rose, chose, hote. 

u. — There is no sound in English equivalent to that of 
the French " u." This corresponds exactly to the 
German " u " (u with Umlaut). To pronounce " u," 
round the lips as when " oo " (boot) is uttered, and 
then pronounce "e," or vice versa. The position of 
the lips is similar to that of whistling. Care must 
be taken not to give it the sound of " e," although 
it is nearer this than the " oo " sound. It resem- 
bles vaguely the sound of the English u u" in 
"busy." Ex.: rue, pu, vu, plus, nu, pur f minute. 

y has the same sound as "i," except when between two 
vowels, in which case it has the value of a double 
"i." Ex.: syllabe, style, physique, etc. (pronounced 
seel-lab', steel, phee-zeec); envoyer, payer (pronounced 
a n-voi-eeai, pai-cea i). 



§§3-6. ALPHABET AND PRONUNCIATION. 11 

3. DIPHTHONGS. 

The diphthongs, with their approximate value, are : 

ai, ei = e or e. 
au, eau = 6 or 6. 

eu, oeu = English "u" in*' burn, ,; and " fur," or German "6." 
ou = English " oo" in " mood." 
oi = English " wa " in " wasp." 

4. NASAL VOWELS. 

When, in the same syllable, a vowel or diphthong is fol- 
lowed by the letters "m" or "n," these consonants are 
silent, but give a nasal sound to the preceding vowel or 
diphthong. For instance : poulain, plein, foin, manger, 
ronger, ajeun (pronounce the syllables and diphthongs with 
the same nasal sound as the English " aw " in the words 
"lawn-tennis," "pawn-shop"). But, if the consonant be- 
longs to the following syllable, or precedes a vowel or silent 
" h," it preserves its initial sound. 

5. (a) " u," in un or urn, takes the sound of eu. 
(b) "i," in in or i?n, is pronounced as ai. 

6. consonants. 

Pronounce : 

c, as in English (q = ss). Ex. : car, ca, ici (pronounced 
karr, ssa, eessee). 

ch, as " sh." Ex. : chanter, chasse (pronounced shanty', 
shass'). 

g, as in English, except before " e," " i," and " y 3 M when it 
has the soft sound of the English " s " in the words 
"treasure," "'pleasure." Ex.: garcon, gauche, gele, 
gigot (pronounced garsson', gohsh', zhelai', zheegoh'). 



12 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 7. 

gn, as " ni " in the English word " opinion." Ex. : mignon, 
rognon, grognon (pronounced minyon, ronyon, gron- 
yon). 

h, not at all. There are, however, two kinds of "h," 
called "mute or silent h " and "aspirate h " (h muet 
and h aspire) ; but the latter differs from the former 
only in the fact that it is marked by a pause, a sepa- 
ration from the preceding letters. Ex. : le heron, 
le heros, I 'heroine, I 'hero'isme (pronounced le | airon, 
le | airoh, lairoeen', lairoeezm'). 

j, as a soft" g" (= "s" in "pleasure"). Ex.: jaloux, 
jeune (pronounced zhaloo, zhun). 

1, as in English, except when liquid ; " 1 " is, in general, 
liquid when, in the same syllable, it is preceded by 
" i." Ex. : pale, male, gril, Jille (pronounced pal', 
mal, gry'e, fy'e). 

r, rolled — much more distinct than in English. Ex. : 
ravin, rotir, renaitre (pronounced rravin, rroteerr, 
rrenaitrr'). 

t, as in English, except in the endings " tial," "tiel," 
" tion," and some in " tie," when it is pronounced 
" ss." Ex. : tenir, partial, partiel, constitution, demo- 
cratic (pronounced t'neer, parssial, parssifil, consti- 
tussion, democrassie). 

s, as in English, except when between two vowels ; it has, 
then, the sound of "z." Ex.: sage, son, se$, .</'. 
peser, pause, oser, nosologic (pronounced ssage, sson, 
ssay, ssee, p'zai, poz', ozai, nozolozhee). 

x, as "ks" or " gz." Ex. : fixe t luxe, annexer, annextotif 
exemple, exercice (pronounced feeks, li'iks, Innfiksai, 
annSksion, ggzampl', 6gz6rssees'). 
7. At the end of a word, consonants (c, f, I, and r being 

excepted) are generally silent. 



§§8-10. ALPHABET AND PRONUNCIATION. 13 

q LIAISON. 

When a word, ending in a consonant, is followed by 
another word beginning with a vowel or silent "h," the 
final consonant of the first word is carried over to the sec- 
ond, and the two words are pronounced as one. Ex. : mal 
Sieve, mal habille (pronounced nialail've, malabiye). 

9. DIVISION OF SYLLABLES. 

As a general rule, it must be remembered that a sylla- 
ble, in French, begins with a consonant. Ex. : inanite, 
inamovible, amabilite. (Divide so : i-na-ni-te, i-na-mo-vi-ble, 
a-ma-bi-li-te.) 

When a double consonant (" nn," for instance) is placed 
between two syllables, the first " n " belongs to the preced- 
ing, and the second to the following syllable. 

10. ACCENT. 

There is not, properly speaking, any accent, or stress of 
the voice, upon a given syllable of a word, in French. All 
sounding syllables are pronounced with equal force. How- 
ever, when the last syllable of a word is silent, the penult 
must be slightly emphasized. 



14 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 11-14. 



CHAPTER II. 

The Definite Article. 

11. Gender. — There are but two genders : masculine and 
feminine. French has no neuter. Hence all nouns are 
either masculine or feminine. 

12. Article. — The definite article, "the," is le, mascu- 
line ; la, feminine ; les, for both genders in plural. 

(a), le and la, preceding a vowel or silent h, become V 
(e and a are elided, and replaced by an apostrophe). 

(b). le and les preceded by the prepositions de, " of," and 
a, "to," are contracted respectively into du, des, "of 
the," and au, aux, "to the." 

13. INFLECTION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 

PLURAL. 

Masc. and Fern. 
les, the. 

des, of the. 
aux, to the 



SINGULAR. 


Masc. 


Fern. 


le, 


la, 


du, 


de la, 


del', 


del', 


au, 


a la, 


ar, 


ai\ 



14, VOCABULARY. « 

Masculine. 

le livre, the book. le flls, the son. 

le crayon, the pencil. l'ami, the friend. 

le cheval, the horse. l'enfant, the child. 

le pain, the bread. l'homme, the man. 

le jar din, the garden. l'arbre, the tree. 

le pere, the father. 
1 In naming French nouns care should be taken always to prefix 
the article in the proper gender : as, le livre, la craie, Vhonunc, 
Veau. 



15-17. THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 15 





Feminine. 


la maison, the house. 




la fiUe, the daughter. 


la craie, the chalk. 




l'oreille, the ear. 


la ville, the city. 




l'eau, the water. 


la femme, the woman, 


the wife. 


l'huile, the oil. 


la mere, the mother, 






a, to. 




noir, black. 


et, and. 




vert, green. 


rouge, red. 




laid, homely. 


jeune, young. 




gros, big. 


jaune, yellow. 




bon, good. 


grand, large, great, 


tall. 


blanc, white. 


petit, small, short. 




sage, well-behaved, wise. 



1 5. EXERCISE. 

1. The pencil and the chalk. 2. Of the tree. 3. To the 
garden. 4. The man's 1 ear. 5. Of the bread. 6. To the 
child. 7. The man's x wife, daughter, and friend. 8. The 
water of the city. 9. The tree of the garden. 10. The 
father's x friend. 11. The son's 1 book. 12. To the child's 1 
father. 

1 To be translated by the " of the " case of the article, as there is 
no possessive case in French. 

16. Adjectives. — Adjectives have a masculine and a 
feminine form, and like the article, agree in gender and 
number with the noun which they qualify, as : le grand 
cheval, la grande maison. 

17. Formation of the Feminine. — Adjectives end- 
ing in a silent e do not change for the feminine; those 
ending in a consonant add a silent e ; those ending in a 
c change c into che (or que) ; those ending in as, on, os, 
double the final consonant, and add e. 



16 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 18-21. 

Ex. : Masc. 



rouge 


Fern. 


rouge 


grand 


" 


grande 


blanc 


" 


blanche 


bon 


ti 


bonne 


gros 


(I 


grosse 



18. INFLECTION OF THE PRESENT TENSE OF ETRE, 

" to be." 
Je suis, I am. nous sommes, we are. 

tu es, thou art. vous etes, you are. 

(elle) il est, (she) he is. (dies) ils sont, they are. 

19. EXERCISES. 

1. L'homme et la femme. 2. Le jardin et la maison. 
3. La mere et l'enfant. 4. L'ami du pere. 5. Le jardin 
du fils. 6. La craie est blanche. 7. L'arbre est grand. 

8. La fille est jeune. 9. La mere est bonne. 10. L'enfant 
est petit. 11. Le cheval est-il rouge ? * 12. Le pain est-il 
bon ? * 13. Tu es jeune. 14. Le petit arbre est vert. 
15. Le crayon est jaune. 16. L'eau est-elle blanche ? l 

1 Notice the interrogative form of these sentences. 

20. 1. The father and the mother. 2. The son and the 
daughter. 3. The man and the child. 4. The house of the 
son. 5. The wife of the man. 6. The man is the son of 
the friend. 7. The house is white. 8. The child is good. 

9. The book is small. 10. The garden is green. 11. The 
daughter is young. 12. Is the house large? 1 13. Is the 
horse white ? l 14. Is the bread black ? 1 15. Is the child 
small ? * 16. The city is small. 17. I am tall. 18. Thou 
art young. 

1 Literally : " The house is it large ?" " The horse is it white ? " 
M The bread is it black ? " etc. 



21. VOCABULARY. 

Parlez-vous ? speak you, do you speak, are fraiiQais, French. 
you speaking ? anglais, English. 



22-25. 



THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 



17 



Je parle, I speak, I do speak, 


I am 


espagnol, 


Spanish. 


speaking. 




allemand, 


German. 


Qui parle ? who speaks ? 




italien, 


Italian. 


11 parle, he speaks. 




russe, 


Russian. 






danois, 


Danish. 






suedois, 


Swedish. 


Le Francais, the Frenchman. 


oui, 


yes. 




1' Anglais, the Englishman. 


non, 


no. 




1 Espagnol, the Spaniard. 


ne . 


. . pas, not. 




l'Allemand, the German. 


rien. 


nothing. 


l'ltalien, the Italian. 








le Russe, the Russian. 








le Danois, the Dane. 








le Suedois, the Swede. 









22. In French vous is " you," whether one or more per- 
sons are addressed ; and the verb is always in the plural. 
This is the general "you." 

23. Je parle expresses alone the three English forms, 
" I speak," " I do speak," " I am speaking." So in the 
case of other tenses and verbs. 

24. " Not " is rendered by two words, ne . . . pas. The 
verb is placed between them. Before a vowel n? is used 
instead of ne. 



25. CONVERSATION. — Parlez-vous francais? 

1. Parlez-vous francais ? 

2. Oui, je parle francais. 

3. Non, je ne parle pas f ran Qais. 

1. Parlez-vous anglais ? 

2. Oui, je parle anglais. 

1. Parlez-vous espagnol ? 

2. Oui, je parle espagnol. 

1. Parlez-vous allemand ? 

2. Oui, je parle allemand. 



18 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 26. 



1. Parlez-vous italieu ? 

2. Oui, je parle italien. 

3. Non, je ne parle pas italien. 

1. Qui parle francais ? 

2. Le Frangais parle f rancais. 

1. Qui parle anglais ? 

2. L'Anglais parle anglais. 

1. Qui parle espagnol ? 

2. L'Espagnol parle espagnol. 

1. Qui parle allemand ? 

2. L'Allemand parle allemand. 

1. Qui parle italien ? 

2. L'ltalien parle italien. 

Etc. 



26. READING. 

PROVERBE. 

Rien sans peine, 
without effort 






Rien n'est si dangereux qu'un ignorant ami : 
so dangerous as au 

Mieux vaudrait un sage ennemi. 
better would be [worth] wise 

La Fontaine. 



§§27-30. DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES. 19 



CHAPTER III. 
Demonstrative Adjectives. 
27. The demonstrative adjectives are : 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

Masc. ce(cet),) .. ., . Masc.) 

Fan. cette, j tLlS ° r ^ Fern, j ces ' these or those ' 

Masc. ) ( . . . -ci, these. 



Masc. 


(ce 

(cet 


■■■*! 

..-CI, 


- this. 


Fern. 


cette 


..-oi,J 




Masc. 


(ce 
(cet 


• •-la,] 
..-la, 


- that. 


Fern. 


cette 


..-la, 





Fern. \ 1... -la, those. 



28. Ce precedes a consonant. Ex. : ce chapeau. Cet is 
used before a vowel or silent " h." Ex. : cet ami, cet 
homme. 

29. The qualified noun is placed between the demonstra- 
tive adjectives and the adverbs ci " here/' and la " there," 
when the distinction between a nearer and a farther object 
is to be made more emphatic. The noun is joined to these 
adverbs by a hyphen. Ex. : ce chapeau-ci, cet homme-la, 
etc. 

30. The demonstrative pronouns, 

celui-ci, ) , . ceux-ci, ) , 

celle-ci, j'"" one, celles-ci, j these ' 

celui-la, ) , ceux-la, ) , 

celle-la,S thatone > celles-1*, } those ' 

can be used instead of the adjectives, to avoid a repetition 
of the noun ; for instance, in an answer : Quel est le cha- 
peau bleu? c'est celui-ci (instead of c'est ce chapeau-ci). 



20 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



31, 32. 



31. 

le plancher 
le plafond, 
le frere, 
le fils, 
l'e'colier, 
l'eleve, 
le chapeau, 
le nez, 



VOCABULARY. 



Masculine. 



the floor, 
the ceiling, 
the brother, 
the son. 
the scholar, 
the pupil, 
the hat. 
the nose. 



les plancherS 
les plafonds, 
les frereS, 
les fils, 
les ecolierS, 
les eleveS, 
les chapeauX, 
les neZ, 



the floors, 
the ceilings, 
the brothers, 
the sons, 
the scholars, 
the pupils, 
the hats, 
the noses. 



la sceur, the sister. 
la fleur, the flower. 
la croix, the cross. 



Feminine. 



les soeurS, the sisters. 
les fleurS, the flowers. 
les croiX, the crosses. 



l'amie, the (lady) friend. les amies, the (lady) friends. 



ici, here. 

quel (masc), ) which, 
quelle (/em.), ) what, 
c'est, it is. 



rond, round, 

beau (masc), ) handsome, 
belle (/em.), j beautiful. 
bleu, blue. 



32. 



EXERCISE. 



1. Do you speak French to that scholar? 2. This man 
is English, that one French. 3. That woman's brother is 
here. 4. This floor is large and that ceiling is small. 
5. This hat is black, that one is green. 6. That red book 
is big, this one is not big, it is small. 7. That cross is 
white. 8. This flower and that one are beautiful. 1 9. I 
do not speak 2 to that Englishman, I speak to the French- 
man, my father's 8 friend. 10. Who is that child's brother ? 
11. Who speaks to the Dane ? 12. Which is the red book ? 
It is this one. 



1 Belles. 
My = mon. 



2 Translate: I speak not. 8 Cf. note to §15; 



§§33-37. DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES. 21 

33. INFLECTION OF THE PRESENT TENSE OF 

AVOIR, "to have." 

J'ai, I have. nous avons, we have. 

tu as, thou hast. vous avez, you have, 

(elle) il a, (she) he has. (elles) ils ont, they have. 

34. " Some," in the English expressions " some paper," 
"some water," etc., is to be translated, in French, by du 
(or de V , cf. § 12) for the masculine, de la (or de V) for 
the feminine, and des for the plural of both genders. Ex. : 
J'ai du papier, de la crate, de Veau, des fleurs, I have some 
paper, some chalk, some water, some flowers. 

35. The plural of nouns and adjectives is formed by 
adding s to the singular : Le livre, les livres ; le plafond, 
les plafonds. There are, however, many exceptions to this 
rule. Thus : nouns ending in au add x instead of s: le 
chapean, les chapeaux; those ending in s, x, or z do not 
change: le fils, les fils ; la croix, les croix; le nez, les nez. 

36. EXERCISES. 

1. Cet homme. 2. Cette fille. 3. Le fils de cet homme. 
4. La fille de cette femme-la. 5. Le livre jaune de cet 
ecolier. 6. Quelle est cette grande maison blanche ? 7. Ce 
livre-ci est-il rouge ? 8. Quel est le crayon jaune ? 9. C'est 
celui-la. 10. La soeur de l'eleve a des fleurs bleues. 
11. Les eleves ont des crayons. 12. Quels sont les livres 
de la soeur de cet ecolier ? 13. L'ami de cet homme. 
14. L'ami de la fille. 15. La soeur du frere. 16. As-tu 
du papier ? 17. Elle a du papier. 

37. 1. This daughter. 2. Of that man. 3. This man's 
son. 4. Some books. 5. That house is white. 6. This 
book is handsome. 7. This paper is red. 8. This man 
[here] 1 is tall. 9. That hat [there] is white. 10. The 



22 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 38-40. 

garden of that man. 11. Is that book small ? 12. The 
daughter's friend. 13. This flower [here] is beautiful. 
14. The hat is round and white. 15. [The] big noses 
are homely. 16. The father and the son have those beauti- 
ful gardens. 17. Have you some paper ? 18. The paper 
of the book. 

1 Brackets enclose the literal phrasing of the French, or words 
not used in English, but required in French. 



38. VOCABULARY. 

Ou parle-t-on ? Where speaks one, where do they speak ? 
On parle, one speaks, they speak. 

Comment parlez-vous ? How speak you, how do you speak ? 
un peu, a little. la France, 1 France. 

seulement, only. l'Espagne, Spain. 

ne . . . pas couramment, l'Angleterre, England, 

not fluently. rAllemagne, Germany. 

tres, very. l'ltalie, Italy, 

tres bien, very well. la Russie, Russia, 

assez couramment, pretty le Danemark, Denmark. 

fluently. la Suede, Sweden. 

pas du tout, not at all. en, in. 

jamais, never. en France, in France, 

etc. 

1 Notice the use of the definite article before the names of 
countries. 

39. The indefinite on (German man) corresponds to the 
English "one," "they," "people," or to the passive form: 
e.g., on parle, " one speaks," " they speak," " people speak." 
Id o?i parle fra?igais," French is spoken here." (Cf. § 381 ff.) 

40. CONVERSATION. — Parlez-vous francais ? 

1. Oil parle-t-on francais ? 

2. On parle francais en France. 



§ 41 DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES. 23 

1. Ou parle-t-on espagnol ? 

2. On parle espagnol en Espagne. 

1. Ou parle-t-on anglais ? 

2. On parle anglais en Angleterre. 

1. Ou parle-t-on allemand ? 

2. On parle allemand en Allemagne. 

1. Ou parle-t-on italien ? 

2. On parle italien en Italic 

1. Ou parle-t-on russe ? 

2. On parle russe en Eussie. 

1. Ou parle-t-on danois ? 

2. On parle danois en Danemark. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Comment parlez-vous le * frangais ? 

2. Je parle seulement un peu le franqais. 

1. Comment parlez-vous l'espagnol ? 

2. Je ne parle pas couramment l'espagnol. 

1. Comment parlez-vous 1' anglais ? 

2. Je parle l'anglais tres couramment. 

1. Comment parlez-vous l'allemand ? 

2. Je parle l'allemand assez couramment. 

1. Comment parlez-vous l'italien ? 

2. Je ne parle pas du tout l'italien. 

Etc., etc. 

1 In the first series of questions the word frangais (= "in 
French " ) is used adverbially, and, therefore, without the article. 
In the second series, frangais (= " the French language ") is used 
substantively, and is, therefore, preceded by the article. 

41. READING. 

Pierre qui roule n'amasse pas mousse, 
stone which rolls gathers moss. 

"A rolling stone gathers no moss." 



24 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 42. 

42. Dans cette demeure tranquille 

In home quiet 

Repose notre bon ami ; 
rests our 
II vecut tou jours a la ville, 

lived always in city 
Et son coeur fut toujours ici. 
his heart was 

Florian. 



43-48. THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 25 



CHAPTER IV. 

The Indefinite Article. 

43. The Indefinite Article, "a" or "an," is un, mascu- 
line, and une, feminine. It is used only in the singular. 



44. 


VOCABULARY. 




Masculine. 






un marchand, 


a merchant. 


mon, ) 
ma, ) 




un paletot, 


a coat. 


my. 


un gilet. 


a waistcoat, vest. 


son, ) 


his or her. 


un col, 


a collar. 


sa, ) 




un chapeau, 


a hat. 


votre, 


your. 


un ami, 


a friend. 


elle, 


she. 


d'un marchand 


, of a merchant. 


ou, 


where. 


un couteau, 


a knife. 


malade, 


sick, ill. 



qu'est-ce que ? what ? 

45. The definite article, le, la, les, is often used in French 
where we have in English the possessive pronoun ; as : a 
la main, in his hand. The possessive pronoun is used in 
French to avoid ambiguity in the ownership, or for emphasis. 

46. Possessive pronouns agree with the object possessed. 

47. Mon and son refer to masculine nouns ; ma and sa 
to feminine ones. However, before nouns beginning with a 
vowel or silent " h," mon and son are used for both genders. 

48. EXERCISE.* 

1. My son has a black coat. 2. A Frenchman does not 
speak English 3 very x well. 2 3. We have a good friend. 
4. A daughter of that woman has my sister's green pencil. 

1 Figures below the line indicate the French order of words. 



26 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 49-52. 

5. Have you a knife ? 6. In * this city we have a merchant. 
7. That merchant has a yellow 2 coat x , a blue 2 vest x , and a 
round 2 hat. x 8. He is not very handsome. 9. His house 
is large. 10. His wife is tall. 11. Where is she ? 12. Is 
she ill ? 13. She is not here, she is in Germany. 14. I 
have his knife. 15. My ear is red. 

1 Dans. 

49. INFLECTION OF THE IMPERFECT TENSE OF 

AVOIR "to have," and ETRE " to be." 

J'avais, I had. J'etais, I was. 

tu avais, thou hadst. tn e"tais, thou wast. 
(elle) il avait, (she) he had. (elle) il e'tait, (she) he was. 

nous avions, we had. nous etions, we were, 

vous aviez, you had. vous £tiez, you were. 

(elles) ils avaient, they had. (elles) ils £taient, they were. 

50. These endings (-ais, -ais, -ait, -ions, -iez, -a lent) are 
those of the imperfect of all verbs, without exception. As 
to its meaning, the imperfect has no real equivalent in 
English ; it may, in a few cases, be rendered by " I had," 
" I was having," " I used to have," etc. (Cf. Part IL, 
§393.) 

51. INFLECTION OF THE PAST DEFINITE OF 

AVOIR, and ETRE. 

J'eus, I had. Je fus, I was. 

tu eus, thou hadst. tu fus, thou wast. 

(elle) il eut, (she) he had. (elle) il fut, (she) he was. 

nous eumes, we had. nous fumes, we were, 

vous eutes, you had. vous futes, you wore, 

(elles) ils eurent, they had. (elles) ils furent, they were. 

52. Although we give the same translation for the past 
definite and the imperfect, these two tenses differ estm- 
tially in their meaning. The past definite expresses a cir- 
cumscribed, definite, completed action in the past, and is 



§§ 53-55. THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 27 

used to report historical facts, while the imperfect is used 
to describe, to express continued past action or state. (Cf. 
Part II., § 393-98.) 

53. EXERCISES. 

1. La rose est une fleur. 2. Un pere et un fils. 3. Une 
mere et une fille. 4. Un jardin et un arbre. 5. Un pere 
et sa fille. 6. Une mere et son fils. 7. Le jardin avait des 
fleurs. 8. La soeur de mon ami avait un beau chapeau. 
9. Elle etait malade. 10. Ce marchand fut mon ami. 
11. Cette femme avait un grand chapeau. 12. Je suis bien 
sage. 13. Est-elle la fille de mon ami le marchand ? 14. Ou 
est mon paletot ? 15. L'enfant etait-il malade ? 16. Qu' 
est-ce que vous aviez a la main ? 17. Nous avions un cou- 
teau. 18. Avez-vous de l'eau ? 

54. 1. A father and his daughter. 2. A mother and 
her son. 3. A flower of the garden. 4. Is the merchant 
your friend ? 5. This is my book. 6. Her hat is white. 
7. His house is large. 8. We used to have a young horse. 
9. She was in x Paris 2 and we were in 1 Berlin. 3 10. Are 
you well ? 11. He was in 4 America. 4 12. We used to 
have a large house. 13. A sister of the merchant was ill. 
14. Your (lady) friend was here. 15. Where is his book ? 
16. They had [some] pencils and [some] books. 17. He 
was in 5 the 5 city. 5 18. Is she well ? 

1 a. 2 Paris. 3 Berlin. 4 en Amerique. 5 en ville. 



55. VOCABULARY. 

Comment s'appelle ? (how is called,) what is the name of ? 

Comment s'appelle cela? (how is that called,) what is the name 

of that ? 
Qu'est-ce que c'est ? what is that ? 

C'est, it is, this is. 

Cela s'appelle, (that is called, ) that is. 



28 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



§§ 56, 57. 



Cela s'appelle-t-il . . . ? is that called, is that ? 



Est-ce 



is this (or that) ? 



avez-vous ? 


have you ? 


les mains, 


the hands. 


ou, 


or. 


le doigt, 


the finger. 


ni . . . ni . . . 


, neither . . . nor. le pouce, 


the thumb. 


deux, 


two. 


l'index, 


the index-finger. 


chacun. 


every one. 


le medius, 


the middle finger 


plus, 


more. 


l'annulaire, 


the ring finger. 


que, 


than. 


le petit doigt, the little finger. 


qui, 


who. 


le poing, 


the fist. 



56. The negative ne is sometimes followed by ni . . . 
ni . . . to give the sense of " neither . . . nor . . ." Ex. : 
Je ne suis ni grand ni jyetit, " I am neither tall nor short.'' 

57. CONVERSATION. — La main. 

1. Comment s'appelle cela ? 

2. Cela s'appelle une main. 

1. Qu'est-ce que c'est ? 

2. C'est une main. 

1. Comment s'appelle cela ? 

2. Cela s'appelle un doigt. 

1. Comment s'appelle cela ? 

2. Cela s'appelle deux mains. 

1. Avez-vous une main ou deux mains ? 

2. J'ai deux mains. 

1. Avons-nous chacun deux mains ? 

2. Oui, nous avons chacun deux mains. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Qu'est-ce que c'est ? 

2. C'est un doigt. 

1. Comment s'appelle ce doigt-ci ? 

2. II s'appelle le pouce. 

1. Comment s'appelle ce doigt-ci ? 

2. 11 s'appelle l'index. 

Etc., etc. 



58-60. THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 29 

1. Avez-vous un pouce ou deux pouces ? 

2. J'ai deux pouces. 

1. Avons-nous chacun deux pouces ? 

2. Oui, nous avons chacun deux pouces. 

1. Est-ce le pouce ? 

2. Oui, c'est le pouce. 

1 Est-ce le pouce ou V index ? 

2. C'est le pouce. 

1. Est-ce l'index ou le medius ? 

2. Ce n'est ni l'index, ni le medius, c'est le pouce. 

Etc., etc. 

58. READING. 

PROVEKBE. 

C'est en forgeant que l'on devient forgeron. 
by forging that one becomes smith 
" Practice makes perfect." 



59. L'homme est un dieu tombe qui se souvient des cieux. 

god fallen remembers heaven 

" Man is a fallen god who remembers heaven." 

LAMARTINE. 

60. Cette ville That city 
that city 

Aux longs oris, from which comes a long rumbling, 
with shouts 

Qui profile where stand out upon the sky 

which shows in profile 

Des toits gris, gray roofs, 

some roofs gray 

Des toits freles, frail roofs, 
some roofs frail 

Cent tourelles, hundreds of little towers, 
hundreds little towers 

Clochers gr§les, frail spires, 
spires slim 

C'est Paris. that is Paris. ^ _ 

Victor Hugo. 



30 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 61. 

61. LAMARTINE ET VICTOR HUGO. 

Lamartine et Victor Hugo sont deux grands poetes fran- 
Qais. lis sont neV:le 2 premier 2 en dix-sept cent quatre- 
vingt-dix (1790), et le 3 dernier 8 en mil huit cent deux 
(1802). lis sont morts : 4 le 2 premier 2 en dix-huit cent soi- 
xante-neuf (1869), le 8 dernier 8 en mil huit cent quatre-vingt- 
cinq (1885). Avez-vous lu 6 les livres de ces auteurs 6 ? 
Non ? Pourquoi 7 ? Parce 8 que 8 vous ne pou vez 9 pas les 10 
lire 10 en fran^ais, je suppose. Les traductions n sont tou- 
jours 12 inferieures 13 a l'original. Quel est le livre en 
prose le plus celebre u de Victor Hugo ? C'est " les Mise- 
rables." Pouvez 9 -vous prononcer 15 ce mot 16 li les Mise- 
rables ? " 



1 born. 


6 read. 


9 can. 


13 inferior. 


2 the former. 


6 authors. 


10 read them. 


14 celebrated. 


8 the latter. 


7 why. 


11 translations. 


15 pronounce. 


4 dead. 


8 because. 


12 always. 


16 word. 



§§ 62-64. 



VERBS. 



31 



CHAPTER V. 

Verbs. 

62. All French verbs are conjugated according to one of 
four forms, called conjugations. These conjugations are 
distinguished by the endings of the present infinitive. 

Verbs of the 1st conjugation end in -er (Chanter). 

a " 2d " " " -ir (Finir). 

" " 3d " " " -oir (Recevoir.) 

" « 4th " " " -re (Rompre). 

63. The present participle invariably ends in ant. It 
is important to know this tense, as its stem — that is, that 
part which remains after dropping the ending — is used to 
form several other tenses ; i.e., the plural of the present 
indicative, the imperfect indicative, and the present sub- 
junctive. 



64. 



INFLECTION OF THE VERBS 



CHANTER, 


FINIR, 


RE 'CE VOIR, 


ROMPRE 


to sing, 


to finish, 


to receive, 


to break. 




PRESENT 


PARTICIPLE. 




Chantant, 


Finissant, 


Recevant, 


Rompant. 


singing, 


finishing, 


receiving, 


breaking. 



1st 

CONJ. 



PRESENT INDICATIVE. 

' Je chant-e, I sing, do sing, or am singing. 

tu chant-es. 

il chant-e. 

nous chant-ons. 

vous chant-ez.. 
^ils chant-ent. 



32 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



65-67. 



2d 
Conj. 



3d 
Conj. 



4th 
Conj. 



Je fin-i-s, I finish, do finish, or am finishing. 
tu fin-i-s. 
il fin-i-t. 

nous fin-iss-ons. 
vous fin-iss-ez. 
ils fin-iss-ent. 

f Je reg-ois, I receive, do receive, or am receiving, 
tu reg-ois. 
il reg-oit. 
nous recev-ons. 
vous recev-ez. 
ils regoiv-ent. 

Je romp-s, I break, do break, am breaking, 
tu romp-s. 
il romp-t. 
nous romp-ons. 
vous romp-ez. 
ils romp-ent. 



65. The above paradigm shows that : (a) the three per- 
sons of the plural have identical endings in the four conjuga- 
tions (i.e., ons, ez, ent) ; (b) that the endings of the singular 
in Conjugations IL, III., and IV., are the same (i.e., 5 for 
the first two persons, and t for the third). 

66. Verbs in 'endre preserve the d in the third person 
singular, but do not take t. Ex. : entendre, il entend. 



67. EXERCISE. 

1. You are singing. 2. We used to have a large tree in 
the garden. 3. I am finishing your book. 4. We are sing- 
ing in German, and he is singing in Italian. 5. Madame 
Patti sings in French, in Italian, and in Spanish. 6. We 
receive a French 2 bookj . 7. What > do 2 you 2 receive 2 from 
your friend ? 8. That Spaniard who sings so well is neither 
tall nor short. 9. The children are breaking the ice 8 of the 
lake. 4 10. What 1 do they break ? 11. Do they break the ice? 

1 Que. 2 receive you : for the interrogative forms, Cf . § 70. 
8 glace (fern.). 4 lac (masc). 



;§ 68-70. 



VERBS. 



33 



68. 



Masculine. 


Feminine. 


un morceau 


, a piece. 


une legon, 


a lesson. 


le savon, 


the soap. 


une rue, 


a street. 


l'enfant, 


the child. 


la musique, 


the music. 


l'oncle, 


the uncle. 


la chambre, 


the room. 


un maitre, 


a teacher. 


la table, 


the table. 


un voisin, 


a neighbor. 


une montre, 


a watch. 


l'op^ra, 


the opera. 


une pendule 


, a clock. 


le theatre, 


the theater. 


l'Ame*rique, 


America. 


Paris, 


Paris. 


la maison, 


the house 


Berlin, 


Berlin. 






Guillaume, 


William. 






Londres, 


London. 







les e"coliers, the scholars. 

69. Imperative. — From the present indicative is formed 
the imperative, by suppressing the subject-pronoun (and 
the final s of the second person singular, in verbs of Con- 
jugation L, except when followed by pronouns en, y). 



Examples 



INDICATIVE. 



IMPERATIVE. 



Ttu chantes. 
1st. Conj.l nous chantons. 
[vous chantez. 

ftu finis. 
2d. Conj. -J nous finissons. 
vous finissez. 



fchante. 
1st. Conj. i chantons. 
[chantez. 

ffinis. 
2d. Conj. 1 finissons. 
[finnissez. 



70. Interrogative form. — (a). In asking a question, the 
subject-pronoun is placed after the verb. Ex. : finis-tu ? 
chantons-nous ? etc. 

(b). But, when the subject is a noun, it is generally placed 
first, and the interrogation is formed by a correspond- 
ing pronoun placed after the verb. Ex. : Monsieur 
Leblanc finit-il ? Monsieur Leblanc regoit-il ? etc., in- 
stead of finit Monsieur Leblanc ? etc. 



34 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§71-74. 

(c). When the verb in the third person singular ends in a 
vowel, the letter t is placed between the verb and the 
subject-pronoun. Ex. : Chante-t-il ? a-t-il ? a-t-elle ? 

(d). In the first person singular of the verbs of Conj. L, 
the interrogation is formed with the locution est-ce que 
followed by the verb in its regular form. So, instead 
of chant e-je, we must say est-ce que je chante. (The 
form chant e-je is seldom used.) 

71. 

f aimer, to love. rbatir, to build. 

louer, to praise. n. \ punir, to punish. 

demeurer, to live, reside, Ibe'nir, to bless, 

dwell. in. avoir, to have, 

jouer, to play. fdire, to say. 

montrer, to show. Jfaire, to do (or make), 

acheter, to buy. I entendre, to hear, 

jeter, to throw. lapprendre, to learn, 

appeler, to call. en, in. 

72. The great majority of French verbs belong to the 
first conjugation. 

73. Verbs in 'eler, 'eter, double the I or the t before a 
silent e ; but acheter and a few others take a grave ac- 
cent on penult e, instead of doubling the I or the t. Ex. : 
appeler, j'appelle; jeter, je jette ; but acheter makes 
j'achete. 

74. EXERCISES. 

1. J'aime mon frere. 2. Guillaume achete un livre. 
3. J'apprends ma leqon. 4. Le " Grand Opera " est un 
theatre de Paris. 5. Nous demeurons dans cette rue-la. 
6. Mon oncle demeure en Amerique. 7. Mon voisin batit 
une grande maison. 8. II avait une petite maison verte. 
9. Mon ami appelle sa soeur. 10. Le maitre loue les bons 
ecoliers. 11. Yous n'apprenez pas bien votre lecon de fran- 



§§ 75-77. VERBS. 35 

cais. 12. II aime l'opera. 13. La table etait ties belle. 
14. II montre la table a son ami. 15. Ma soeur joue tres 
bien. 16. L'ecolier jette son livre dans la rue. 17. Lemaitre 
punit l'ecolier. 

75. 1. He loves his brother. 2. Where do * you * live * ? 
3. What 2 do 2 you 2 buy 2 ? 4. I buy a piece of soap. 5. He 
is learning English. 6. [The] children love [the] music. 
7. She is learning her lesson. 8. William shows his knife. 
9. They play in the garden. 10. They say 3 nothing. 11. I 
hear a good piece of music. 12. Our friends live in 4 Paris. 
13. The teacher calls the students. 14. What 5 are 5 you 5 
doing 5 ? 15. We are playing. 16. Are you in America ? 

1 Cf. § 19. 2 Qu'achetez-vous? s ne disent. 4 a. 5 Que faites- 
vous ? 



76. 


VOCABTJLAKY. 






en frangais, 


in French. 


sur, 


on, upon. 


voulez-vous ? 


will you, do you wish ? 


sous, 


under. 


depuis . . . jusqu'a, 


from ... to. 


devant, 


in front of. 


y. 


there (here). 


derri&re, 


behind. 


entre, 


between. 


l'endroit, 


the place. 



aller, to go. vous allez, you go. 

je vais, I go. la porte, the door. 

il va, he goes. la chaise, the chair. 

77. CONVERSATION. — L'endroit. 

1. Ou etes-vous ? 

2. Je suis devant vous. 

1. Ou suis-je ? 

2. Yous etes devant la chaise. 

1. Ou est le livre ? 

2. II est sur la table. 

1. Ou est la table ? 

2. Elle est sur le pkmcher. 



36 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 78-80. 

1. Ou est le chapeau ? 

2. II est dans la petite chambre. 

1. Ou est la chambre ? 

2. Elle est dans la inaison. 

Etc, etc. 

1. Etes-vous devant la porte ? 

2. Oui, je suis devant la porte (or, Oui, j'y suis). 

1. Suis-je devant la chaise ? 

2. Oui, 'vous etes devant la chaise (or, Oui, vous y etes). 

1. Le livre est-il sur la table ? 

2. Oui, il est sur la table (or, Oui, il y est). 

1. La table est-elle sur le plancher ? 

2. Oui, elle est sur le plancher (or, Oui, elle y est) 

1. Ou est la montre ? 

2. Elle est dans votre main, entre votre pouce et votre 
index. 

1. La montre est-elle dans ma main, entre mon pouce et 
mon index? 

2. Oui, elle est dans votre main, entre votre pouce et 
votre index (or, Oui, elle y est). 

78. Y is an adverb which has acquired the value of a 
pronoun. One of its commonest uses is to act as an ad- 
verbial modifier of place, in order to avoid repetition. It 
can, then, be translated by " here " or " there." 

79. READING. 

PROVERBE. 

Qui se ressemble s'assemble. 
" Birds of a feather flock together." 



80. Mon verre n'est pas grand, mais je bois dans mon 

verre. glass but drink 

A. DK MUSSKT. 



§81. 



VERBS, 



37 



81. 



ALFRED DE MUSSET. 



Louis Charles Alfred de Musset est ne en mil huit cent 
dix (1810) et est mort en mil huit cent cinquante-sept (1857). 
C'est un des meilleurs x ecrivains 2 de ce siecle. 3 A Page de 
vingt 4 -trois 4 ans 5 il etait celebre. II ecrivit 6 beaucoup 7 
de 7 poesies, 8 et un roman 9 en prose, intitule : 10 " Confes- 
sions d'un Enfant du Siecle," description admirable de la 
situation morale de l'epoque n ou 22 ce livre f ut ecrit. 12 Alfred 
de Musset ecrivit 6 dans la " Eevue 13 des deux Mondes," 14 
la plus importante des revues f rangaises. II a donne 15 au 
theatre plusieurs 16 comedies et " proverbes." II est encore 17 
le poete prefere 18 des jeunes 19 gens 19 et fut le favori 20 des 
gens 21 du 21 monde. 21 



1 best. 

2 writers. 

3 century. 

4 twenty-three. 

5 years. 

6 wrote. 



7 many. 

8 poems. 

9 novel. 

10 entitled. 

11 epoch, time. 

12 written. 



13 Magazine, 
i* Worlds. 

15 given. 

16 several. 

17 still, yet. 

18 preferred. 



19 yoimg people. 

20 favorite. 

21 society people. 

22 in which, when ; 

cf . § 371. 



38 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 82, 83. 



82. FIRST REVIEW LESSON. 

1. Decline the definite article. 

2. What adjectives have only one form for the mascu- 
line and the feminine, and what adjectives double the final 
consonant before adding a silent e ? 

3. Translate " do " in the sentence, " Do you speak 
French." 

4. What are the four forms of the demonstrative adjec- 
tive, and when is each used ? 

5. What is the use of demonstrative pronouns ? 

6. In the sentences "They think," "People think," 
" One thinks," " It is thought," translate the words " they," 
" people," " one," and also the passive form. 

7. Give the two forms of " my," " his," and " her," and 
explain their uses. 

8. What are the endings of the imperfect indicative ? 

9. What is the general meaning of the imperfect, and 
of the past definite ? 

10. How many conjugations are there, and what are their 
infinitive endings ? 

11. What tenses are formed from the stem of the present 
participle ? 

12. How is the interrogation formed : 1st, when the sub- 
ject is a pronoun ; 2d, when it is a noun ? 

13. Explain the use of the phrase est-ce que. 

14. Explain the meaning and use of y. 

83. EXERCISE. 

1. The water of this city is not good. 2. This white 
house is in France, and that one in Spain. 3. My brother's 
friend was in Germany. 4. My sister has a beautiful blue 



§ 83. FIRST REVIEW LESSON. 39 

hat. 5. Have they some paper, some pencils, and some 
books ? 6. Russian and French are spoken in Russia. 
7. His mother is very ill. 8. What did you have in your 
hand ? 9. Was she in the city ? 10. Will you go in the 
garden, and call the gardener ? Do you go there ? Do you 
call the gardener ? 



40 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 84-89. 



CHAPTER VI. 

Comparison or Adjectives. 

84. There are two degrees of comparison : the compara- 
tive and the superlative. 

85. Comparative. — (a). The comparative degree of su- 
periority is formed by putting the adverb plus, "more," 
before the adjective. Ex. : Le livre rouge est plus petit 
que le livre vert. 

(b). The adverbs aussi, " as," and moins, " less," indicate, 
the former, a comparative of equality, the latter, a 
comparative of inferiority. Ex. : Le plancher est aussi 
grand que le plafond (equality). La table est moins 
grande que le plancher (inferiority). 

(c). "Than," and "as" in the second part of the com- 
parison are to be translated as we see, by que. 

86. The superlative is formed by prefixing the definite 
article (le, la, les) to the comparative. Ex. : Mon livre est 
le plus petit. 

Les Alpes sont les plus grandes montagnes de V Europe, 
" The Alps are the largest mountains of Europe." 

87. The above examples show that adjectives in the 
comparative or superlative degree follow the same rule of 
agreement as in the positive. 

88. Bon, "good," has meilleur, "better" for compara- 
tive, and le meilleur, " the best " for superlative. 

89. EXERCISE. 

1. My sister's hat is larger than my 1 mother's. 1 2. This 
book is better than that. 3. That Swede is as tall as this 



90, 91. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 



41 



Englishman. 4. The green 2 pencil is the smallest. 5. He 
shows 2 me! 2 his nncle's large house. 6. Do you wish to 
buy this house ? 7. His friend lives in the smallest house 
of this city. 8. The theaters of Paris are larger than those 3 
of Bordeaux, but they are not more beautiful. 4 9. The 
watch is smaller than the clock. 10. Is the table as large 
as the floor ? 

1 that (= celui) of my mother. 

90. 



3 ceux. 4 beaux. 



INFLECTION OF THE IMPERFECT 
INDICATIVE. 

je chant-ais, I sang, I was singing, I used to sing. 

tu chant-ais. 

il chant-ait. 

nous chant-ions. 

vous chant-iez. 

ils chant-aient. 

je finiss-ais, I finished, I was finishing, I used to finish. 

tu finiss-ais, 

il finiss-ait. 

nous finis s -ions. 

vous finiss-iez. 

ils finiss-aient. 

je recev-ais, I received, I was receiving, I used to receive. 

tu recev-ais. 

il recev-ait. 

nous recev-ions. 

vous recev-iez. 

ils recev-aient. 

r je romp-ais, I broke, I was breaking, I used to break, 
tu romp-ais. 
il romp-ait. 
nous romp-ions, 
vous romp-iez. 
ils romp-aient. 

91. Notice the stems of the verbs, which are those of 
the present participle (Cf . § 63) and the endings, which are 
the same as for etre and avoir. 



42 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



§§ 92-96. 



92. Tu is used instead of vous among relatives and inti- 
mate friends. 



93. 


VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 




le gant, 


the glove. 


un monsieur, 


a gentleman. 


le pardessus, 


the overcoat. 


un animal, 


an animal. 


le bras, 


the arm. 


des animaux, 


some animals 


le dos, 


the back. 


les bras, 


the arms. 


le nez, 


the nose. 








Feminine. 




une chaise, 


a chair. 


l'encre, 


the ink. 


une cuillere, 


a spoon. 


la plume, 


the pen. 


une pomme, 


an apple. 


une fourchette, 


a fork. 


la couleur, 


the color. 







beaucoup de, many, much, joli, 



pas de, 
pendant que, 
mais, 
ily a, 



not any, no. fatigue\ 
while. mur, 

but. prendre, 

there is 
(or there are). 



pretty, 
tired, 
ripe, 
to take. 



94. Nouns ending in al form their plural by changing 
al into aux ; cheval, " horse/' makes chevaux. 

95. II y a is used whether one or more objects are al- 
luded to, and means u there is " or " there are." 



96. 



EXERCISES. 



1. II a mon chapcau. 2. II y a beaucoup d'animaux dans 
le jardin. 3. Nous avions des roses. 4. Les marchands 
montraient des gants et des pardessus. 5. Monsieur Leblond 
est marchand de chaises. 6. Les enfants jouaient dans le 
jardin. 7. Les pommes etaient mures. 8. J'aime beaucoup 
les pommes. 9. II y a des fourchettes et des cuilleres sur 
la table. 10. Un monsieur avait une jolie montre. 11. lis 



§§ 97-99. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 



43 



batissaient une maison, mais nous ne batissions pas de 
maison. 12. Les ecoliers apprenaient leur l leqon pendant 
que nous etions dans la chambre. 13. Avez-vous de l'encre ? 

14. Non, je n'ai pas d'encre, mais j'ai des crayons. 15. II 
n'y a pas de couteau sur la table. 16. Ou sont les chaises 
j amies ? 17. Sont-elles dans la chambre ? 18. Oui, elles 

y sont i their. 

97. 1. We had many chairs, but no table. 2. Are you 
in the little room ? 3. Yes, we are. 4. The animals were 
in the garden. 5. He was showing his house to a gentle- 
man. 6. The apples were ripe. 7. I have a knife, but no 
spoon. 8. Your ink is blue. 9. The color of your horse 
is not pretty. 10. His sister was my friend. 11. We 
were receiving your letter. 12. French is spoken here. 
13. You were taking your pen. 14. He used to sing. 

15. These chairs used to be black. 16. Why was he show- 
ing his house to that gentleman ? 17. We used to take our 
lessons in the large room. 18. She was singing an opera. 



98. 


VOCABULARY. 






combien de, 


how many, how much. 


un, 


one. 


beaucoup, 


many, much. 


deux, 


two. 


assez, 


enough. 


trois, 


three. 


autant, 


as, as many. 


quatre, 


four. 


mollis, 


less, fewer. 


cinq, 


five. 


plus, 


more. 


six, 


six. 


peu, 


few, little. 


sept, 


seven. 


trop, 


too, too many. 


huit, 


eight. 


plusieurs, 


several. 


neuf, 


nine. 


en, 


some, of it, of them, etc., etc. 


dix, 


ten. 


moi, 


me. 







99. Adverbs of quantity, when preceding a noun, are 
always followed by de, " of." Ex. : J'ai plies de livres que 
vous, " I have more books than you." 



44 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 100-102. 

100. Plusieurs is both an indefinite adjective and pro- 
noun ; it is not followed by de. Ex. : J'ai plusieurs livres, 
" I have several books." 

101. CONVERSATION. — Combien ? 

1. Combien de crayons avez-vons ? 

2. J'ai huit crayons (or, J'en l ai huit). 

1. Combien de doigts avez-vous ? 

2. J'ai dix doigts (or, J'en ai dix). 

1. Combien de bras avons-nous ? 

2. Nous avons deux bras (or, Nous en avons deux), 

1. Prenons-nous beaucoup de legons ? 

2. Oui, nous prenons beaucoup de legons (or, Nous en 
prenons beaucoup). 

1. Avez-vous autant de bras que moi ? 

2. Oui, j'ai autant de bras que vous (or, J'en ai autant 
que vous). 

1. Dans la chambre il y a cinq eleves ; y a-t-il peu ou 
beaucoup d'eleves ? 

2. II y a peu d'eleves (or, II y en a peu). 

1. Combien de livres y a-t-il sur la table ? 

2. II y a plusieurs livres (or, II y en a plusieurs). 

1. Avons-nous assez d'encre ? 

2. Oui, nous avons assez d'encre (or, Nous en avons 
assez). i Cf. § 122 

102. 

En 





READING. 










PROVERBES. 








toute chose il faut considerer 

every thing it is necessary to consider 

Patience et longueur de temps 

time 


la 


fin. 
end 


Font 
do 


plus que force ni 

or 


que rage. 

La Fontain 



§ 103. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 45 

103. LA FONTAINE. 

La Fontaine est le pins grand des fabnlistes francais. 
Beanconp de ses fables sont imitees l d'Esope, 2 rnais La 
Fontaine a transf orme Fceuvre 8 du poete grec, 4 et en 5 a 5 
fait 5 une oeuvre essentiellement 6 franchise. Qne dis-je? 
les fables de La Fontaine sont "de tons les peuples, 7 de 
tous les temps, de tous les ages. . . . L'enfant s'y 8 amuse, 8 
Phomme s'y 9 instruit, 9 le lettre les 10 admire. Elles egalent, 11 
par la purete irreprochable de leur 12 morale, comme 13 par 
l'inimitable perfection de leur style, les plus belles ceuvres 
du siecle de Louis XI V." Ne en seize cent vingt et un 
(1621), La Fontaine est mort en seize cent quatre-vingt- 
quinze (1695). 

1 imitated. 5 has made it. 8 is amused by them. 11 equal. 

2 from JEsop. 6 essentially. 9 is taught by them. u their. 

3 work. 7 peoples. 10 them. 13 as well as. 

4 Greek. 



46 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 104-107. 



CHAPTER VII. 
Personal Pronouns. 

104. Personal pronouns may be used as subjects or as 
objects. 

(a). Personal pronouns used as subjects are : 

Je, I. nous, we. 

tu, thou, you. vous, you, ye. 

il, he. ils, they. 

elle, she. elles, they. 

(b). Personal pronouns used as objects are : 



me, moi, me, to me. 


nous, us, to us. 


te, toi, thee, to thee. 


vous, you, to you. 


le, him, it. 


les, them. 


la, her, it. 


leur, to them. 


rto him. 




lui, -J to her. 




Ito it. 





105. Subject-pronouns follow, as to their position, the 
same rules as in English ; i.e., they precede the verb, except 
in an interrogative sentence. Ex. : je fais, nous parlous, ils 
appellent, etc. ; but, fais-je ? parlons-nous ? appellevt-ils ? 

106. Object-pronouns, unlike the English, precede the 
verb, except in the imperative affirmative. Ex. : je le 
prends, " I take it" je la, vois, " I see her" nous aimeiit-ils ? 
(i do they love us ? " but, prenez-le ! " take it ! " voyez-la ! 
"seeker/" aimez-les! " love them" etc. 

107. Whenever the personal pronouns (as subjects or as 
objects) are placed after the verb, they are joined to it by 
a hyphen. 



§§ 108-110. 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



47 



108. 



EXERCISE. 



1. Are you buying those horses ? Yes, I am buying 
them. 2. Call me. 3. Hear them. 4. See him. 5. They 
love us. 6. He punishes him. 7. I call you. 8. Do you 
throw your book on the floor ? No, I do not [throw 
it]. 9. Is he buying these French books for Y his sister ? 
10. Has the child his father's watch ? Yes, he has [it]. 
No, he has not [it]. 11. Does the merchant call his neigh- 
bor ? Yes, he calls him. No, he does not [call him]. 

1 pour. 

109. When there are two object-pronouns, the indirect 
object comes before the direct, except in imperative affirma- 
tive, and when the indirect is lui or leur (third person). 

110. This order of the object-pronouns will be more 
clearly understood from the following paradigm : 



1st part of 
Subject, the nega- 
tion, if any 



Indirect 
Object. 



Je, 
tu, 

il (elle), 

nous, 

vous, 

ils (elles), 



me, 
te, 

nous, 
vous, 

Direct 
Object. 

le, 

la, 

les, 



Direct 
Object. 

le, 
la, 

les, 

Lidirect 
Object. 
lui, 
leur, 



2d part of 
Verb (or .,, 
/ .,. » the nega- 
Auxihary). .. ./ 

v/ tion, if any. 



donne, 

donnes, 

donne, 

donnons, 

donnez, 

donnent, 



pas, 

jamais, 

etc. 



Order ih 

Imperative 

Affirmative. 



Verb. 



Direct 
Object. 

fie, 
I la, 

les, 



1 



Indirect 
Object. 
moi, 
nous, 
lui, 
leur, 



48 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



111-114. 



111. FUTURE TENSE OF VERBS. 

The future tense is formed as follows : 

In Conjugations I. and II., by adding to the whole infini- 
tive the endings ai, as, a, ons, ez, ont (formerly present in- 
dicative of avoir). In Conjugation III., before adding said 
endings, the diphthong oi is to be suppressed. 

In Conjugation IV., before adding these endings, the 
final e is to be suppressed. 



112. 



INFLECTION OF THE FUTURE. 



chanter (infinitive) 



recevoir (infinitive) 



Je chanter-ai, 
tu chanter-as, 
(elle) il chanter-a, 

nous chanter-ons, 
vous chanter-ez, 
ils chanter-ont, 





Je recev-r-ai, 


I shall 


tu recev-r-as, 
il recev-r-a, 


sing, 
etc. 


nous recev-r-ons, 


vous recev-r-ez, 




ils recev-r-ont, 



I shall 

receive, 

etc. 



finir (infinitive) 



rompre (infinitive) 



Je finir-ai, 
tu finir-as, 
(elle) il finir-a, 

nous finir-ons, 
vous finir-ez, 
ils finir- ont, 



I shall 
finish, 
etc. 



Je rompr-ai, 
tu rompr-as, 
il rompr-a, 
nous rompr-ons 
vous rompr-ez, 
ils rompr-ont^ 



I shall 
break, 
etc. 



113. The stem of the future of avoir is aur: j 'aura/, 
tu auras, etc. The stem of etre is ser: je serai, tu seras, 
etc. 



114. 



VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 



le facteur, the postman. 
le chant, the song. 
l'oiseau, the bird. 



l'anneau, the ring. 

le journal, the newspaper. 

le chef-d'oeuvre, the masterpiece 



§§ 115, 116. 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



49 





Feminine. 




la dame, 


the lady. 


la lettre, 


the letter. 


la demoiselle, 


the young lady. la bague, 


the ring. 


Madame, 


Mrs. 


la porte, 


the door. 


Mademoiselle 


, Miss. 


la mort, 


the death. 


la chanson, 


the song. 


la viande, 


the meat. 


rendre, to return, 


to give back. 


apporter, 


to bring. 


oublier, to forget. 




dire, 


to say. 


manger, to eat. 




n'est-ce pas ? 


is it not so ? 


parler, to speak. 




par, 


by- 


entrer, to enter. 




puis, 


then. 


chanter, to sing. 




d'abord, 


at first. 


marcher, to walk. 




ensuite, 


afterwards. 



115. EXERCISES. 

1. Le facteur me donnera une lettre. 2. Nous mangerons 
des pommes. 3. Vous nous donnerez la le^on, n'est-ce pas ? 
4. Oui, je vous la donnerai. 5. Le maitre punit-il les en- 
fants ? 6. Oui, il les punit. 7. Donnerez-vous ces livres 
a mon frere? 8. Oui, je les lui donnerai. 9. ISTon, je ne 
les lui donnerai pas. 10. Ma soeur vous rendra-t-elle les 
livres ? 11. Non, elle ne me les rendra pas. 12. Pourquoi 
ne vous les rendra-t-elle pas ? 13. Parce qu'elle les lira. 
14. Parlerez-vous a cette dame ? 15. Non, je ne lui parlerai 
pas. 16. Parlez-moi de madame * votre mere. 17. Je vous 
parlerai d'abord de mon pere, qui est malade. 18. J'entrerai 
dans la maison de mon pere et je lui dirai : " Donnez-moi 
mes livres." 19. Avez-vous mes crayons ? Oui, je les ai. 
Apportez-les-moi. 

1 Notice the title of respect used in speaking to a person of his 
immediate relatives. 

116. 1. Have you more pencils than Mrs. Lefevre? 
2. Do you take your lesson ? 3. Yes, I take it. 4. Who 



50 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



117, 118. 



gives it to you ? Mr. X. gives it to me. 5. To whom do 
you give this book ? 6. I give it to my friend, and he will 
give it to you. 7. What will you give us ? 8. I shall give 
you my sister's beautiful books. 9. Will you give them to 
us ? 10. Yes, we shall [give them to you]. 11. What do 
you give my brother ? 12. I give him nothing. 13. Does 
she bring you her book ? 14. No, she does not [bring it to 
me]. 15. Will you speak to Mrs. R. ? 16. No, I shall 
not [speak to her]. 17. Will they give me that apple ? 
18. No, they will not [give it to you]. 19. There is a pen- 
cil on the table. I give it to you, you give it to him, he 
gives it to them, they give it to you, and you bring it to me. 



117. 

Le mot, the word, 
l'alphabet, ) the 
l'a b c, j alphabet. 



VOCABULARY. 
Masculine. 

f aigU ' the f aCUte - 

1'accenV grave, accent 4 grave. 

[circonflexe, ' [circumflex. 

Tan, the year. 

Pierre, Peter. 



Feminine. 



la lettre, the letter. 
la syllabe, the syllable. 



pouvoir, 

je peux, 

tu peux, 

il peut, 

nous pouvons, 

vous pouvez, 

ils peuvent, 



can. 
I can. 
thou canst, 
he can. 
we can. 
you can. 
they can. 



la cedille, the cedilla. 
1'annee, the year. 



^peler, 

reciter, 

ainsi, 

aussi, 

aujourd'hui, 

alors, 



to spell, 
to recite, 
thus, so. 
also, 
to-day. 
then. 



118. CONVERSATION — L' Alphabet. 

1. Pouvez-vous reciter l'alphabet francais ? 

2. Oui, je peux reciter L'alphabet francais. 



§§ 119-121. PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 51 

1. Pouvez-vous epeler le mot " France " ? 

2. Oui, je peux epeler le mot " France." 

1. Comment epelle-t-on le mot " France " ? 

2. On l'epelle ainsi : "F (eff) R (air) A (ah) N (enn) 
C (say) E (ai)." 

1. Votre ami peut-il epeler le mot " table " ? 

2. Oui, il peut l'epeler. 

1. Combien de lettres a le mot " table " ? 

2. II a cinq lettres (or, II en a cinq). 

1. Combien de lettres a le mot " constitution " ? 

2. II a douze lettres (or, II en a douze). 

Etc., etc. 

1. Combien de syllabes a le mot " constitution " ? 

2. Le mot " constitution " a quatre syllabes : cons-ti-tu- 
tion. 

1. Combien de syllabes a le mot " planchei " ? 

2. Le mot plancher a deux syllabes : plan-cher. 

Etc., etc. 



119. READING. 

PEOVERBE. 

Ce n ? est que le premier pas qui coute. 
It is the first step that costs. 



120. A vaincre sans peril, on triomphe sans gloire 
In conquering without danger one triumphs glory. 



CORNEILLE. 



121. CORNEILLE. 



Pierre Corneille, ne en 1606 a Rouen, ou il fut d'abord 
destine au barreau, 1 vint 2 a Paris en 1629, debuta 3 par des 
comedies qui eurent alors un grand succes. En 1635, il 



52 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 121. 

donna 4 sa premiere tragedie, " Medee." L'annee suivante, 5 
parut 6 "le Cid," le premier de ses chefs-d'oeuvre. Puis 
" Horace," " Cinna," tous 7 deux 7 en 1639 ; " Polyeucte," " la 
Mort de Pompee," et a Eodogune" vinrent 2 ensuite. En 
1642, il donna 4 au theatre la premiere comedie de carac- 
tere, " le Menteur." 8 Admis 9 a l'Academie en 1647, il pro- 
duisit 10 encore un grand nombre de pieces qui reussirent u 
peu. 12 

1 bar. 6 following. 9 admitted. 

2 came, past definite of venir. 6 appeared. 10 produced. 

3 made Ms debut. 7 both. u succeeded. 

4 gave, past definite of donner. 8 the liar. 12 little. 



§§122-124. PRONOUN "EN." 53 



CHAPTER VIM. 

Pronoun "En." 

122. The pronoun en has no equivalent in English; it 
takes the place of a noun preceded by de, " of n or " from," 
or its compounds, du (= de le) des (= de les) — a number, 
or an adverb of quantity. (Cf. § 98.) The pronoun en 
always directly precedes the verb. 

Examples. 

Venez-vous de Rome ? " Do you come from Rome ? " 
Oui, j'en viens. ''Yes, I come from there" (or, Oui, je 
viens de Rome). 

Avez-vous du pain ? " Have you some bread ? " Oui, 
yen ai (or, J'ai du pain). 

Mangez-vous des pommes? "Do you eat some apples ?" 
Oui, y en mange (or, Je mange des pommes). 

Donnez-vous des crayons a mon ami ? " Do you give 
pencils to my friend ? " Oui, je lui en donne. 

Chantez-vous deux chansons ? Oui, nous en chantons 
deux. 

Apportons-nous beaucoup de livres ? Oui, nous en ap- 
portons beaucoup, etc. 

123. Erom the last two examples, it will be seen that 
it is necessary to express the number or adverb which pre- 
cedes a noun replaced by en. 

124. Conditional Mood of Verbs. — The conditional is 
formed with the stem of the future, to which the endings 
ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient are added. 



54 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 125-129. 

125. These endings are the same as those of the imper- 
fect. (Cf. § 50, 90.) 

126. INFLECTION OF THE CONDITIONAL. 

(Cf. Future Indicative: Chanter-ai, Finir-ai, Recevr-ai, 
Rompr-ai.) 

je chanter-ais. je recevr-ais. 

tu chanter-ais. tu recevr-ais. 

il chanter-ait. il recevr-ait. 

nous chanter-ions. nous recevr-ions. 

vous chanter-iez. vous recevr-iez. 

ils chanter-aient. ils recevr-aient. 

je finir-ais. je rompr-ais. 

tu finir-ais. tu rompr-ais. 

il finir-ait. il rompr-ait. 

nous finir-ions. nous rompr-ions. 

vous finir-iez. vous rompr-iez. 

ils finir-aient. ils rompr-aient. 

127. The stem of the conditional of avoir is aur : 
j'aurais, etc. The stem of etre is ser : je serais, etc. 

128. The conditional is often to be translated by "I 
should (or would) sing, finish," etc. (Cf. § 221, 403.) 






129. VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 
le train, the train. Jean, John. 

le the\ the tea. le verre, the glass. 

le garcon, the boy. le theatre, the theater. 

le crayon, the lead-pencil. Francois, Francis. 

le cafe\ the coffee. 







Feminine. 




la tasse, 


the cup. 


la tante, 


the aunt. 


la lecon, 


the lesson. 


la jambe, 


the leg. 



§§130,131. PRONOUN U EN." 55 

trouver, to find. diligent, industrious. 

boire, to drink. vite, quickly, fast. 

mordre, to bite. l'un l'autre, one another. 

demander, to ask. pas de, not any, no. 

marcher, to walk. chez, at the house (or store) of. 

souper, to take tea. auparavant, previously, first. 

ce soir, this evening, quand, when, 

bientot, soon. 

130. EXERCISES. 

1. II me donnerait un livre. 2. II aimera son frere. 3. Le 
train arriverait bientot. 4. II nous demaiiderait des jour- 
naux. 5. Demandiez-vous des fleurs a votre ami ? Oui, 
nous lui en demandions. 6. Notre voisin et ami nous de- 
mandera des fleurs et nous lui en donnerons. 7. Preniez- 
vous des leqons de frangais ? Oui, nous en prenions. 
8. Qui donnait les leqons ? 9. Le professeur les donnait. 
10. Vous prendrez une tasse de cafe, mais je n'en prendrai 
pas. 11. Prendriez-vous des leqons ? Non, je n'en pren- 
drais pas. 12. Ouvriez-vous votre livre ? 13. Nous rece- 
vrions des fleurs. 14. Nous ne recevrons pas de livres. 
15. Pouvez-vous lire votre legon ? 16. Le cheval nous 
mordrait. 17. II me montrerait son couteau. 18. Pren- 
driez-vous du the ? Non, je n'en prendrais pas. 

131. 1. Charles would learn his lesson. 2. Francis 
would give me his lead-pencil. 3. Would you give me 
some books ? 4. Yes, I would give you some. 5. I shall 
find my spoon. 6. I should have more pencils. 7. The 
train would arrive. 8. You would, take tea with us this 
afternoon. 9. My friend would live in Paris. 10. My 
friend's aunt will arrive to-night. 11. Please give me a 
glass of water. 12. I would give you a cup of tea. 13. I 
will drink a cup of tea, first. 14. What were you drink- 
ing ? 15. We were drinking coffee. 16. Had you any 
books ? 17. Yes, we had some. 18. How many had you ? 



56 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 132, 133. 

19. We [of them] had ten. 20. Had you more books than 
we ? 21. Yes, we [of them] had more. 



132. VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 

du pain, some bread. des legumes, some vegetables. 

du beurre, some butter. des fruits, some fruits. 

du fromage, some cheese. 

Feminine. 
la salle a manger, the dining-room. de la viande, some meat. 



ou vous asseyez-vous ? s'il vous plait, if you please. 

where do you sit ? je veux, I wish, want, will. 

je m'assieds, I sit. il veut, he wishes, etc. 

nous nous asseyons, we sit. nous voulons, we wish, etc. 

merci, thank you. vous voulez, you wish, etc. 

pour, to, in order to. ils veulent, they wish, etc. 

133. CONVERSATION.— La salle a manger. 

1. Ou sommes-nous ? 

2. Nous sommes dans la salle a manger. 

1. Ou mange-t-on ? 

2. On mange dans la salle a mang-er. 

1. Ou nous asseyons-nous pour manger ? 

2. Nous nous asseyons a table. 

1. Ou vous asseyez-vous, mademoiselle ? 

2. Je m'assieds a table. 

1 . Que voulez-vous manger ? 

2. Je veux manger du pain et de la viande. 

1. Voulez-vous aussi du fromage ? 

2. Oui, s'il vous plait. 

1. Donnez-moi du beurre, s'il vous plait. 

1 . Ce monsieur et cette dame veulent-ils des fruits ? 

2. Non, ils n'en veulent pas. 



§§134,135. PRONOUN "EN." 57 

1. Mangez-vous des legumes ? 

2. Non, nous n'en mangeons pas. 

1. Cette demoiselle mange-t-elle des fruits ? 

2. Oui, elle en mange : elle mange des pommes. 

1. Madame Lenoir veut-elle du fromage ? 

2. Oui, elle en veut, mais Mile Lenoir n'en veut pas. 

1. Je veux du pain : en voulez-vous ? 

2. Non, merci, nous n'en voulons pas. 

Etc., etc. 

134. READING. 

PROVERBE. 

Tout passe, tout casse, tout lasse. 

everything passeth, breaketk, growetk tiresome. 

135. ALEXANDRE DUMAS. 

Auteur dramatique et romancier x (mil huit cent trois — 
mil huit cent soixante-dix : 1803-1870). Ses ouvrages * 2 
sont caracterises par une recondite inepuisable, 8 une facilite 
d'invention et d'execution prodigieuse, une promptitude 
incroyable a s'assimiler les idees, les materiaux 4 de ses 
contemporains ou de ses predecesseurs. L'originalite de 
son talent est dans l'habilete 5 a mettre en ceuvre, la force 
des combinaisons, la continuite de mouvement. 

1 novelist. 2 works. 3 inexhaustible. 4 materials. 5 skill. 



58 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 136-139. 



CHAPTER IX. 

Possessive Adjectives and Pronouns. 

136. We have already seen (§ 44) the possessive adjec- 
tives in the singular. The plural forms are : 

mes, my. tes, thy. ses, his, her or its. 

nos, ) vos, ) leurs,) 

notre, ) ' votre, ) ^ ' leur, j 

137. These forms, with the exception of notre, votre, 
and leur, are used to express the possession of several ob- 
jects. Ex. : ones livres, my books ; nos I lures, our books ; 
leurs livres, their books. But, notre livre, our book; leur 
livre, their book, etc. 

138. Aside from these possessive adjectives, there are 
possessive pronouns, which are used whenever the repeti- 
tion of the noun is to be avoided. These pronouns are : 

Singular. Plural. 

Masculine. Feminine. Masculine. Feminine. 

le mien, la mienne, les miens, les miennes, mine. 

le tien, la tienne, les tiens, les tiennes, thine. 

le sien, la sienne, les siens, les siennes, his or hers, 

le notre, la notre, les notres, les notres, ours. 

le votre, la votre, les votres, les votres, yours. 

le leur, la leur, les leurs, les leurs, theirs. 

139. The pronouns contained in the first two columns 
refer to one, and those in the last two columns to several 
objects (of the masculine gender in columns 1 and 3, of 
the feminine in columns 2 and 4). 



§§ 140-144. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 59 

140. Occasionally, a moi, a toi, a lui, etc., can be used 
instead of the above pronouns. Ex. : Ce crayon est-U 
a vous? Non, il n' est pas a moi. " Is that pencil yours ? 
No, it is not mine." 

141. EXERCISE. 

1. Whose hat is that 7 1 It is mine. 2. That house is 
yours, this is ours. 3. Is that the merchant's coat ? Yes, 
it is his. 4. She is my friend and yours, o. AVhat books 
do you give me ? I give you mine. 6. [In] what room 
does that man enter ? [In] his. 7. I have two pencils : 
which is yours ? This is mine. 8. Is * 2 that 2 your letter ? 
Yes, it is mine. 9. Can you spell my name 3 ? I cannot 
spell yours, and you cannot spell mine. 

1 What is that hat ? 2 Est-ce. 3 nom. 

142. INFLECTION OF THE PAST DEFINITE OF VERBS. 

J'aim-ai. Je reg-us. 

tu aim-as. tu reg-us. 

il aim-a. il reg-ut. 

nous aim-ames. nous reg-umes. 

vous aim-ates. vous reg-utes. 

ils aim-^rent. ils reg-urent. 

Je fin-is. Je rend-is. 

tu fin-is. tu rend-is. 

il fin-it. il r end-it. 

nous fin-imes. nous rend imes. 

vous fin-ites. vous rend ites. 

ils fin-irent. ils rend-irent. 

143. (a). The endings of the past definite are the same 
in Conjugations II. and IV. (&). There is only a difference 
of one letter in the endings of the plural in Conjugations 
I. and III. : Conjugation III. has the letter u where Con- 
jugation I. has a (and e). 

144. As to the meaning of the past definite, cf. § 52. 



60 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



145-148. 



145. VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 
le ciel, the sky. le temps, the weather, 

le pommier, the apple-tree. le grand-pere, the grandfather. 

le feu, the fire. Edouard, Edward, 

le me'tier, the trade. Henri, Henry. 

Feminine. 
la casquette, the cap. la foret, the forest, 

la prairie, the meadow. l'e'cole, the school. 

la pluie, the rain. 

penser, to think. 



envoyer, to send. 

espe'rer, to hope. 

courir, to run. 

croire, to believe. 

perdre, to lose. 

il fait, it is (literally, it makes). 

il pleut, it rains. 

il pleuvait, it rained. 

se promener, to take a walk. 

je me promene, I take a walk. 

'beau, good weather. 

mauvais, bad weather. 



je me promenerai, I shall take 
a walk. 

pendant que, while. 

quelques, some. 

hier, yesterday. 

avant-hier, day before yesterday. 

aujourd'hui, to-day. 

demain, to-morrow. 

apres-demain, day after to-mor- 
row. 



il fait, it is 

il fera, it will be 

il faisait, it was 

il ferait, it would be 



froid, cold. 
chaud, warm, 
clair, clear. 

du vent, windy. 
Vdu soleil, sunny (the sun shines). 

146- Verbs of the first conjugation which have a silent 
e in the penult (as promener), and have neither an I nor a t 
as the final consonant of the stem (cf. § 73), take a grave 
accent Q ) over that e before a silent vowel. Ex. : je me pro- 
mene ; amener, " to lead, to bring ; " j'amene, " I lead," etc. 

147. Verbs having an " e fenne" as esperer, change 
that e into e, according to the preceding rule, except, how- 
ever, in future and conditional. 

148. Verbs in yer as envoyer change y into i before 
a silent e. Ex.: j'envoie, 



§§ 149-151. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 61 

149- EXERCISES. 

1. II fait froid. 2. II faisait beau hier. 3. II ne pleuvait 
pas beaucoup avant-hier. 4. II pleuvait. 5. II pleuvra de- 
main, je crois. 6. J'espere qu'il fera beau apres-deinain. 
7. Nous aurons de la pluie ce soir. 8. Nous avions du feu 
dans la chambre bier, parce qu'il faisait tres froid. 9. S'il 
fait beau, le pommier aura beaucoup de pommes, mais il 
n'en aura pas s'il fait froid. 10. Le temps n'est-il pas beau ? 
11. S'il pleut, nous ne pouvons pas nous promener. 12. S'il 
fait du vent, vous perdrez votre chapeau. 13. II perdit sa 
casquette, parce qu'il faisait du vent. 14. Nous chantames 
une chanson. 15. II demeura a Paris. 16. La dame me de- 
manda ou vous alliez pendant qu'il pleuvait. 17. Nous ltd 
rendimes son roman. 18. L'eleve recita tres bien sa legon 
a l'ecole. 19. Edouard avait un bon metier. 20. Henri alia 
a l'ecole. 

150. 1. I will show you my cap. 2. His grandfather 

sent him a cap. 3. He lost his red book. 4. It was good 

weather. 5. It was raining while we were at school. 

6. The rain fell on the forest. 7. It is very cold to-day, 

but yesterday it was warm. 8. The meadow used to be 

green. 9. The sky is very clear, it is good weather. 10. I 

will call Henry. 11. I shall lose my cap. 12. Were you 

in the forest day before yesterday ? 13 We shall have no 

rain to-day, I believe. 14. It will rain to-morrow, I think. 

15. I shall take a walk day after to-morrow. 16. What 

did he send you ? 17. We sent him the best apples from * 

our apple-trees. 

1 de. 



151. VOCABULARY. 

compter, to count. le nombre, the number. 

depuis, from. la fois, the time (German, 

jusqu'a, up to. das Mai). 



62 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



§152. 



onze, 


11. 


trente et un, 


31. 


soixante-douze, 72. 


douze, 


12. 


trente-deux, 


32. 


quatre-vingts, 80. 


treize, 


13. 


quarante, 


40. 


quatre-vingt-un, 81. 


quatorze, 


14. 


quarante et un, 


41. 


quatre-vingt-deux, 82. 


quinze, 


15. 


quarante-deux, 


42. 


quatre-vingt-dix, 90. 


seize, 


16. 


cinquante, 


50. 


quatre-vingt-onze, 91. 


dix-sept, 


17. 


cinquante et un, 


51. 


cent, 100. 


dix-huit, 


18. 


cinquante-deux, 


52. 


deux cents, 200. 


dix-neuf, 


19. 


soixante, 


60. 


deux cent vingt, 220. 


vingt, 


20. 


soixante et un, 


61. 


mille, 1,000. 


vingt et un 


, 21. 


soixante-deux, 


62. 


deux mille, 2,000. 


vingt-deux, 22. 


soixante-dix, 


70. 


un million, 1,000,000. 


trente, 


30. 


soixante et onze 


,71. 


deux millions, 2,000,000. 


Combien font . . . ? How much make 


\ . . . ? or how much is . . . ? 



152. CONVERSATION. — Compter. 

1. Com ptez, mademoiselle ! Que faites-vous ? 

2. Je compte : un, deux, trois, etc. 

1. Les Americains comptent-ils en francais ? 

2. Non, ils comptent en anglais. 

1. Comment comptons-nous ici ? 

2. Nous comptons en francais. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Comptez depuis 10 jusqu'a 20 ! Que faites-vous ? 

2. Je compte depuis 10 jusqu'a 20. 

1. Depuis quel nombre comptez-vous ? 

2. Je compte depuis dix. 

1. Jusqu'a quel nombre comptez-vous ? 

2. Je compte jusqu'a vingt. 

Etc, etc. 

1. Combien font dix et dix ? 

2. Dix et dix font vingt. 

1. Combien font 5 et 2 ? 

2. Cinq et deux font sept. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Combien font deux fois trois ? 

2. Deux fois trois font six. 



§§ 153, 154. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 63 

1. Combien font trois fois quatre ? 

2. Trois fois quatre font douze. 

1. Combien font cent fois dix ? 

2. Cent fois dix font mille. 

1. Combien font cent fois mille ? 

2. Cent fois mille font cent mille. 

1. Combien font dix fois cent mille ? 

2. Dix fois cent mille font un million. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Quel est ce nombre : 123,456,789 ? 

2. Cent vingt-trois millions, quatre cent cinquante-six 
mille, sept cent quatre-vingt-neuf. 

1. Quel est ce nombre : 234,567,891 ? 

2. Deux cent trente-quatre millions, cinq cent soixante- 
sept mille, huit cent quatre-vingt-onze. 

Etc., etc. 

153. READING. 

PROVERBE. 

Le devoir avant le plaisir. 
duty before pleasure 

" Work before play." 

154. CHATEAUBRIAND. 

Le genie de Chateaubriand est compose des deux facultes 
les plus mobiles : Pimagination et la sensibilite. C'est 
pourquoi les influences les plus contraires ont un grand em- 
pire sur lui. II suit 1 le mouvement de transition morale 
et politique du siecle, imite plus qu'il ne cree, et nean- 
moins 2 resume la revolution litteraire du romantisme. Son 
style est riche, souple, harmonieux. II a ecrit : " le genie 
du Christianisme," " les Martyrs," " les Natchez," etc., etc. 
Chateaubriand vint 3 en Amerique, et y resta 4 trois annees. 
Ne en 1768, il est mort en 1848. 

1 follows (from suivre). 2 nevertheless. 3 came. 4 remained. 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 155-158. 



CHAPTER X. 

Compound Tenses— Verbs Conjugated with "Avoir." 

155. Compound tenses are those which are formed with 
an auxiliary (avoir or etre) and the past participle of the 
conjugated verb. 

156. A great majority of French verbs — that is, all 
transitive verbs in the active voice, all impersonal, and 
many intransitive verbs — form their compound tenses 
with avoir. 

157. How to form the past participle. —The past parti- 
ciple in Conjugation I. is formed by dropping the final r 
of the infinitive, and adding an acute accent (') to the 
final e. Ex. : chanter, past participle, chant 4. In Conjuga- 
tion II. it is formed simply by dropping the final r. Ex. : 
finir, past part., fini; dormir, dormi. In Conjugations 
III. and IV. it is formed by changing the endings olr, re, 
of the infinitive into u. Ex.: voir, "to see," past part., 
vu ; pourvoir, to provide, pourvu ; rendre, rendu; rompre, 
rompu, etc. There are, however, many exceptions to this last 
rule. Ex. : prendre, past part., pris ; mettre, p. p. mis, etc. 

158. INFLECTION OF THE COMPOUND TENSES 

OF THE VERBS 
CHANTER, FINIR, RE CE VOIR, ROMPRE, AVOIR, and ETRE. 
PAST PARTICIPLE. 

chants, fini, recu, rompu, eu, and 6t6. 

INDICATIVE. 



( j'ai, 

< tu as, 
( ila, 



J nous avons, ) 

tu as, vous avez, C chant<5 < fini ' re $ u ' rom P u ' 
ils ont. ) eu ' 6t6 - 



159,160. CONJUGATIONS WITH "AVOIR:' 65 



ij'eus, nous eunies, \ , M , ,. . 
A . chante, fini, regu, rompu, 



j avais, 
Pluperfect. J tu avais, J- chantd, fini, regu, etc. 



Futur 
Perfect 



etc. 
j aurai, 



{j aurai, ^ 
I 
tu auras, V 
etc. J 

f 



chante", fini, regu, etc. 

CONDITIONAL. 



j aurais, \ 

r 



Past. -J tu aurais, V chants, fini, regu, etc. 
etc. ) 

159. EXERCISE. 

1. John has asked me (for) your letter. 2. We had been 
walking 1 in the street. 3. We shall have built our house. 
4. We would have bought a hat. 5. We had found our 
friend. 6. Would you have seen me ? 7. Shall we count 
the letters and the syllables of that word ? 8. Several per- 
sons would have been here if 2 it 2 had not rained. 3 9. He 
would have given them what 4 they had asked him (for). 

10. Has the waiter brought you that cup of coffee ? 

11. Have you had your supper ? 5 12. I have finished my 
ise. 6 

1 use marcher. 3 phi. 5 have you supped ? 

2 sHl. 4 ce que. 6 exercice. 



160. VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 
le professeur, the professor. le canari, the canary-bird, 

le roi, the king. le pont, the bridge, 

le jardinier, the gardener. le canif, the penknife. 

le poele, the stove. l'oiseau, the bird. 

Feminine. 
la clef, the key. l'aile, the wing. 

la bottine, the boot, the shoe. l'arithm^tique, the arithmetic, 
la jeune fille, the girl. 



66 



3 


ELEMENTS 


OF 


FRENCH. 


§§ 161-163. 


pres de, 


near. 






chez moi, 


at my home. 


ouvert, 


open. 






" toi, 


" thy " 


peut-etre 


, perhaps. 






" lui, 


" his " 


savoir, 


to know. 






" elle, 


t( Jjgj. u 


done, 


therefore, then, 


conse- 


" nous, 


" our " 




quently, etc. 






" vous, 


" your " 


fort, 


strong. 






" eux, ) 
" elles,) 


" their " 


encore, 


still, yet. 






deja, 


already. 











161. Done has no precise translation in English. We 
have given above a few of its meanings, but only long 
practice and observation will enable one to appreciate its 
exact signification. 

162. EXERCISES. 

1. Le professeur a donne des lecons. 2. L'oiseau avait 
chante. 3. II m'avait demande des livres, mais je ne lui 
en avais pas donne. 4. Le jardinier a bati un petit pont 
dans le jardin. 5. Peut-etre avez-vous su 1 que le canari 
etait mort ? 6. La clef de la porte etait sur la table. 7. Le 
livre du professeur est ouvert. 8. Vous avez ete pres de 
Paris, n'est-ce pas ? 9. M'avez-vous montre le canif que 
votre oncle vous a donne ? 10. Avez-vous bien dormi ? 
11. Mon ami vous a vu chez vous : vous n'etiez done pas 
chez Monsieur Leblond ? 12. Je vous ai envoye une lettre. 
13. Je n'etais pas chez moi quand vous avez ouvert la porte, 
mais ma tante etait chez elle. 14. Quand il fait mauvais 
temps, nous restons chez nous. 15. Le poele est-il encore 
dans la chambre ? Oui, il y est encore. 16. Cette jeune 
fille a donne des fleurs a son amie. 17. Que vous a envoye 
Monsieur Leblond ? II m'a envoye des livres. 

1 known. 

163. 1. We have been very sick. 2. She had received 
my letter. 3. They will have returned those books. 4. He 



§§164,165. CONJUGATIONS WITH "AVOIR." 67 

would have sung. 5. They would have broken the key. 
6. Have you ea.ten 2 wellx ? 7. The horse has bitten my 
brother's leg. 8. M. Leblond had taken my penknife. 
9. I have lost my hat in the forest. 10. She has sent me 
some flowers. 11. We had hoped to see you. 12. It was 1 
cold yesterday. 13. Our professor is that girl's uncle. 
14. Has she had a canary-bird ? 15. The pupil has recited 
his lesson. 16. We have had three horses, and we have 
two 2 yet x . 17. He has been at your home. 18. Is Mrs. 
Suft at home ? 

1 has been. 



164. VOCABULARY. 

le jour, the day. l'heure, (fern.) the hour. 

le quart d'heure, the quarter of la minute, the minute, 

an hour. la ssconde, the second, 

la montre, the watch. la demi-heure, the half-hour. 

la pendule, the clock. 



II est, it is x 



remonter, to wind. Quelle heure est-il ? What time is it ? 
'midi, noon. 
minuit, midnight, 
une heure, one o'clock. 
deux heures, two o'clock. 
deux heures et quart, a quarter-past two. 
deux heures vingt, twenty minutes past two. 
deux heures et demie, half-past two. 
trois heures moins vingt, twenty minutes of three. 
trois heures moins le quart, a quarter of three. 
trois heures precises, three o'clock sharp, exactly 
three o'clock. 

1 65. CONVERSATION. — L'rieure. 

1. Qu'est-ce que c'est ? 

2. C'est une pendule. 



68 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 166, 167. 

1. Quelle heure est-il a cette pendule ? 

2. II est quatre heures dix. 

1. Quelle heure est-il a votre montre ? 

2. II est quatre heures precises. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Combien de minutes y a-t-il dans une heure ? 

2. II y a soixante minutes. (II y en a soixante.) 

1. Combien de secondes y a-t-il dans une minute ? 

2. II y en a soixante. 

1. Combien d'heures y a-t-il dans un jour? 

2. II y en a vingt-quatre. 

1. Combien de quarts d'heure y a-t-il dans une heure ? 

2. II y en a quatre. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Avez-vous une montre ? 

2. Oui, j'en ai une. 

3. Non, je n'en ai pas. 

1. Qu'est-ce que je fais ? 

2. Vous remontez votre montre. 

1. Avec quoi remonte-t-on une pendule ? 

2. On la remonte avec une cle. 

Etc., etc. 

166. READING. 

PROVERBE. 

L'habit ne fait pas le moine. 

dress monk 

" Dress does not make the monk." 

167. L'ANEi ET SON MAITRE.* 

Un fine trouva 8 par hasard une peau 4 de lion, et s'en 5 
revetit. 5 II s'en 6 alia 6 dans les forets, ou il repandit 7 la 
terreur et la consternation. Tous les animaux 8 fuyaient 9 



§167. CONJUGATIONS WITH "AVOIR." 69 

devant lui. Son maitre vint, et Pane voulut 10 l'epouvanter u 
aussi. Mais le maitre vit 12 quelque 13 chose 13 de 13 long 13 
aux deux cotes 14 de la tete de Panimal, et lui dit : " Mon- 
sieur Baudet, 15 vos oreilles vous trahissent 16 et montrent 
que vous n'etes qu'un ane." 

Un sot M a tou jours un endroit qui le 18 decouvre 18 et le 
rend ridicule. 

1 donkey. 7 spread. 13 something long. 

2 master. 8 animals. 14 sides. 

3 found. 9 fled. 15 familiar name for donkey. 

4 skin. 10 wished to. 16 hetray. 

5 put it on. n terrorize. 17 fool. 

6 went away. 12 saw. 18 shows him up. 



70 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§168,169. 



168. SECOND REVIEW LESSON. 

1. Translate: " smaller than/' "as small as," "larger 
than/' and give rules. 

2. What are the comparative and superlative degrees 
of bon? 

3. When is tu used ? 

4. When is de used after adverbs of quantity ? Give 
two examples. 

5. State the order of object-pronouns in a sentence: 
1st, with one pronoun, and 2d, with two pronouns. 

6. How is the future tense formed ? 

7. What is the meaning of the pronoun en; and how 
is it used ? 

8. Do possessive adjectives and pronouns take the num- 
ber and gender of the possessed object, or that of the 
possessor ? 

9. Give the past definite tense of appeler. 

10. What do you know of verbs having a silent e in the 
penult ? Give one example. 

11. Count, by tens, to one hundred, and then backwards. 

12. How is the past participle formed in Conjugations 
I. and II. ? 

13. What verbs are conjugated with the auxiliary avoir ? 

14. Form the past indefinite and pluperfect of trouver, 
bdtir, voir. 

1 69. EXERCISE. 

1. What are the highest 1 mountains of America ? 2. My 
arm is as large as yours, and larger than my' 2 brother's. 2 
3. Is Victor Hugo a greater poet than Shakespeare ? No, 
but he is as great. 4. How many fables has La Fontaine 
written ? He [of them] has written many. 5. That ani- 



§ 169. SECOND BE VIEW LESSON. 71 

nial put 3 his feet on the table, and broke 3 it. 6. Will you 
give me that spoon ? Why do you ask me (for) it ? Be- 
cause I want it : give it to me, if 4 you 4 please. 4 7. That 
gentleman has my hat and I have his. Shall I ask him 
(for) it ? 8. Is this that gentleman's chair ? No, it is not 
his, nor mine : it is yours. 9. Have you found the ink ? 
What color is it ? It is very black. 10. Would your 
aunt take a cup of tea ? 11. Do you wish to go to your 
aunt's ? 12. Have you eaten the bread that was on the 
table ? 13. Was Alexandre Dumas a fabulist ? No, he 
was a great novelist. 14. To-morrow we shall lead those 
animals into the meadow. 

1 high = haut. 3 past indefinite. 

2 that (= celui) of my brother. 4 "s'il vous plait." 



72 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



170, 171. 



CHAPTER XI. 

Rules of Agreement of the Past Participle. 

170. When conjugated with the auxiliary avoir, the 
past participle agrees with its direct object, if that object 
precedes the participle, but remains invariable when its 
direct object follows it, or when that object is the pronoun 
en. 

Examples : Les chaises que j 'ai levees, " the chairs I have 
lifted/' (" I have lifted what ? " « The chairs." The di- 
rect object is before.) J\d leve les chaises, "I have lifted 
the chairs." (Leve remains invariable because " chairs " is 
after it.) Avez-vous leve des chaises? Oui, yen ai leve. 
" Have you lifted some chairs ? Yes, I have lifted some." 
(The object of leve is en in the answer, and therefore leve 
remains invariable.) 



171. 

le nom, the name. 
le poisson, the fish. 
le bras, the arm. 
le pied, the foot. 

la t§te, the head. 



VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 

le paletot, the coat. 
le chien, the dog. 
l'aquarium, the aquarium. 
Paul, Paid. 



Feminine. 



vendre, to sell. 

avoir raison, to be right. 

avoir tort, to be wrong. 

on dit, one says, they say, people say. 

il y avait, there was, or there were. 



la paire, the pair. 

il y aura, there will be. 
que, that, which, whom. 
niais certainement, why, 

certainly. 
la-bas, yonder. 



§§ 172-174. PAST PARTICIPLE. 73 

172. EXERCISES. 

1. Avez-vous "\ju les poissons ? Oui, je les ai vus. 
2. Avez-vous achete des livres ? Oui, j'en ai achete. 3. Les 
fleurs que votre ami a achetees sout belles. 4. Votre pere 
a-t-il reinonte sa montre ? Oui, il l'a remontee. 5. Mon- 
sieur et Madame Lefevre ont-ils vu les poissons de l'aqua- 
rium ? Non, ils ne les ont pas vus, mais mon ami les a 
vus et il les a beaucoup admires. 7. Qui a apporte cette 
table ? Ma soeur l'a apportee. 8. Les chansons que cette 
dame a chantees sont tres belles. 9. J'ai achete une paire 
de bottines chez Murat. 10. Avons-nous requ des lettres ? 
Oui, nous en avons regu. beaucoup. 11. II y avait beau- 
coup d'oiseaux, dans la foret oil nous avons ete. 12. L'eleve 
a-t-il bien recite sa leqon ? Oui, il l'a bien recitee, mais il 
n'en a pas bien prononce tous les mots. 13. Ont-ils ouvert 
les portes ? Non, ils ne les ont pas ouvertes. 14. On a 
ouvert les fenetres, parce qu'il faisait tres chaud. 

173. 1. Has he shown you his books? Yes, he has 
[shown them to me]. 2. Have you taken 1 the pencil ? 
No, I have not [taken it]. 3. Have you taken the pen ? 
I have [taken it]. 4. Has he received your letters ? No, 
he has not [received them]. 5. Has she sent you some 
pencils ? Yes, she has [sent me some]. 6. I have lost 
my hat, but you have found it. 7. Have you found my 
shoes ? No, I have not [found them]. 8. The letter 
which Paul wrote me was very long. 9. You are right. 
10. Was he right or wrong ? He was wrong. 11. They say 
[that] there will be many 2 people 2 in (at) Paris in 1900. 

1 pHs, from prendre. 2 beaucoup de monde. 



1 74. VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 
le mois, the month. fdvrier, February. 

Janvier, January. mars, March. 



74 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



§175. 



avril, 


April. 


mai. 


May. 


juin, 


June. 


juillet, 


July. 


aout, 


August 



septembre, September. 

octobre, October. 

novembre, November. 

decembre, December. 



lundi, 


Monday. 


vendredi, 


Friday. 


niardi, 


Tuesday. 


samedi, 


Saturday. 


mercredi, 


Wednesday. 


dimanche, 


Sunday. 


jeudi, 


Thursday. 








Feminine. 




l'annee, 


the year. 


la semaine, 


the week. 


l'annee bissextile, the leap year. la date, 


the date. 


quelques-uns, 


some [ones]. 


quatrieme, 


fourth. 


d'autres, 


others. 


cinquieme, 


fifth. 


seulement, 


only. 


sixieme, 


sixth. 


quel jour du mois? 


septieme, 


seventh. 


What day of the month ? 


huitieme, 


eighth. 


quel jour de la 


semaine ? 


neuvieme, 


ninth. 


What day of the week ? 


dixieme, 


tenth. 


tous les quatre 


ans, 


onzieme, 


eleventh. 


Every four years. 


douzieme, 


twelfth. 


premier, 
deuxieme, (1) 


first, 
second. 


le dernier, -» 

la dernidre, l the laSt * 


troisieme, (1) 


third. cf. 


344 ff. 





mil huit cent quatre- vingt-dix-neuf, (year) one thousand 
eight hundred and ninety-nine. 



175. 



CONVERSATION. — L'annee. 



1. Combien de mois y a-t-il dans l'annee? 

2. II y en a douze. 

1. Comment s'appellent les douze mois de l'annee ? 

2. lis s'appellent : Janvier, fevrier, mars, etc. . . . 

1. Comment s'appellent les jours de la semaine? 

2. lis s'appellent : lundi, mardi, mercredi, etc. 



§ 175. PAST PARTICIPLE. 75 

1. Combien y a-t-il de jours dans la semaine ? 

2. II y en a sept. 

1. Quel est le premier mois de l'annee ? 

2. Le premier mois de l'annee est Janvier. 

1. Quel est le deuxieme mois de l'annee ? 

2. Le deuxieme mois de l'annee est fevrier. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Combien de jours ont les mois ? 

2. Quelques-uns en ont trente, d'autres en ont trente et 
un, et fevrier en a seulement vingt-huit ou vingt-neuf. 

1. Combien de jours a le mois de Janvier ? 

2. II en a trente et un. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Combien de semaines y a-t-il dans l'annee ? 

2. II y en a cinquante-deux. 

1. Quel jour de la semaine est-ce aujourd'hui? 

2. Aujourd'hui c'est mardi. 

1. Quel jour de la semaine etait-ce hier ? 

2. Hier c'etait lundi. 

1. Quel jour de la semaine sera-ce demain ? 

2. Demain ce sera mercredi. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Quel jour du mois est-ce aujourd'hui ? 

2. Aujourd'hui c'est le quatre Janvier. 

1. Quel jour du mois etait-ce hier ? 

2. Hier c'etait le trois Janvier. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Quelle est la date d'aujourd'hui ? 

2. La date d'aujourd'hui est : Mardi, quatre Janvier, 1899. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Combien de jours y a-t-il dans une annee ? 

2. Dans une annee il y a 365 jours. 

1. L'annee a-t-elle tou jours 365 jours ? 

2. !Non, tous les quatre ans l'annee a 366 jours. 



76 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§176,177. 

1. Comment s'appelle une annee qui a 366 jours ? 

2. Uue annee qui a 366 jours s'appelle " annee bissex- 
tile." 

1. Combien de jours a le mois de fevrier quand l'annee 
est bissextile ? 



2. II en a vingt-neuf. 



Etc., etc. 



176. READING. 

PROVERBE. 

Une hirondelle ne fait pas le printemps. 
swallow spring 

" One swallow does not make a summer." 

177. MADAME DE SEVIGNE. 

La correspondance de cette illustre femme est un monu- 
ment historique et litteraire. Elle se montre a nous comme 
un temoin 1 de son siecle, temoin sensible 2 et emu, 8 voyant 4 
les choses avec les yeux 5 et les idees de son temps. Son 
style est remarquable par la vivacite naturelle, la sponta- 
neity la preoccupation d'exprimer 6 sa pensee 7 tout 8 entiere. 8 
Elle ecrit avec liberte et souplesse, invente de nouvelles 9 
expressions, enrichit le dictionnaire de mots nouveaux. La 
plupart 10 de ses lettres etaient adressees a Madame de 
Grignan, sa fille. 

1 witness. 4 seeing. 7 thought. 10 most. 

2 sensitive. 5 eyes (plur. of ceil). 8 entirely. 

3 full of emotion. G express. 9 new. 



j§ 178, 179. CONJUGATIONS WITH "filRE." 77 



CHAPTER XII. 

Verbs Conjugated with Etre. 

178. The most common verbs whose compound tenses 
are formed with etre are : 

(a). The following intransitive : 



aller, 


to go. 


venir, 


to come. 


arriver, 


to arrive. 


partir, 


to depart. 


entrer, 


to enter, to come in. 


sortir, 


to go out. 


naitre, 


to be born. 


niourir, 


to die. 


monter, 


to get up on, to mount. 


descendre, 


to descend, 


tomber, 


to fall. 




down. 


eclore, 


to open, bud, batch. 


rester, 


to remain. 



to go 



passer, to pass. 

and their compounds, like revenir, " to return ; " devenir, 
"to become;" survenir, "to happen;" repartir, "to go 
away again," etc., etc. (Some of these verbs, however, 
may be used transitively, in which case they are conju- 
gated with avoir.) 

(b). All reflexive verbs. 

(c). All passive verbs. 

179. The past participle conjugated with etre agrees 
in gender and number with the subject. 1 Ex. : Monsieur 
Leblond est arrive, " M. Leblond has arrived ; " Madame 
Leblond est arrive e, " Mrs. Leblond has arrived ; " ces mes- 
sieurs sont partis, " these gentlemen have departed ; " ces 
sont parties, "those ladies have departed." 



1 This does not always apply to reflexive verbs. (Cf. Part II., 
410). 



78 ELEMENTS OF FBENCR. §§180,181. 

180. INFLECTION OF TH£ COMPOUND TENSES OF A 

VERB CONJUGATED WITH ETRE. 

VERB ALLER. 
PAST INFINITIVE. PAST PARTICIPLE. 

etre alle\ alle. 

Past Indefinite. 
Je suis alle*, or alle"e, I have gone, or I went, 
tu es alle, or allde. 
il est alle. 
elle est allee. 

nous sommes alles, allies, or allee. 
vous gtes alles, allies, alle", or allee. 
ils sont alle"s. 
elles sont allies. 

Past Perfect. 
Je fus alle, or alle*e, I had gone. 
tu fus alle, or alle*e. 
il fut alle". 
elle fut allee. 

nous fumes alles, allees, or all^e. 
vous futes alle*s, allies, alle", or all£e. 
ils furent alle's. 
elles furent allies. 

Pluperfect. 
J'etais alle, I had gone, etc. 

Future Perfect. 
Je serai alle, I shall have gone, etc. 

Past Conditional. 
Je serais alle\ I should or would have gone, etc. 

181. EXERCISE. 

1. John has gotten up on the table. 2. Alfred de Musset 
was born l eight years after Victor Hugo. 3. Has your 
sister gone out ? 4. You had departed when she arrived. 1 
5. I would have gone to Paris. 6. Would the gardener 



182,183. CONJUGATIONS WITH "&TRE. 



79 



have become king ? 7. They had already departed when 

we went x out. 1 8. Her arithmetic fell 1 on the floor. 9. At 

what time did you come 1 in x ? 10. We came 1 in x at twenty 

minutes of three. 

1 past indefinite. 



182. 

le pays, 
le revolver, 
le pistolet, 
le tableau, 
le nid, 
le voleur, 



VOCABULARY. 



the country. 

the pistol. 

the picture, 
the nest, 
the thief. 



Masculine. 

le dictionnaire, 
le village, 
le billet, 
le poeme, 
l'ceuf, 



the dictionary, 
the village, 
the ticket, 
the poem, 
the egg. 



le compatriote, the countryman, citizen of the same country. 
le paysan, the peasant, the farmer. 

Feminine. 
la inontagne, the mountain. la robe, the dress. 
la galerie, the gallery. la patrie, the fatherland, the native 

la feuille, the leaf. country. 



haut, high. 

dejeuner, to breakfast, 
par, through. 

night. 



chaque soir, every 

'evening. 

hier soir, last night, yesterday 

evening. 



hier matin, yesterday morninj 
pas encore, not yet. 
plusieurs, several, 
probablement, probably. 
pour, for, to, in order to. 



183. EXERCISES. 

1. Les feuilles des arbres sont tombees. 2. Nous sommes 
montes sur une haute montagne. 3. Quand vous etes parti, 
vous avez achete un revolver. 4. Quand les enfants seront 
sortis de la chambre. nous y entrerons. 5. Etes-vous entree 
dans la galerie de tableaux, mademoiselle ? 6. Hier soir 
mes amies sont venues chez nous. 7. Quand ma sceur sera 
arrivee, elle vous montrera les livres qu'elle a achetes. 



80 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 184, 185. 

8. La pluie est tombee sur le village. 9. Madame de 
Sevigne est nee en 1626. 10. Hier matin je suis alle 
dans le village. 11. Nous somines alles au theatre, chaque 
soir. 12. Quand nous sommes alles au theatre, en France 
nous en sommes sortis tres tard. 13. Ce matin ces de- 
moiselles sont descendues a neuf heures pour dejeuner. 

14. Combien de jours etes-vous restees a Berlin, mesdames ? 

15. Nous n'y sommes restees que trois jours : nous en 
sommes parties le mardi, et sommes allees a Paris. 

1 84- 1. Has the train arrived ? 2. No, it has not yet 
[arrived]. 3. The black dress has become green. 4. The 
birds have departed, and their nests have fallen from 
the trees. 5. Our (lady) friend has probably died. 6. The 
thief entered 1 the room through the window. 7. I came * 
down from my room at half-past nine this morning. 8. I 
would have arrived yesterday, but it rained l too 2 much. 2 

9. The leaves have become yellow. 10. You got 1 up * on x 
the chair. 11. Miss Leblond has not yet entered the room. 
12. They went 1 to the forest yesterday. 13. The flowers 
fell * on the floor. 14. The peasants have returned from 
the village. 15. He has brought his revolver. 16. She 
went * to 8 your 3 home, 3 but did not find you. 17. Is he not 
a countryman of yours ? 18. When did * you arrive * in this 
country ? 19. Have you seen those pictures ? 20. Yes, 
we saw them when we went 1 to Paris. 

1 past indefinite. 2 trop. 3 chez-vous. 



185. VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 

le printemps, the spring. l'hiver, the winter. 

l'e"te\ the summer. le si&cle, the century, 

l'automne, the autumn. 



§ 186. CONJUGATIONS WITH "J2TRE." 81 

Feminine. 
la saison, the season. l'exposition, the exposition. 

chaque ann^e, every year. l'annde derniere, last year, 
cette anne'e-ci, this year. commencer, to begin, 

l'annee prochaine, next year. 

186. CONVERSATION— Les Saisons. 

1. Combien de saisons y a-t-il dans l'annee ? 

2. II y en a quatre. 

1. Chaque annee a-t-elle un printemps ? 

2. Oui, chaque annee a un printemps. 

1. Quelles sont les quatre saisons de l'annee ? 

2. Ce sont : le printemps, l'ete, Pautomne, et l'hiver. 

1. Combien de mois y a-t-il dans une saison ? 

2. II y en a trois. 

1. Quels sont les mois du printemps ? 

2. Ce sont : mars, avril, et mai. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Quel jour commence le printemps ? 

2. Le printemps commence le vingt et un mars. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Dans quelle saison sommes-nous ? 

2. Nous sommes en hiver. 

1. Dans quelle saison est le mois de juillet ? 

2. Le mois de juillet est en ete. 

1. Dans quelle saison est le mois d'avril ? 

2. Le mois d'avril est au printemps. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Dans quelle annee sommes-nous ? 

2. Nous sommes en 1899. 

1. Dans quelle annee sera l'exposition de Paris ? 

2. L'exposition de Paris sera en 1900. 

1. Dans quel siecle sommes-nous ? 

2. Nous sommes dans le XIX e siecle. 



82 ELEMENTS OF FBENCH. §§ 187, 188. 

187. READING. 

PROVERBE. 

Aide-toi, le ciel t'aidera. 

188. VOLTAIRE. 

Voltaire (1694-1778) est l'ecrivain le plus fecond et le 
plus uuiversel du dix-huitieme siecle. II est inferieur, dans 
la poesie dramatique, a Corneille et a Racine, malgre x une 
f acilite et une fecondite merveilleuses ; il a le premier rang 
dans la poesie philosophique, et il est sans rival dans l'epitre, 
le conte, l'epigramnie. Le poeme epique de la " Henriade " 
est une imitation. Ses livres d'liistoire sont des chefs- 2 
d'ceuvre 2 de narration, d'elegance rapide et de simplicite. 
En philosopliie, il est Pegal des plus grands penseurs 3 de 
son temps. Sa prose est essentiellement f ranqaise : elle 
est vive, coloree, simple, et forte, elevee et noble sans effort, 
toujours modelee sur 1'idee, le sentiment, la passion, le 
caprice de l'ecrivain. 

1 in spite of. 2 masterpieces. 3 thinkers. 



189-194. REFLEXIVE VERBS. 83 



CHAPTER XIII. 

Reflexive Verbs. 

189. Eeflexive verbs are those whose action is gener- 
ated by, and falls npon the same person. Most transitive 
verbs can, therefore, be used as reflexive. But there are 
some verbs which are only conjugated as reflexive, as se 
repentir, "to repent," se moquer, "to mock," etc. 

190. As to their conjugation, reflexive verbs differ from 
those of the transitive voice only in the fact that they are 
preceded by two pronouns (one subject, the other object) 
of the same person. Ex. : Je me vante, " I pride myself." 

191. Those two pronouns are: 

fist person, je me. (1st person, nous nous. 

M person, tu te. pLURAL J 2d person, vousvous. 
Sd person, j^J se . {sd person, [^ j se . 

192. Whenever me, te, and se precede a verb beginning 
with a vowel, the e is elided. Ex.: il s'aime, "he loves 
himself." 

193. The compound tenses of reflexive verbs are always 
formed with the auxiliary etre. Ex. : je me suis vante, 
"I have prided myself." (The English use "have" in- 
stead. The French etre has here the meaning of " have.") 

194. INFLECTION OF A REFLEXIVE VERB. 

SE VANTER. 
INFINITIVE. 

Present. Past. 

se vanter, to pride one's self, s'etre vante, to have prided 
to boast. one's self. 



84 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



§194. 



Present. 
se vantant, priding 
one's self. 



PARTICIPLE. 

Past. 
s'e*tant vante, having prided 
one's self. 



Present. 



Imperfect. 



Past Definite. 



INDICATIVE. 

je me vante, I pride myself, I boast. 
tu te vantes. 
il (elle) se vante. 
nous nous vantons. 
vous vous vantez. 
^ils (elles) se van tent. 



Past Indefinite. 



Past Perfect. 

Pluperfect. 

Future. 



/je me vantais, I prided myself, was priding my- 
self, etc. 
Itu te vantais, etc., etc. 

je me vantai, I prided myself, did pride myself, 

etc. 
tu te vantas, etc., etc. 

je me suis vante* (or vantee), I have prided 

myself, etc. 
tu t'es vante (or vante*e). 
il s'est vante. 
elle s'est vante*e. 

nous nous sommes vante*s (or vante*es). 
vous vous etes vante's (or vante*es). 
ils se sont vantas. 
lelles se sont vante*es. 

je me fus vante* (or vante'e), I had prided my- 
self, etc., etc. 

je m'e*tais vante* (or vantee), I had prided my- 
self, etc., etc. 

je me vanterai, I shall pride myself. 
tu te vanteras, etc., etc. 



Future Perfect. j je me serai vant< * < or vant * e )> I shall have 
( prided myself, etc., etc. 



195, 196. REFLEXIVE VERBS. 85 



CONDITIONAL. 

Present i^ e me vanterais ' I should or would pride myself. 

(tu te vanterais, etc., etc. 
p , Cje me serais vante* (or vantee), I should or 

\ would have prided myself, etc., etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 

vante-toi, pride thyself. 

vantons-nous, let us pride ourselves. 

vantez-vous, pride yourself (yourselves). 

ne te vante pas, do not pride thyself. 

ne nous vantons pas, let us not pride ourselves. 

ne vous vantez pas, do not pride yourself (yourselves). 

195. EXERCISE. 

1. He had boasted ten times upon x singing that Ger- 
man song before us. 2. Had you believed 2 him ? Yes, I 
had [believed 2 him]. 3. It is not always wise to boast. 
4. He prided himself upon 1 possessing the most beautiful 
picture of that gallery. 5. Those girls were priding them- 
selves upon x having the most handsome dresses. 6. You 
had boasted of finding the thief. 7. Why do we boast ? 
8. That village prides itself upon x having given birth 3 to 
several great men. 9. Do not boast. 

1 de + infinitive. 2 cru. 3 naissance. 



1 96. VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 

le garcon, the waiter. le savon, the soap. 

l'anniversaire, the hirthday. le travail, the work. 

le matin, the morning. Test, the east. 

le soir, the evening. l'ouest, the west. 

le bois, the wood, grove. le rossignol, the nightingale. 

le soleil, the sun. l'hdpital, the hospital. 

Feminine. 
la nuit, the night (also, at night). 



86 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 197, 198- 

se coucher, to lie down, to se brosser, to brush (one's self, 
retire. one's clothes, etc.). 

dormir, to sleep. se promener, to take a walk. 

re*veiller, to wake up (trans.). le soir, in the evening, at night. 

se reVeiller, to awake, wake up. le matin, in the morning. 

se lever, to get up, to rise. pendant, during. 

se laver, to wash (one's self). gene'ralement, generally. 

se peigner, to comb (one's hair), a quelle heure, at what time. 

se regarder (dans la glace), de bonne heure, early, 

to look at one's self (in the tard, late, 

mirror). avec, with. 

s'habiller, to dress. 

197* EXERCISES. 

1. Le soleil se leve a Pest, et se couche a l'ouest. 2. Nous 
nous levons le matin et nous nous couchons le soir. 3. Pen- 
dant la nuit, nous dormons. 4. Oil se leve le soleil? 
5. Quand vous levez-vous ? 6. Vous etes-vous levee de 
bonne heure, ce matin, mademoiselle ? 7. Non, je me suis 
levee tard. 8. A quelle heure vous couchez-vous, monsieur 
Leblond ? 9. Hier soir je me suis couche de bonne heure, 
a neuf heures, mais generalement je me couche tard, a 
onze heures ou minuit. 10. Demain matin, nous nous lever- 
ons a sept heures. 11. Le matin, apres nous etre leves, nous 
nous lavons, nous nous peignons et nous nous habillons. 
12. Mademoiselle Lefevre, vous etes-vous regardee dans la 
glace?' 13. Oui, je m'y suis regardee, pour me peigner. 

14. Nous sommes alles nous promener dans le bois ; mes- 
dames Loison et Minvielle se sont promenees avec nous. 

15. Avez-vous bien dormi ? Non, nous avons tres mal 
dormi, nous nous sommes reveilles trois fois pendant la 
nuit, et ce matin, le garcon nous a reveilles tres de bonne 
heure. 

198. 1. We did x not wake J up 1 very early this morning. 
2. The waiter woke l me up 1 at six o'clock yesterday morn- 
ing. 3. In summer, the sun rises early, but in winter, it 



§§199,200. REFLEXIVE VERBS. 87 

rises late. 4. At what time did x you retire, 1 last night ? 
5. We do not go to bed late in winter. 6. Your sister went l 
to the grove this morning ; she took l a x walk 1 with Miss 
Leblond. 7. We remained 1 home, we did 1 not go x for 2 a 2 
walk. 2 8. With what do we wash ? 9. We wash with soap 
and water. 10. What did 1 you do 1 this morning? 11. I 
got l up x at six o'clock, I washed l [myself] with soap and 
water, I combed x my 1 hair, 1 1 went l down-stairs, 1 and took 1 
a walk. 1 12. We shall retire early to-night. 



199. VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 
le point cardinal, the cardinal le golfe, the gulf. 

point. le Canada, Canada, 

le nord, the north. le Mexique, Mexico. 

le sud, the south. l'ocean Pacifique, 

le nord-est, the north-east. Pacific Ocean, 

le nord-ouest, the north-west. l'oce'an Atlantique, 

le sud-est, the south-east. Atlantic Ocean, 

le sud-ouest, the south-west. les Etats-Unis, United States. 

le marin, the sailor. 

Feminine. 

la mer, the sea. la boussole, the compass. 



s'orienter, to locate one's self, par rapport a, compared to. 

find out one's position. (nord, north (in the north). 

se trouver, to find one's self. (sud, south (in the south). 

on se trouve, where is. „ (est, east (in the east). 
etre oblige de, to be obliged to. ( ouest, west (in the west). 

indiquer, to indicate, show. 

200. CONVERSATION. — Les points cardinaux. 

1. Que sont obliges de faire les niarins snr la mer ? 

2. lis sont obliges de s'orienter. 

1. Comment s'orientent-ils ? 

2. lis s'orientent avec une boussole. 



88 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§201,202. 

1. Qu'indique la boussole ? 

2. Elle indique le nord. 

1. Quels sont les quatre points cardinaux ? 

2. Ce sont : le nord, Pest, le sud, et Pouest. 

1. Ou se trouve le Canada, par rapport aux Etats-Unis ? 

2. II se trouve au nord. 

1. Ou se trouvent les Etats-Unis, par rapport au Canada ? 

2. lis se tronvent au sud. 

1. Ou se trouve l'ocean Atlantique ? 

2. II se trouve a Pest des Etats-Unis. 

1. On se trouve le Mexique, par rapport aux Etats-Unis ? 

2. II se trouve au sud-ouest. 

Etc., etc. 

201. READING. 

PKOVERBE. 

Plusieurs " peu " font un " beaucoup." 

202. LES TROIS GRANDS MEDECINS. 1 

Dumoulin, celebre medecin, etait 2 a 2 Pagonie, 2 environne 
de plusieurs medecins qui deploraient sa perte : " Mes- 
sieurs," leur dit-il, "je laisse 3 apres moi trois grands me- 
decins." Chacun pensa etre un des trois ; on insista pour 
qu'il les nommat : " Ce sont," repondit-il, " Peau, Pexercice, 
et la diete." 

1 physicians. 2 was dying. 3 leave. 



§§203-207. PASSIVE VOICE. 89 



CHAPTER XIV. 

Passive Voice of Verbs. 

203. The passive voice of a verb is formed by placing 
its past participle after the verb etre in all the tenses and 
persons. Ex. : aimer, past participle, aime ; present indic- 
ative of the passive voice, je suis aime ; imperfect, j'etais 
aime, etc. 

204. This sentence, Ma soeur aime les fleurs (ma sceur, 
subject — aime, verb — les fleurs, direct object), becomes, by 
using the passive form, les fleurs sont aimees de ma soeur. 
(Les fleurs is here subject, while ma sceur is the indirect 
object.) Since the direct object of a verb becomes the 
subject of the same in the passive form, only transitive 
verbs can have a passive form. 

205. The indirect object of a passive verb is preceded 
by the prepositions de or par ; de being used with verbs of 
sentiment, and par with others. 

206. The past participle (cf. § 179) agrees in gender 
and number with the subject. 

207- The passive voice is less frequently used in French 
than in English. It is replaced by other expressions, espe- 
cially the two following : 

(a). Eorm with on : On a retrouve la clef. 

(b). The reflexive form: La clef s l 'est retrouve e. 

Both sentences meaning : " the key has been found." 



90 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



§§208,209. 



love,' 



208. INFLECTION OF THE VERB AIMER, "to 
IN THE PASSIVE VOICE. 
INFINITIVE. 

Present. Past. 

etre aime", to be loved. avoir ete aime, to have been loved. 



PARTICIPLE. 



Present. 
etant aime, being loved. 



Past. 



ayant e'te' aime, having been loved. 



INDICATIVE. 



Present. je suis aime" (or aime'e), I am loved, etc. 

Imperfect. j'etais aime", etc., I was loved, etc. 

Past Definite. je fus aime, etc., I was loved, etc. 

Past Indefinite, j'ai ete aime, etc., I have been loved, etc. 

Past Perfect. j'eus ete aime, etc., I had been loved, etc. 

Pluperfect. j'avais e'te aime", etc., I had been loved, etc. 

Future. je serai aime, etc., I shall be loved, etc. 

Future Perfect, j'aurai ete" aime, etc., I shall have been loved, etc. 

CONDITIONAL. 

Present. je serais aime, etc., I should (or would) be loved, 

etc. 
Past. j'aurais 6te aime, etc., I should (or would) have 

been loved, etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 

Singular. 2d person, sois aime", etc., be thou loved. 

r 1st person, soyons aimes (or aimees), let us be loved. 

Plural. < 2d person, soyez aime"s (aime'es, aime", or aim£e), be 

v loved. 



209. 



l'orage, the storm. 

le tailleur, the tailor. 

l'^picier, the grocer. 

le boucher, the butcher. 

le commissionnaire, the mes 

senger. 
le soldat, the soldier. 



VOCABULARY. 
Masculine. 

le general, the general, 
le compte, the bill, 
le chemin de fer, the railroad. 
les environs, the environs, 
le beau-frere,thebrother-in-law. 
les parents, the parents, rela- 
tives. 



§§210-211. PASSIVE VOICE. 91 

Feminine. 
la belle -mere, the mother-in- la bataille, the battle. 

law. la negligence, the negligence. 

la belle-soeur, the sister-in-law. la vallee, the valley. 



gronder, to scold. payer, to pay. 

punir, to punish. regler, to settle (a bill). 

livrer, to deliver (fight). aineliorer, to improve. 

raccommoder, to mend. corriger, to correct. 

detruire, to destroy. se corriger, to reform. 

voler, to steal. vaincre, to vanquish, overcome. 

tuer, to kill. paresseux, lazy. 

210. Adjectives in eux change x into se for the fem- 
inine, as, henreux, happy ; fem., heureuse. 

211. EXERCISES. 

1. Louis est aime de son niaitre. 2. Les enfants pares- 
senx sont punis. 3. Marie sera punie par son professeur 
de musique, parce qu'elle a ete tres paresseuse. 4. Ma 
maison a ete batie par mon beau-frere. 5. J'ai ete gronde 
par ma mere. 6. La bataille de Sedan a ete livree le 2 
Septembre, 1870. 7. Mes bottines ont ete raccommodees. 
8. Beaucoup de soldats ont ete tues dans la bataille. 9. La 
ville a ete detruite. 10. L'epicier a ete paye. 11. Le 
compte du boucher a-t-il ete regie ? 12. Par qui cette lettre 
a-t-elle ete envoyee ? 13. Le general a ete vaincu. 14. Les 
soldats francais ne seraient jamais vaincns s'ils etaient bien 
commandes. 15. Mes lunettes ont ete volees, mais celles 
de ma belle-mere se sont retrouvees. 16. Si vous n'ecrivez 
pas vos exercices, vous serez puni. 17. Ma bague a ete 
perdue dans le chemin de fer. 18. Pourquoi seriez-vous 
grondee, mon amie ? 19. Un village, dans les environs de 
Paris, a ete detruit par l'orage. 20. Pourquoi ce soldat 
a-t-il ete puni par le general? 21. Parce qu'il ne s'etait 
pas corrige de sa negligence. 



92 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 212-214. 

212. Change the following sentences into the passive 
form : 

1. Le professenr me gronde. 2. Je prends le crayon. 
3. Les parents grondent leurs enfants. 4. L'Allemagne a 
vaincu la France en 1870, mais la France avait autrefois 
vaincu l'Allemagne. 5. Napoleon premier vainquit les alle- 
mands a Iena en 1806. 6. Nous vous enverrons line lettre. 
7. Le flls de mon ami payera le compte du boucher. 8. L'o- 
rage a detruit la maison de mes parents. 

213. 1. We are loved by our parents. 2. The soldiers 
would have been vanquished. 3. The house will be de- 
stroyed. 4. He has been killed. 5. Are your spectacles 
lost ? 6. By whom have these exercises been written ? 
7. Has the letter been received ? 8. The grocer and the 
messenger have been paid. 9. The butcher's bill has not 
been settled. 10. My watch has been stolen. 11. A great 
battle will be fought to-morrow. 12. He has been called 
by his professor. 13. La Fontaine's fables are wonder- 
fully 1 written. 14. My friend's sister-in-law was killed 

by the railroad. 

1 merveilleusement. 



214. 


VOCABULARY. 




Masculine. 


le vin, 


the wine. l'appartement, the apartment. 


le repas, 


the meal. le grenier, the attic. 


le salon, 


the drawing-room. le corridor, the hall. 


le fumoir 


, the smoking-room. les messieurs, the gentlemen. 




Feminine. 



la visite, the visit, the visitor. la salle de bains, the bath- 

la cave, the cellar. room. 

la salle a manger, the dining- la cuisine, the kitchen. 

room. la cuisiniere.the cook (woman). 
la chambre a coucher, the bed- 
room. 



§ 215. PASSIVE VOICE. 93 

recevoir, to receive. la partie superieure, the upper 

fumer, to smoke. part. 

diner, to dine, to take dinner. la partie inferieure, the lower 

demeurer, to dwell. part. 

different, different, various. faire la cuisine, to cook. 



215. CONVERSATION. — La maison. 



1. Ou derneurons-nous 



o 



Nous demeurons dans une rnaison. 

1. Comment s'appellent les differentes chambres 

d'une maison ? 

2. Elles s'appellent : le salon, etc. 

1. Que fait-on dans le salon ? 

2. Dans le salon, on recoit les visites. 

1. Que fait-on dans la cuisine ? 

2. On y fait la cuisine. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Ou se trouve le grenier ? 

2. II se trouve a la partie superieure de la maison. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Qui fait la cuisine ? 

2. La cuisiniere fait la cuisine. 

1. Oil la cuisiniere fait-elle la cuisine ? 

2. La cuisiniere fait la cuisine dans la cuisine. 

Etc., etc, 

1. Oil passe-t-on pour aller au salon ? 

2. Pour aller au salon on passe dans le corridor. 

1. Y a-t-il uq, fumoir dans votre maison ? 

2. Oui, il y en a un. 

1. Pour qui est le fumoir ? 

2. II est pour les messieurs. 

1. Que font les messieurs au fumoir ? 

2. lis y fument. 

Etc., etc. 



94 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 216, 217. 

1. Oil met-on le vin, en France ? 

2. En France, on met le vin dans la cave. 

1. Comment s'appelle la chambre oil nous dormons ? 

2. Elle s'appelle la chambre a coucher. 

Etc., etc. 

216. READING. 

PKOVERBE. 

La faim est le meilleur cnisinier. 
" Hunger is the best sauce." 

217. L'ESPERANCE. * 

II est dans le ciel une puissance 2 divine, compagne as- 
sidue de la religion et de la vertu. Elle nous aide a sup- 
porter la vie, s'embarque avec nous pour nous montrer le 
port dans les tempetes, egalement douce et secourable 3 aux 
voyageurs celebres, aux voyageurs inconnus. 4 Quoique 5 
ses yeux soient 6 couverts d'un bandeau, ses regards pe- 
netrent l'avenir. 7 . . . Eien n'approche du charme de sa 
voix, de la grace de son sourire ; 8 plus on avance vers le 
tombeau, 9 plus elle se montre pure et brillante aux mortels 
consoles ; la Foi 10 et la Charite lui disent : " Ma sceur ! " et 
elle se nomine l'Esperance. Chateaubriand. 

1 hope. 3 helpful. 5 although. 7 the future. 9 tomb. 

2 power. 4 unknown. 6 sub June, of etre. 8 smile. 10 Faith. 



§218-221. VERBS AFTER "SI." 95 



CHAPTER XV, 

The Verb after Conditional "Si," If. 

218. The verb which immediately follows si, " if/' must 
be either in present indicative, imperfect, or pluperfect (the 
last being a compound of the imperfect). 

219. The verb following si should be in the present to 
express probability or possibility of the action or state. 
Ex. : si vous venez demain, " if you come to-morrow." 
(Here the person who speaks means to say that your com- 
ing is probable, or possible.) 

220. But when the condition expressed by the verb 
following si refers to some improbable or impossible state 
or action, that verb must be in the imperfect tense. Ex. : 
si vous veniez demain, " should you come to-morrow." (I 
consider your coming as doubtful.) Si vous etiez dans la 
lune, " if you were in the moon." (Here an impossibility 
is expressed.) 

221. The verb by which the consequence of the condition 
is expressed must be in the future, or present indicative, 
or imperative in Case I. (§ 219), and in the conditional in 
Case II. (§ 220). 

Examples. 

Case I. — Probability or possibility of the state or action. 
Condition. Consequence. 

Present. Future, Present, or Imperative. 

Si je ne suis pas malade, je dinerai avec vous demain. 

Si je vais a Paris, j'acheterai une montre. 

Si vous m'ecrivez, je vous repondrai. 

S'il fait beau temps, vous partirez ce soir. 



96 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



§§ 222-225. 



Condition. 
Present, 
Si vous etes heureux, 
Si vous recevez des visites, 
Si vous etes a Paris, 
Si vous n'etes pas malade, 
Si je vous ecris, 
S'il fait beau temps, 



Consequence. 
Future, Present, or Imperative. 
vous chantez. 
vous etes heureux. 
vous allez au theatre, 
venez diner avec moi demain. 
repondez-moi. 
partez ce soir. 



Case II. — Improbability or impossibility of the state or 

action. 



Condition. 
Imperfect or Pluperfect. 

Si je n'etais pas malade, 

(but either I am sick, or ex- 
pect to be). 

Si j'allais a Paris, 

(but I am sure, or almost 
sure, of the negative). 

Si vous m'ecriviez, 

S'il faisait beau temps, 

S'il etait alle en France, 

Si nous n'etions pas partis, 



Consequence. 
Conditional (Present or Past). 
je dinerais avec vous ce soir. 



j'acheterais une montre. 



je vous repondrais. 

vous partiriez ce soir. 

il nous aurait ecrit. 

nous vous aurions fait une visite. 



222. EXERCISE. 

Translate the above examples into English. 



223. Students must be very careful not to use either 
the future or the conditional in verbs immediately follow- 
ing si. They must never say, for instance: Si j'irai a 
Paris, j'acheterai un chapean, etc. 

224. After si meaning " whether " any tenses can be 
used. 

225. VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 
le citoyen, the citizen. le pays, the country, the land, 

le pare, the park. le cordonnier, the shoemaker. 

le medecin, the physician. le roman, the novel, 

le ruban, the ribbon. l'ouvrage, the work, job. 



§§ 226, 227. VERBS AFTER " SI." 97 

Feminine. 
la manufacture, the factory. la campagne, the country (in 

la voiture, the carriage. opposition to city). 



aimez-vous ? do you like ? vieux (masc. ), ) 

j'aimerais, I should like. vieille (fern.), ) 

passer, to hand, to pass. mal, bad, badly. 

s'il vous plait, ) .. . facilement, easily. 

> if you please. ,.— ., . , ,.^> , 

je vous prie, ) r difficilement, with difficulty, 

a la campagne, in the country. hardly. 

maintenant, now. quand, when. 

226. EXERCISES. 

1. Si le vieux cordonnier est diligent, il finira mes bot- 
tines ce soir. 2. Si vous etiez paresseux, votre ouvrage ne 
serait pas fini le samedi soir, et vous travailleriez le di- 
manche. 3. Si vous sortez quand il pleut, vous serez 
malade. 4. Si vous sortiez maintenant, je sortirais avec 
vous. 5. Si vous lisez ce roman, vous l'aimerez. 6. Si vous 
ne lisiez pas le journal, vous auriez le temps d'apprendre 
votre leQon. 7. Si vous etiez francais, vous parleriez facile- 
ment le francais, et vous parleriez mal Panglais. 8. Si vous 
faites bien vos exercices, vous apprendrez vite le francais. 

9. S'il pleuvait demain, nous ne visiterions pas le pare. 

10. S'il pleut, quand nous serons au pare, nous entrerons 
dans la maison de notre ami. 11. Si je vous donne un long 
exercice, vous serez oblige de travailler beaucoup. 12. Si 
vous n'ecriviez pas votre exercice, je vous gronderais. 13. Si 
vous pensiez a vos amis, vous leur ecririez. 14. Si vous me 
donnez votre adresse, je vous ecrirai. 15. Si cette vieille 
femme n'etait pas malade, elle ne serait pas a l'hopital. 
16. Si vous etiez vieux, vous marcheriez difficilement. 

227. 1. I should like to go out walking 1 in the park. 

2. Should you have my watch, you would return it to me. 

3. If that young physician comes, 2 he will take dinner 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



§228. 



with us. 4. Should you come to-morrow, you would take 
dinner with us. 5. If it rains to-night, we will not go 
out. 6. If it should rain, when we are at the park, we 
would take a carriage. 7. If you spoke French 2 wel^ , 
you would not take lessons. 8. If you were an American, 
you would speak English 2 wel^ . 9. If you had seen that 
old house, you would have liked it. 10. If this exercise 
was too long, you would not like it. 11. If you go out for 
a walk, 1 I will go with you. 

1 to go out for a walk, aller se promener. 2 vient. 



228. 



VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 



le temps, the weather. 
le froid, the cold. 

le parapluie, the umbrella. 
le feu, the fire. 



le charbon, the coal, 
le bois, the wood, 

le vent, the wind. 
le poele, the stove. 



Feminine. 

la chemine'e, the chimney, the fireplace. 
la neige, the snow. 



la pluie, the rain, 
la chaleur, the heat. 



se chauffer 



il, it 



se mouiller, 
se s^cher, 
se chauffer, 
s'approcher, 
les mains, 
les pieds, 
pleut, 
neige, 
fait froid, 
fait chaud, 
fait beau temps, 
fait mauvais temps 
( chaud, 
)a, |froid, I:n " 

quel temps f ait-il ? what kind 



to get wet. 

to get dry. 

to warm one's self. 

to get near, approach. 

to warm one's hands. 

to warm one's feet. 

rains. 

snows. 

is cold. 

is warm. 

is good weather. 

is bad weather. 

warm. 

cold. 

of weather is it? 



§229. VERBS AFTER "SI." 99 

229. CONVERSATION. — Le temps. 

1. Quel temps fait-il aujourd'hui ? 

2. II fait mauvais temps. 

1. Fait-il chaud aujourd'hui ? 

2. Non, il ne fait pas chaud, il fait froid. 

1. Fait-il froid en ete ? 

2. Non, en ete il fait tres chaud. 

1. Pleut-il maintenant ? 

2. Oui, il pleut et il neige. 

Etc., etc. 

1. Sortez-vous, s'il pleut ? 

2. Oui, je sors si j'y suis oblige, mais je prends un para- 
pluie. 

1. Pourquoi prenez-vous un parapluie ? 

2. Parce que si je ne prenais pas de parapluie, je me 
mouillerais. 

1. Si vous vous mouillez, vous approchez-vous du feu 
pour vous secher ? 

2. Oui, si je me mouille, je rn'approche du feu, pour me 
secher. 

1. Avec quoi fait-on du feu ? 

2. On fait du feu avec du bois et du charbon. 

1. Dans quoi fait-on le feu ? 

2. On fait le feu dans une cheminee ou dans un poele. 

1. Fait-il du vent maintenant ? 

2. Oui, il fait beaucoup de vent. 

1 . Avez-vous froid ? 

2. Non, j'ai chaud. 

1. Avez-vous chaud aux mains ? 

2. Non, j'ai froid aux mains et aux pieds. 

1. Dans quelle saison fait-il froid ? 

2. II fait froid en hiver. 

1. Dans quels mois fait-il chaud ? 

2, II fait chaud en juin, juillet, aout, et septembre. 



100 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 230, 231. 

1. Neige-t-il, dans ces niois-la ? 

2. Non, il fait trop chaud pour neiger. 

Etc., etc. 

230. READING. 

PROVERBE. 

Apres la pluie, le beau temps. 
"After the rain, sunshine." 

231 . LA FRANCE. — Constitution et Administration. 

Aux ternies de la Constitution de 1875, la France est une 
Kepublique constitutionnelle et unitaire; le pouvoir exe- 
cutif est exerce par un President assiste de ininistres res- 
ponsables : le pouvoir ' legislatif par deux assemblies : le 
Senat et la chambre des deputes. Le territoire frangais est 
reparti, 2 au point de vue administratif, en 86 departements, 
sans compter " le territoire " de Belf ort. Chaque departe- 
ment, qui a a sa tete un "prefet," est divise en "arron- 
dissements " ou " sous-prefectures," subdivises a leur tour 
en " cantons " et " communes." Le prefet est assiste d ? un 
conseil general, elu 3 au 3 suffrage universe!. . . . Sous 4 le 4 
rapport 4 de l'instruction publique, la France est divisee en 
16 " academies," administrees par des " recteurs ; " chaque 
academie a dans son " ressort " 5 plusieurs departements, ou 
le recteur est represente par un " inspecteur d'academie." 

Larousse. 

1 power. 2 divided. 3 elected by. 4 according to. 5 control. 



232,233: THIRD REVIEW LESSON. 101 



232 THIRD REVIEW LESSON. 

1. Give the rules of agreement of the past participle 
conjugated with avoir, and one example for each. 

2. How are the ordinal numerals formed ? 

3. What verbs are conjugated with etre ? 

4. Conjugate the past indefinite and future perfect of 
venir. 

5. What are the names of the seasons ? 

6. What are reflexive verbs, and how are they conju- 
gated ? 

7. What are the names of the cardinal points ? 

8. How is the passive voice of verbs formed ? 

9. Name the different parts of a house. 

10. When is the verb following si, "if," in the present 
indicative ? When is it in the imperfect ? Give two 
examples for each rule. 

11. How do you say, "it is cold," "warm," "good 
weather," " bad weather," etc. 

12. Speak of the constitution and administration of 
France. 

233. EXERCISE. 

1. In what month did you go to Paris ? I went [there] 
in July and came back in October. 2. Two of the pictures 
of that gallery fell on the floor. 3. That Swede has re- 
turned to his native land. 4. The eggs fell from the nest. 
5. February is the second month of the year, May is the 
fifth, and December the last. 6. You did not hear my 
sister when she entered the room ? Oh, yes, T heard her. 
7. Have you bought my tickets ? No, we haven't [bought 
them]. 8. Those peaiants arrived last night, and will 
probably remain at his house several days. 9. Did you 



102 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 233. 

wake up last night when we retired ? No, we did not 
[wake up], but this morning we heard you when you got 
up and went away. 10. That opera will not be played if 
he is not here. 11. Would you be scolded if you did not 
study your lesson ? 12. My brother-in-law would have 
been killed if we had not come. 



234-230. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



103 



CHAPTER XVI. 

Subjunctive. 
INFLECTION OF THIS MOOD. 

234. Present. — The present subjunctive is formed with 
the stem of the present participle, to which the endings e, 
es, e, ions, iez, ent, are added. 

235. In Conjugation III. the vowel of the stem is modi- 



fied before a silent ending. 



When that vowel is e, it be- 



comes oi; thus recev in recevant becomes regoiv in the three 
persons singular and the third person plural of the present 
subjunctive (as it does in the third person plural of the 
present indicative). 

236. PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 

Chant-ant, Finiss-ant, Kecev-ant, Komp-ant. 

PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE. 



que je 
que tu 
qu'il 

que nous 
que vous 
qu'il s 



r chant-e, 




finiss-e, 


chant-es, 

chant-e, 

chant-ions, 


That I 

► may sing, 
etc. 


finiss-es, 

finiss-e, 

finiss-ions, 


chant-iez, 


finiss-iez, 


chant-ent, 




finiss-ent, 


regoiv-e, 




romp-e, 


regoiv-es, 


That I 


romp-es, 


regoiv-e, 


may 


romp-e, 


recev-ions, 


receive, 


romp-ions, 


recev-iez, 


etc. 


romp-iez, 


regoiv-ent, 




romp -ent, 



That I 
may finish, 
etc. 



That I 
may break, 
etc. 



104 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



237-240. 



237- EXERCISE. 

Conjugate in the first person singular, and first, second, 
and third plural of the present subjunctive, the following 
verbs : parler, trouver, acheter, jeter, appeler, bdtir, punir, 
apercevoir, entendre, se lever, se promener. 



238. Imperfect. — The imperfect subjunctive is formed 
by adding sse, sses, t, ssions, ssiez, ssent to the vowel a, i, or u, 
which is the first vovjel of the endings of the past definite. 
(In the third person singular, this vowel takes a circumflex 
accent.) 

Examples. 

je chant-a-i (past definite). 
que je chant-a-sse (imperfect subjunctive). 

je fin-i-s (past definite). 

que je fin-i-sse (imperfect subjunctive). 

Etc., etc. 

239- INFLECTION OF THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE. 



que je 
que tu 
qu'il 

que nous 
que vous 
qu'ils 



240. 



chant-a-sse, 

chant-a-sses, 

chant-a-t, 

chant-a-ssions, 

chant-a-ssiez, 

chant-a-ssent, 

reg-u-sse, 
reg-u-sses, 
rec-u-t, 
rec-u-ssions, 
reg-u-ssiez, 
l^reg-u-ssent, 



That 
I might 
sing, etc. 



That 
I might 
receive, 
etc. 



fin-i-sse, 

fin-i-sses, 

fin-i-t, 

fin-i-ssions, 

fin-i-ssiez, 

fin-i-ssent, 

romp-i-sse, 

romp i-sses, 

romp-f-t, 

romp-i-ssions, 

romp-i-ssiez, 

romp-i-ssent, 



That I 
might 
finish, 
etc. 



That I 
might 
break, 
etc. 



EXERCISE. 

Conjugate in the first and third person singular and sec- 
ond plural of imperfect subjunctive the following verbs : 
montrer, benir, guerir, faiblir, rougir, deeevoir, percevoir, 
rendre. 



§§ 241-244. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



105 



241. The past and pluperfect subjunctive are formed 
respectively with the present and imperfect subjunctive 
of the auxiliaries avoir and etre, and the past participle of 
the verb conjugated. 

242. INFLECTION OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF AVOIR 

AND ETRE. 



AVOIR. 
que j'aie, 
que tu aies, 
qu'il ait, 
que nous ayons 
que vous ayez. 
qu'ils aient, 



que ] eusse, 
que tu eusses, 
qu'il eut, 

que nous eussions, 
que vous eussiez, 
qu'ils eussent, 



PRESENT 



That I may 
have, etc. 



ETRE. 
que je sois, ^ 

que tu sois, 
qu'il soit, 
que nous soyons 
que vous soyez, 
qu'ils soient, 



IMPERFECT. 

que je fusse, 
que tu fusses, 
qu'il fut, 

que nous fussions, 
que vous fussiez, 
qu'ils fussent, 



That I 

might 

have, etc. 



That I 

may be, 

etc. 



That I 

► might be, 

etc. 



243. The use of the subjunctive, in French, is some- 
what difficult, on account of the many shades of meaning 
to which it may correspond. In a general way it can be 
said that the subjunctive expresses uncertainty, possibility, 
doubt, while the indicative asserts a thing as certain, posi- 
tive, real. The subjunctive is the subjective, the indicative 
the objective, way of looking at things or expressing one's 
thoughts. 

244. VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 
le pont, the bridge. 

Feminine. 
la prune, the plum. la noix, the walnut. 

la p§che, the peach. l'orange, the orange. 

la fraise, the strawberry. 



106 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



§245. 



cher (fern., chere), dear, expen- 
sive. 

bon marche", cheap. 

regretter, 1 to regret. 

s'^tonner, 1 to wonder, be sur- 
prised. 

rougir, 1 to become red, blush, be 
ashamed. 

craindre, 1 to fear. 

se re'jouir, 1 to rejoice. 



trembler, 1 to tremble, fear. 
'heureux, 1 to be happy. 
content, 1 to be glad. 
f ache, 1 to be sorry. 
surpris, 1 to be surprised. 
effraye, 1 to be frightened, 

to fear. 
honteux, 1 to be ashamed. 
charme, 1 to be charmed. 



itre< 



si, so. 
1 Must be followed by the subjunctive. 

245- EXERCISE. 

1. Je regrette que vous soyez malade. 2. II est fache 
que nous partions ce soir. 3. Vous vous rejouissez que 
nous allions a Paris. 4. lis s'etonnent que les oranges soient 
plus cheres que les peches. 5. Ne vous etonnez pas que je 
parte. 6. Elle craint qu'il ne 1 pleuve demain. 7. Quand 
le chemin de fer passe sur le pont, nous tremblons que le 
pont, ne 1 se rompe. 8. Je rougis que vous disiez cela. 2 
9. Je suis heureux que vous restiez chez nous. 10. Nous 
sommes surpris que vous lui ecriviez. 11. II est honteux 
que son beau-frere ait fait cela. 12. lis sont charmes que 
les peches soient mures. 13. Je suis fache que vous chan- 
tiez si mal. 14. N'etes-vous pas heureux que les fraises 
soient si bon marche ? 15. Tu es surpris que nous te don- 
nions ce livre ? 16. Elle etait contente que je flnisse mon 
travail. 17. Nous regrettions que les prunes fussent plus 
cheres que les noix. 18. lis sont charmes que vous alliez 
chez notre ami. 19. Nous sommes surpris que vous ayez 
froid aux pieds. 20. Pourquoi regrettait-il que vous fussiez 
partie ? 

1 After verbs or expressions of fear, ne must be used before the 
verb in subjunctive. This ne is not a part of the negative ne . . . 
pas; it is a remainder from the Latin ne in a sentence like this : 
" timeo ne venial" " I am afraid lest he may come." - that. 



246, 247. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



107 



246. 



VOCABULARY. 



le trottoir, the sidewalk. 
le magasin, the store. 
le theatre, the theater. 
le faubourg, the suburb. 
le marchand, the merchant. 
le nume'ro, the number. 
le timbre, the postage-stamp 
le palais, the palace. 



Masculine. 

l'Elyse'e, the " Elysee " (the Ex- 
ecutive Mansion in France). 
le president, the president. 
l'asphalte, the asphalt. 
le pave, the pavement. 
le bureau de tabac, the tobacco 
store. 



la poste, the post-office. 

la rue, the street. 

la capitale, the capital. 



Feminine. 

la boite aux lettres, the letter-box. 

la ville principale, the principal city. 



Paris, 


Paris. 


Bordeaux 


Lyon, 


Lyons. 


Nantes. 


Marseille, 


Marseilles. 


Orleans. 


Montpellier 


Montpellier. 


Le Havre 


Toulouse, 


Toulouse. 


Rouen. 



paver, 
vendre, 


to pave, 
to sell. 


six f ois, 


six times 


vis-a-vis, ) 
en face, i 


opposite. 



mouvemente', animated. 
de toute sorte, of every kind. 
quelquefois, sometimes. 
il f aut, it is necessary. 

au-dessus de, above. 



247- 



CONVERSATION. — La ville. 



1. Dans quelle rue demeurez-vous ? 

2. Je demeure dans la rue de Kivoli. 

1. A quel numero demeurez-vous ? 

2. Je demeure au numero 62. 

1. Votre rue est-elle pavee ? 

2. Oui, elle est pavee, et elle a d'excellents trottoirs. 

1. Ou mettez-vous les lettres que vous voulez envoyer ? 

2. Je les mets a la poste, ou dans une boite aux lettres. 

1. Combien de fois par jour vient le facteur ? 

2. II vient six fois par jour. 



108 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 248, 249. 

1. Le facteur veud-il des timbres ? 

2. Non, il n'en vend pas : il faut acheter les timbres a 
la poste, ou dans un bureau de tabac. 

1. Comment s'appelle la rue principale, dans votre ville ? 

2. Elle s'appelle " rue Victor Hugo." 

1. Ou demeurent les marchands ? 

2. lis demeurent quelquefois au-dessus de leur magasin, 
quelquefois dans les faubourgs. 

1. Ou demeure le president de la Eepublique francaise ? 

2. II demeure dans le palais de l'Elysee. 

1. Quelle est la capitale de la France ? 

2. La capitale de la France est Paris. 

1. Quelles sont les villes principales de la France ? 

2. Ce sont : Lyon, Marseille, Bordeaux, Montpellier, etc. 

248. READING. 

PROVERBE. 

Faire et dire sont deux. 
" It's one thing to say a thing, and another to do it." 

249. EPIGRAMME. 

Un depute voulant faire un mauvais compliment a un de 
ses collegues, lui disait : "Enfin, monsieur, vous n'avez 
point x encore ouvert la bouche dans la Chambre." — " Vous 2 
vous 2 trompez, 2 " repondit celui-ci, "car toutes les fois que 
vous avez parle, je 3 n' 3 ai 3 pu 3 m' 3 empecher 3 de 3 bailler. 4 " 

1 =pas. 2 you are mistaken. 3 I could not help. 4 (to) yawn. 



§ 250. SUBJUNCTIVE. 109 



CHAPTER XVII. 

Subjunctive ( con tinued). 

USES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

250- The subjunctive is used, as we have seen (cf. 
§§ 244, 245), after verbs marking a sentiment of regret, 
fear, joy, shame, etc. It must also be used : 

(a). After a verb or expression of will or command (as 
vouloir, ordonner, etc.), and after the following expressions, 
marking the object or aim of the will or command: 

afin que, so that. de maniere que, ) 

, , , , , . \ so that. 

pour que, m order that. de sorte que, ) 

Still, after de maniere que and de sorte que, the indicative 
should be used whenever these expressions refer not to an 
object to be reached, but to a result already acquired. 

Ex. : Faites les choses de maniere que tout le monde soit 
content, "Do things so that every one will be pleased." 
(Here, your aim in doing those things is to please every 
one.) But : It a agi de telle sorte, que personne rta pu 
le critiquer, " He has acted so that nobody could criticise 
him." (In this case it is the result of the action that we 
refer to.) 

(b). After impersonal expressions and verbs similar to 
the following: 

il est juste, it is just. il est important, ) it is impor- 

il est bon, it is good. il importe, j tant. 

il convient, it is convenient, il f aut, ) it is neces- 

proper, it behooves. il est necessaire, ) sary. 

il semble, it seems, it appears. 



110 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 251-253. 

Ex. : II est bon que nous sortions 

11 est important que vous alliez a Paris 
Ilfaut quHl pleuve. 

251. EXERCISE. 

1. Voulez-vous que je sorte de cette chambre ? 2. Ordon- 
nez qu'il entre. 3. II veut que uous sachions 1 notre leqon. 
4. On nous donne des exercices a lire pour que nous appre- 
nions le subjonctif. 5. Faites entrer votre frere, arm qu'il 
n'ait pas froid. 6. Fermez la porte afin que le froid ne 
puisse 2 pas entrer. 7. Pourquoi voulez-vous que nous 
allions en Amerique ? 8. Est-il juste que cet eleve soit 
puni ? 9. II convient que nous restions ici. 10. II est 
necessaire que vous lui parliez aujourd'liui. 

1 from savoir. 2 from pouvoir. 

252. The subjunctive must be used also: 

(a). In the dependent clause, when the verb of the prin- 
cipal clause is in the negative form. 

Ex. : Je ne crois pas que vous disiez cela. 

(b). After a superlative, or an expression having the 
meaning of a superlative, as le plus, le mo ins, le seul, le 
mieux, etc. 

Ex. : L'homme est le seul etre qui ait tine dme. 



253. VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 

le dejeuner, the breakfast. Charles, Charles. 

le tableau, the picture. Richard, Richard. 

Feminine. 
la malle, the trunk. la piece, the play, the piece. 

la corn^die, the comedy. l'ombrelle, the parasol. 



§ 254. SUBJUNCTIVE. Ill 

vouloir, to wish, will, want. de'fendre, to forbid. 

exiger, to exact, demand. empecher, to prevent. 

ordonner, to order. demander, to ask. 

commander, to command. ensemble, together. 

dire, to say. de l'argent, some money. 

d^sirer, to wish, desire. parfait, perfect. 

254. EXERCISES. 

1. Le professeur veut que nous parlions franqais. 2. Les 
parents exigent que leurs enfants soient sages. 3. Le 
maitre ordonne que vous sortiez de la chambre. 4. Le gene- 
ral ordonne que le solclat soit puni. 5. Je demandais qu'on 
me donnat du pain. 6. Dites a monsieur Leblond qu'il aille 
a Rouen. 7. Vous desiriez que ma soeur recut sa montre 
tier matin. 8. Notre pere defend que nous portions une 
ombrelle. 9. Le parapluie empeche que nous nous mouil- 
lions. 10. Yous venez afin que je vous donne ce tableau. 

11. Richard reste chez lui afin que Charles puisse * le voir. 

12. Restez ici, pour que nous dejeunions ensemble. 13. Je 
lui donnerai de l'argent, de maniere qu'il ne perde rien. 
14. Travaillez bien, de sorte que votre maitre soit content 
de vous. 15. Est-il juste que je punisse cet enfant ? 
16. Est-il necessaire que vous lisiez ce livre ? 17. II est 
tres important que j 'aille a New -York demain. 18. II faut 
que vous parliez a ma soeur. 19. II est necessaire que vous 
vendiez cette maison. 20. II importe que nous arrivions 
vendredi a Boulogne. 21. II convient que vous sachiez 2 
bien votre lecpn. 22. II tremble que vous ne soyez malade. 

23. Je ne crois pas que monsieur Leblond soit chez lui. 

24. Je ne crois pas que vous veniez a Macon. 25. Je ne 
dis pas que vous soyez parfait. 26. C'est le seul livre de 
Lamartine que nous ayons. 27. C'est la meilleure plume 
que vous puissiez 1 demander. 28. C'est le mieux que nous 
puissions 1 faire. 29. Ce train etait le seul qui partit pour 
Marseille. 

1 subjunctive of pouvoir. 2 subjunctive of savoir, "to know." 



112 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 255-257. 

255. 1. He wanted me to be there. 2. Bichard wants 
me to give him that umbrella. 3. I want you to bring my 
trunk to my room. 4. He wants us to go to the theater, 
in order that we may hear that play. 5. I forbid that you 
go there. 6. We ask that they play that comedy. 



256. VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 
le maire, the mayor. l'hdtel, the hotel. 

le maquereau, the mackerel. le poisson, the fish. 

le saumon, the salmon. les le'gumes, the vegetables. 

le marche, the market. les fruits, the fruits. 

l'e*difice, the edifice. le conseil municipal, the coun- 

cil. 

Feminine. 
la mairie, the town hall. la volaille, the poultry. 

l'e'glise, the church. la piece, the piece, apiece. 

la truite, the trout. la place, the square. 

la reunion, the reunion. 



public (masc), publique (/em.), public. 

257- CONVERSATION. — La ville. 

1. Etes-vous alle ce matin au marche ? 

2. Oui, j'y suis alle de bonne heure. 

1. Que vend-on au marche ? 

2. On y vend des legumes, de la volaille, du poisson, des 
fruits, et des ceufs. 

1. Y a-t-il des arbres sur la place du marche ? 

2. Non, il n'y en a pas ; aussi y fait-il tres chaud, en ete. 

1. Combien coutent ces truites ? 

2. Elles coutent un franc la piece. 

1. Quels edifices publics y a-t-il sur la place du marche ? 

2. On y voit la mairie, le theatre, et l'eglise. 
1. Oil est le maire maintenant ? 



§§ 258, 259. SUBJUNCTIVE. 113 

2. II est a la inairie, ou il preside a une reunion du 
conseil municipal. 

1. Quel est le meilleur hotel de la ville ? 

2. C'est l'hotel de " Lyon." 

1. Quels sont les poissons que vous preferez ? 

2. Les poissons que je prefere sont : le saumon, la truite 
et le maquereau. 

Etc., etc. 

258. READING. 

PROVERBE. 

Trop de cuisiniers gatent la sauce. 
" Too many cooks spoil the broth.'' 

259. UN SOT 1 COMPLIMENT. 

L'n financier louait 2 un jour beaucoup M me Denis, niece 
de Voltaire, de la faqon 3 dont elle venait 4 de 4 jouer * Zaire. 
"Pour reussir 5 dans un tel 6 role, 7 " dit, par modestie, cette 
femme 8 d' 8 esprit, 8 " il faudrait 9 etre jeune et belle." — 
"Ah! madame," reprit 10 naivement le sot complimenteur, 
" vous etes bien la preuve n du contraire." 

1 dull. 3 way, manner. 5 succeed. 7 part. 

2 praised. i had just played. 6 such. 8 woman of wit. 

9 condit. of falloir, " to be necessary." 10 replied. n proof. 



114 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



§§ 260, 261. 



CHAPTER XVIII. 

Subjunctive ( Con tinued) . 

260. We must always use the subjunctive after any of 
the following phrases: 



a moins que, unless [that]. 

avant que, before [that]. 

bien que, although. 

de peur que, for fear [that]. 

jusqu'a ce que, until [that]. 

loin que, far from. 

pour peu que, however little. 

pourvu que, provided [that]. 



(whatever [that]. 
q • • H /whoever [that]. 
quelque . . . que, however [that]. 
qui que, whoever [that]. 
quoi que, whatever [that]. 
sans que, without [that]. 
soit que . . . soit que, whether 

... or [that]. 
suppose" que, suppose [that]. 



that is, after phrases marking concession, condition, fear, 
doubt, anteriority, etc. 

Ex. : Avant que vous eussiez parte, j ' * avals pense cela. 
Pourvu que vous puissiez marcher, vous irez a la campagne. 



261. USE OF THE TENSES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

(a). The present and past subjunctive are to be used, in 
subordinate clauses, when the verb of the principal clause 
is in the present or future indicative. (The present sub- 
junctive refers to an action in the present or future, the 
past subjunctive to a past action.) 

Examples. 

Notre pere defend que nous portions une ombrelle. 
Quand nous serons chez nous, nous aimer ons que vous 
veniez nous voir. 



§§ 262-264. SUBJUNCTIVE. 115 

Je suis fdche que vous ayez dit cela. 
Vous regretterez que je sois parti. 

(b). When the verb of the principal clause is in the past 
or in the conditional, the verb of the subordinate clause 
must be either in the imperfect ox pluperfect subjunctive. 

Examples. 

Etait-il juste quHl punit cet enfant ? 
Aurait-il ete bon que vous fussiez parti? 

262. The imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive are sel- 
dom used, as their endings are too long, and lack euphony. 
It is preferable to change the order of the sentence, and 
substitute another construction. 

263. When the verb of a subordinate clause beginning 
with que has the same subject as that of the principal 
clause, the infinitive, with or without a preposition (often 
with de), is generally used instead of the subjunctive. 

Ex. : Instead of 

Je venx que j 'aille a Neiv - York ; 
Nous sommes smpris que nous ayons froid ; 
we must say : 

Je veux alter a New - York ; 

Nous sommes surpris d* avoir froid. 



264. VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 
le peintre, the painter. le chemin, the way, the road, 

l'artiste, the artist. le voyage, the journey. 

Feminine. 
la tentation, the temptation. la gloire, the glory. 

la vie, the life. l'histoire, the history, the story. 

la raison, the reason. l'adversite\ the adversity. 



116 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 265. 

remercier, to thank. pardonner, to forgive, pardon. 

succomber, to succumb. insister, to insist. 

veiller, to watch, to wake. comprendre, to understand. 

avertir, to inform, to warn. eviter, to avoid. 

parvenir, to arrive, succeed. fort, strong. 

gagner, to gain. difficile, difficult. 

connaitre, to know. g^ne'reux, generous. 

prier, to pray. tout, all, all things. 

265. EXERCISES. 

1. A moins que vous ne soyez un grand peintre, vous 
trouverez la vie d' artiste difficile. 2. Avant que je ne 
vinsse 1 en Amerique, vous ne me connaissiez pas. 3. Bien 
que vous ayez fait trois fois ce voyage, vous ne connaissez 
pas bien le chemin. 4. "Veillez et priez de peur que vous 
ne succombiez a la tentation." 5. Eestez ici jusqu'a ce que 
je revienne. 2 6. L'adversite, loin qu'elle soit un mal, est 
souvent un remede. 7. Pour peu que vous connaissiez mon 
ami, vous l'aimerez. 8. Je recevrai votre lettre pourvu que 
vous l'envoyiez ce soir a cinq heures. 9. Quelle que soit 
la raison que vous me donniez, je ne vous croirai pas. 

10. Quelque genereux qu'il soit, il ne vous pardonnera pas. 

11. Quelque forts que nous soyons, nous n'eviterons pas la 
mort. 12. Qui que vous soyez, parlez ! 13. Quoi que vous 
disiez, vous avez tort. 14. Je parlerai de vous a mon ami 
sans que ma soeur en 3 sache 4 rien. 15. "Soit que vous 
mangiez, soit que vous buviez, faites tout pour la gloire de 
Dieu." 16. Suppose qu'il fasse 5 froid demain, sortirez- 
vous ? 17. Oui, nous sortirons, soit qu'il fasse froid, soit 
qu'il fasse chaud. 18. Pour peu que vous insistiez, je 
ferai ce que vous me demandez. 19. Prenez ma montre, 
de peur que je ne la perde. 20. J'irai 6 vous voir, bien 
que je parte ce soir. 21. Nous finirons notre ouvrage, 
sans que vous nous le disiez. 22. Pour peu qu'il pleuve, 
nous resterons chez nous. 23. Loin que vous regrettiez 



§§ 266-268. SUBJUNCTIVE. 117 

d'avoir fait ce voyage, vous me remercierez de vous avoir 
donne Pidee de le faire. 

1 imp. subj. of venir. 4 pres. subj. of savoir, "to know." 

2 pres. subj. of revenir. 5 pres. subj. of fa ire. 

3 about it. 6 fut. indie, of aller. 

266. 1. Unless you have been in France, you cannot 
understand the French. 2. Although you speak English 
fluently, there are many words that you do not know. 
3. Provided [that] you write to my friend, you will re- 
ceive that book. 4. Do not speak of Paris before you 
know it well. 5. Forgive your enemies, for fear that God 
will not forgive you. 6. However strong you may be, avoid 
temptation. 7. Whatever you do, do it well. 8. I will do 
that, without your telling me. 



267- VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 
le train, the train. l'employe\ the employee. 

le rapide, the " flyer." le chef de gare, the station-master. 

l'express, the express-train. le prix, the price. 

le billet, the ticket. le wagon, the car. 

Feminine. 
la gare, the station. la diligence, the stage-coach. 

la salle d'attente, the wait- la premiere, \ 1st \ 

ing-rooni. la deuxieme, > classe, 2d > class. 

la malle, the trunk. la troisieme 3 3d ) 



s'arrSter, to stop. attendre, to wait, 

voyager, to travel. autrefois, formerly, of old. 

marcher,) de nos jours, nowadays, 

aller, j t0 run ( for a train )' gens, people. 

siffler, to whistle. e*leve, high (expensive). 

268. CONVERSATION. — Le voyage. 

1. Aimez-vous a voyager ? 

2. Oui, j'aime beaucoup a voyager. 



118 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 268. 

1. Comment voyageait-on, autrefois ? 

2. On voyageait en diligence. 

1. Comment voyage-t-on, de nos jours ? 

2. De nos jours, on voyage en chemin de fer. 

1. Ou prend-on le train ? 

2. On prend le train a la gare. 

1. Que fait le train, en entrant en gare ? 

2. En entrant en gare, le train s'arrete. 

1. Que fait le train en approchant d'une gare ? 

2. En approchant d'une gare, le train sifne. 

1. Que fait-on, avant de monter en wagon ? 

2. Avant de monter en wagon, on prend son billet. 

1. Qui vous vend le billet ? 

2. L'employe de la gare, nous vend le billet. 

1. Comment s'appelle le directeur d'une gare ? 

2. II s'appelle le " chef de gare." 

1. Que prenez-vous avec vous, quand vous voyagez ? 

2. Je prends une malle. 

1. Ou attendez-vous l'arrivee du train ? 

2. Je l'attends dans la salle d'attente. 

1. Combien de sortes de train y a-t-il en France ? 

2. II y en a trois sortes principales, qui sont : le train 
omnibus, le train express, et le train rapide. 

1. Quel train va le plus vite ? 

2. Le train rapide. 

1. Quel train va le plus lentement ? 

2. Le train omnibus. 

1. Combien de classes de wagons 3^ a-t-il en France ? 

2. II y en a trois classes : ceux de premiere, ceux de 
deuxieme, et ceux de troisieme classe. 

1. Voyage-t-on beaucoup en premiere classe en France ? 

2. Non, en France, on ne voyage pas souvent en l" e 
classe, parce que les prix en sont trop eleves. 



§§ 269, 270. SUBJUXCTIVE. 119 

269. READING. 

PROVERBE. 

Qui veut voyager loin, menage sa monture. 
whoever far spares his horse. 

270. LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE. 

La republique a ete trois fois proclaniee en France. La 
premiere republique, proclaniee le 21 septembre, 1792, dura 
jusqirau 18 mai, 1804, epoque ou elle fut remplacee par 
l'Empire. Pendant cette period e, on vit a se succeder la 
Convention (21 septembre, 1792), le Directoire (26 octobre, 
1795), et le Consulat (11 novembre, 1799). 

Apres la chute 2 de Louis-Philippe, la Eepublique fut de 3 
nouveau 3 proclamee, le 4 mai, 1848 ; mais elle n'eut qu'une 
duree ephemere. A 4 la 4 suite 4 du coup d'Etat du 2 de- 
cembre, 1851, Louis Bonaparte se fit 5 nommer president 
pour dix ans, puis, 6 le premier decembre, 1852, empereur 
des Erancais. 

Le 4 septembre, 1870, a la nouvelle de la capitulation de 
Sedan, la Eepublique fut etablie en France pour la troi- 
sieme fois ; elle a eu pour presidents : Thiers, MacMahon, 
Jules Grevy, Sadi Carnot, Casimir Perier, Felix Faure, et 
Emile Loubet. Lakotjsse. 

1 past def. of voir. 3 again. 5 past def. of faire. 

2 fall. 4 after. 6 then. 



120 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§271,272. 



CHAPTER XIX. 

General Remarks Upon the Inflection of the 
Verbs of Conjugations I. and II. 

271. Conjugation I. — As it has already been said, a 
great majority of French verbs belong to this conjugation, 
in which are found only two irregular verbs (alter and 
envoy er). 

272. The following remarks must be remembered in 
conjugating the verbs of this conjugation. 

(a). Verbs ending in cer take a cedilla (») under the c 
before the vowels a, o. 

Ex. : efface?^, "to erase," j'effapais, "I erased." 

(b). Verbs in ger take a silent e after the g before the 
vowels a, o. 

Ex. : Nager, " to swim," nous nageons. 

Both the cedilla and the e are to preserve the pronunci- 
ation of the stem. 

(c). Verbs in eler and eter double the I or t before a silent e. 

Ex. : Appeler, j'appelle ; jeter, "to throw," jeje tte. 

(d). Other verbs having a silent e in the penult ; the 
verbs acheter, geler, peler, racket er, and a few others, change 
that silent e into e (e ouvert) if the syllable which follows 
the last consonant of the stem (t, I, etc.) is silent, 

Ex. : acheter, "to buy," j'achete. 

(e). Verbs having an e (e ferine) in the penult, modif} T 
that e in the same way (as in d above), except, however, in 
the future and conditional. 



§§ 273, 274. 



CONJUGATIONS I. AND II. 



121 



Ex. : repeter, " to repeat/' je repete, je repeterai. 

(/). Verbs in yer change y into i before a silent e. 

Ex. : envoy er, " to send/' j , e?ivoie. 

Verbs in ayer can preserve the y or take i. 

Ex. : payer, "to pay," ^'e paye, je payerai, or j»"e ^aie, 
jepaierai. (The French Academy pref ers je paye, etc.) 

273. Conjugation II. — To this conjugation belong the 
verbs which are conjugated like finir — these are called 
"regular" — and others which differ from finir in the fact 
that they do not take the syllable iss (finissant) and are con- 
jugated according to the forms of Conjugation IV. To this 
class belong dormir, "to sleep"; servir, "to serve"; partir, 
" to go away," etc. (See the list of irregular verbs, §301.) 



274. VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 
le fardeau, the burden. le cocher, the coachman. 

le juge, the judge. le mot, the word. 

le baton, the stick. le domestique, the servant. 

le paresseux, the lazy man. l'tne, the donkey. 

le semeur, the sower. 



la fortune, the fortune. 
la glace, the ice. 
la creme, the cream. 



Feminine. 

la benzine, the benzine, 
la semence, the seed. 
la bride, the bridle. 



posse'der, 


to possess. 


avancer, 


to go forward. 


ployer, 


to bend. 


effacer, 


to erase. 


juger, 


to judge. 


manger, 


to eat. 


jeter, 


to throw. 


partir, 


to go away. 


geler, 


to freeze. 


servir, 


to serve, wait on. 


nettoyer, 


to clean. 


se servir, 


to help one's self. 


s'ennuyer 


to be bored. 


se servir de 


to use. 


semer, 


to sow. 


porter, 


to carry. 


mener, 


to lead. 


lentement, 


slowly. 



122 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§275,276. 

275. EXERCISES. 

1. Je ne possede rien. 2. Je ne veux pas qu'il possede 
ma maison. 3. L'ane que vous voyez dans la rue ploie sous 
le fardeau qu'il porte. 4. II voulait que le juge jugeat son 
domestique. 5. Je jette un baton sur la glace. 6. Quand 
il fait tres froid, l'eau gele. 7. Quand on ne travaille pas, 
on s'ennuie. 8. Le paresseux s'ennuie toujours. 9. Je veux 
que mon domestique nettoie mes bottines. 10. Le semeur 
est l'homme qui seme la semence. 11. Nous voulons que 
notre cocher mene le cheval par la bride. 12. Le train 
avangait lentement parce qu'il approchait du pont et de la 
gare. 13. On mangeait beaucoup de creme a la glace, Pete 
dernier. 14. II part demain. 15. Voulez-vous que je parte ? 
16. Vous defendez qu'il me serve. 17. Le domestique de 
maison, et le garcon servent a table. 18. Voici du poisson, 
monsieur, servez-vous. 19. Ne voyez-vous pas que je me 
sers ? 20. II fait tres froid, il gele. 21. II demande que je 
le mene au theatre. 22. Le professeur effaQait les mots que 
nous avions ecrits sur le tableau. 23. Je nettoie mon pale- 
tot avec de la benzine. 24. Nous avancons. 25. Nous ne 
mangeons pas beaucoup quand il fait tres chaud. 26. II 
possede un palais. 

276. 1. He bends the stick. 2. It is freezing. 3. He 
throws his hat in the street. 4. The tailor cleans my coat. 
5. The coachman does not clean the carriage. 6. Do I 
lead mj horse by the bridle ? 7. I want to l be l waited ' 
upon. 1 8. I judged him badty. 9. If he goes away, will 
you write to him ? 10. Why was he not eating ? 11. Do 
you want him to go out ? 12. We were going forward. 
13. The servant waits on the table. 14. We erase the 
words you have written on the blackboard. 



277, 278. 



CONJUGATIONS I. AND II. 



123 



«S 1 1 • 




V 


Masculine. 


le gaz, the gas. 




le pupitre, the desk. 


le clou, the nail. 




le participe present, the pres- 


le piano, 


the piano. 




ent participle. 


le fauteuil, the arm- 


■chair. 


le mur, the wall. 








Feminine. 




to touch. 


la be 


>uche, the mouth. 


toucher, 


comment, how, 


lever, 


to raise. 




sans, without. 


mettre, 


to put. 




trop, too (too much, too many). 


tirer, 


to draw. 




assez, enough. 


pousser, 


to push. 




le"ger, light. 


ouvrir, 


to open. 




lourd, heavy. 


pour, 


for, to. 




contre, against. 


en, 


by. 







278. CONVERSATION. — Le participe present. 

1. Pouvez-vous toucher au plafond ? 

2. Non, je ne peux pas y toucher, il est trop haut. 

1. Etes-vous assez fort pour lever le piano ? 

2. Non, il est trop lourd pour moi. 

1. Pouvez-vous toucher au clou qui est contre le mur ? 

2. Non, je ne peux pas y toucher, il est trop haut. 

1. Pouvez-vous porter ce fauteuil dans le corridor ? 

2. Non, je ne peux pas l'y porter, parce qu'il est trop 
lourd. 

1. Comment pouvez-vous mettre ce fauteuil dans le 
corridor ? 

2. Je peux l'y mettre en le tirant ou en le poussant. 

1. Votre livre est ferine : pouvez-vous lire ? 

2. Oui, je peux lire en ouvrant mon livre, mais je ne 
peux pas lire sans l'ouvrir. 

1. Pouvez-vous parler sans ouvrir la bouche ? 

2. Non, je ne peux pas parler sans l'ouvrir. 



124 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 279, 280. 

1. Comment pouvez-vous toucher au gaz ? 

2. Je peux toucher au gaz en montant sur une chaise. 

1. Comment pouvez-vous sortir si la porte est fermee ? 

2. Je peux sortir en ouvrant la porte. 

1. Comment pouvez-vous mettre cette table dans le cor- 
ridor ? 

2. En la poussant ou en la tirant ; elle est trop lourde 
pour la porter. 

1. Comment peut-on apprendre le francais ? 

2. En parlant beaueoup, en etudiant, et en lisant. 

1. Comment pouvez-vous aller a New- York ? 

2. En prenant le train. 

Etc., etc. 

279. READING. 

PROVERBE. 

Moins on pense, plus on parle. 
" Empty barrels make the most sound." 

280. LA LANGUE FRANCAISE. 

On me demande quelles sont les causes auxquelles nous 
devons de voir la langue franchise devenue la langue de la 
societe elegante et polie chez toutes les nations de la terre. 
C'est que, sans etre une langue morte, nous soinmes une 
langue "fixee," et que la logique gouverne notre parole 
jusque dans la forme de nos periodes. Je ne trouve cela 
dans aucune autre langue du monde ; cela nous coute peut- 
etre quelque chose pour la facilite, et quelquefois pour la 
grace ; mais cela nous donne une solidite, une fermete, une 
clarte incomparables. j DLKS Simon. 



281-284. CONJUGATIONS III. AND IV. 125 



CHAPTER XX. 
Irregularities in Conjugations III. and IV. 

281. Aside from the irregular verbs, a list of which is 
given farther on (§ 302), little is to be said about the verbs 
of these conjugations, very few in number (about eighty), 
and mostly irregular. 

282. Among the regular verbs of Conjugation III., we 
will quote : apercevoir, " to perceive," decevoir, " to deceive," 
percevoir, "to perceive," "to collect," concevoir, "to con- 
ceive," in which the c takes a cedilla before a, o, and u ; 
devoir, "to owe," the past participle of which, du, takes a 
circumflex accent in the masculine singular. 

283. As has already been stated, verbs of Conjugation 
IV., whose stems end in c, d, or t, do not take the ending t 
of the third person singular of the present indicative. 



284. VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 

le jardin public, the public le banc, the bench. 

garden. le lait, the milk. 

le siege, the seat. le menteur, the liar. 

le muse'e, the museum. le bateau, the boat. 

le chateau, the castle. les Gaulois, the Gauls. 
le lievre, the hare. 

Feminine. 

la villa, the villa. la lampe, the lamp. 

la rose, the rose. la soupe, the soup, 

la biere, the beer. la guerre, the war. 

la ehasse, the hunt. la robe, the dress. 



126 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



§285. 



acque*rir, 


to acquire. 


faire, 


to do (or make). 


s'en aller, 


to go away. 


mentir, 


to lie. 


partir, 


to depart. 


mettre, 


to put, or place. 


s'asseoir, 


to sit down, 


pouvoir, 


can — to be able. 


coudre, 


to sew. 


prendre, 


to take, to catch. 


courir, 


to run. 


rire, 


to laugh. 


craindre, 


to fear. 


suivre, 


to follow. 


cueillir, 


to pick. 


venir, 


to come. 


dire, 


to say. 


revenir, 


to come back. 


aller, 


to go. 


vetir, 


to dress. 


boire, 


to drink. 


vouloir, 


to wish, or want. 


cormaitre. 


, to know. 


car, 


for. 


envoyer, 
!85. 


to send. 


EXERCISES. 





All verbs used in this exercise are contained in the above list. 
Students should study the principal parts of these verbs before read- 
ing this exercise. 

1. Mon frere a acquis une grande fortune en Ainerique. 

2. Mon ami voulait prendre le bateau qui part le samedi. 

3. Nous avons beaucoup ri hier chez votre tante. 4. Je 
m'en vais car il est tres tard. 5. II but de la biere en Alle- 
magne. 6. Asseyez-vous done, monsieur. 7. Je nrassierai. 
8. Les dames consent lenrs robes. 9. Avez-vous consu votre 
paletot? 10. Ma mere veut que je couse. 11. Que crai- 
gnons-nous ? 12. Les Gaulois ne craignaient aucun ennemi. 
13. Le chien vons craint. 14. II voulait que je crusse ce 
qu'il me disait. 15. Tu lui diras que je suis alle six fois 
chez lui. 16. Vonlez-vous que je boive du lait ? 17. Qu'a-t-il 
bu? II n'a rien bu. 18. Je voudrais que vous connussiez 
mon ami. 19. Avez-vous connu mon pere ? 20. Connaissez- 
vous ma sceur? 21. Je ne connais pas votre villa. 22. Qu' 
avez-vous fait ? J'ai cueilli des roses dans le jardin public, 
et je les ai mises sur un banc, on un homme les a prises. 
23. Comment avez-vous pu cueillir des fleurs dans le jardin 
public? J'y suis alle le soir, quand le garde s'en etait 



§§286,287. CONJUGATIONS III. AND IV. 127 

alle. 24. Allez chez vous : je vous suis. 25. Voulez-vous 
que je vous suive ? 26. Les chiens suivent le lievre, a la 
chasse. 27. Les Franqais sout generalement bien vetus. 
28. Je vous enverrai ma montre et vous la mettrez dans 
votre poche, jusqu'a ce que je revienne. 29. Xous voulons 
que vous mettiez la lampe sur la table. 

286. 1. What do we drink in this country? 2. We 
drink water, milk, beer, etc. 3. What do they drink in 
Europe ? 4. In Germany they drink beer ; in France, Italy, 
and Spain, they drink wine. 5. We shall send him the hare 
we caught x in hunting. 6. Where has he gone ? He has 
gone to his castle. 7. Peasants fear the war. 8. My dog 
follows me. 9. I put those flowers on the table against the 
wall and went away. 10. Do you want him to come back ? 
11. What would you fear ? 12. We shall go to Paris. 
You went 1 there last year, did 2 you 2 not 2 ? 13. He never 
lies. 14. What were you saying ? 15. Laugh while you 
are young : the day will come when 3 yoi^ can 3 4 laugh 5 no 2 
more. 4 16. My sister-in-law will come to see us. 

1 past indefinite. 2 tC est-ce jjcis. 3 oil. 4 future. 



287- VOCABULARY. 

Masculine. 

le mal de mer, the seasick- le bateau a heTice, the screw 

ness. steamer. 

le paquebot, the packet. le bateau a roues, the side- 
le bateau a vapeur, the steam- wheeler. 

hoat. le pont, the deck. 

le bateau a voiles, the sailing- le genre, the gender, the kind. 

vessel. le passager, the passenger. 

Feminine. 
la cabine, the cabin. la riviere, the river. 

la compagnie, the company. la ligne, the line. 

la traversee, the voyage. la plupart, the majority. 



128 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. % 288. 

traverser, to cross. deja, already, 

transatlantique, transatlantic. a bord, on board. 



288. CONVERSATION. — La traversee. 

1. Avez-vous deja fait la traversee de l'ocean Atlantique ? 

2. Oui, je l'ai deja faite plusieurs fois. 

1. Quels genres de bateaux avez-vous pris pour faire la 
traversee ? 

2. J'ai pris un bateau a vapeur. 

1. Avez-vous pris un bateau a helice ou un bateau a roues ? 

2. J'ai pris un bateau a helice. 

1. Comment sont la plupart des bateaux a vapeur ? 

2. lis sont a helice. 

1. Les bateaux a vapeur qui vont sur les rivieres sont-ils 
generalement a helice ? 

2. Non, la plupart sont a roues. 

1. Pourquoi n'avez-vous pas pris un bateau a voiles pour 
aller en Europe ? 

2. Parce que les bateaux a voiles vont trop lentement. 

1. Oil restent les passagers pendant la traversee, quand 
il fait beau temps ? 

2. lis restent sur le pont. 

1. Nommez une grande ligne de paquebots transatlan- 
tiques ? 

2. C'est la " Compagnie Generate Transatlantique Fran- 
qaise." 

1. Quels sont les plus beaux bateaux de cette ligne ? 

2. Ce sont la " Gascogne," la " Touraine," la " Cham- 
pagne," la "Normandie," etc. 

1. Ou dorment les passagers a bord ? 

2. lis dorment dans les cabines. 

1. Dans combien de jours les bateaux franqais font-ils 
la traversee ? 



§§289-291. CONJUGATIONS III. AND IV. 129 

2. lis la font tres vite, dans 6 ou 7 jours. 

1. Avez-vous eu le mal de mer, pendant la traversee ? 

2. Non, je n'ai pas eu le mal de mer, mais beaucoup de 
dames l'ont eu le premier jour. 

289- READING. 

PROVERBE. 

Le travail vient a bout de tout, 
conquers 

" Work conquers everything." 

290- LA SORBONNE. 

La Sorbonne est un etablissement cree par Robert de 
Sorbon, chapelain et confesseur de Saint Louis, pour les 
etudes theologiques. Ce college devint un des plus cele- 
bres du monde et produisit un si grand nombre d'habiles 
theologiens, qu'il donna son nom a tous les membres de la 
Faculte de theologie, qui prenaient le titre de " docteurs " 
et de " bacheliers " de Sorbonne, quoiqu'ils n'appartinssent x 
pas a cette maison. Les decisions des " docteurs de Sor- 
bonne " etaient regardees comme des oracles en matiere 

de foi. Lakousse. 

1 From appartenir. 

291. DANS UN ALBUM. 

Sur cette page blanche ou mes vers vont 1 eclore, 1 
Qu'un regard 2 quelquefois ramene 3 votre coeur ! 
De votre vie aussi la page est blanche encore : 
Que ne puis-je y graver un seul mot : le bonheur ! 

Lamartixe. 
1 are going to come forth. 2 look. 3 lead back. 



130 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 292. 



292. FOURTH REVIEW LESSON. 

1. Give the present subjunctive of one verb of each con-, 
jugation. 

2. To what part of the verb are added the endings sse, 
sses, t, ssions, ssiez, ssent in order to form the imperfect 
subjunctive ? 

3. Give the present and imperfect subjunctive of etre 
and avoir. 

4. Give two verbs and two phrases which require the 
subjunctive. 

5. Give the names of five large French cities. 

6. Is the subjunctive always to be used after de maniere 
que, de sorte que ? 

7. What impersonal expressions require the subjunc- 
tive? 

8. When is the subjunctive used in a dependent clause ? 
(Special case.) 

9. Quote ten phrases of concession, fear, anteriority, 
etc., requiring the subjunctive. 

10. When are the present and past subjunctive used, 
and when the imperfect and pluperfect ? 

11. Make a few remarks upon the inflection of verbs in 
cer, ger, eler, eter, yer. 

12. What are the two classes of verbs in Conjugation 
II.? 

13. Do many verbs belong to Conjugations III. and 
IV.? 

14. Conjugate the present and imperfect indicative and 
present subjunctive of pouvoir, vouloir, and savoir. 



§ 293. FOURTH REVIEW LESSON. 131 

293. EXERCISE. 

1. I am very sorry [that] your sister is not here. 
2. Are you surprised that we should go? 3. We fear 
[that] the train has gone. 4. Do you live far from the 
post-office ? Yes, but the letter-box is very near [of] our 
house. 5. It is necessary for you to be in Paris before 
long, so that you may be able to see my friend before he 
goes away. 6. You are the only man I know in this city. 
7. Do you wish me to learn that long lesson ? 8. I hoped 
[that] you would be able to stay at our home two more 
weeks. 9. Would it have been proper for me to have asked 
him (for) that letter ? 10. Are you not very glad to have 
finished the first part of this book ? 



132 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



§294. 



CHAPTER XXI. 



How to Write a Letter. 



ADDRESS — HEADING — BEGINNING — ENDING. 



294. 





ADDRESS. 


Dr. X. 




Monsieur le Docteur X. 


Co.pt. Z. 




Monsieur le Capitaine Z. 


Prof. Y. 




Monsieur le Professeur Y. 


Gen. B. 




Monsieur le General B. 


Mr. A. 




Monsieur A. 


Mrs. A. 




Madame A. 


Care of. 


Chez. 

Aux soins de. 






Aux bons soins de. 



Please forward. 



Mr. C. E. Bradley, 

25 Main Street, 
Spencer. 

Mrs. R. E. Lebon, 

320 Gambetta Street, 
Castres. 
Department of " Tarn." 
France. 

(Please forward.) 

Miss Margaret Plant, 
c/o Mrs. J. Lefevre, 
111 Opera Ave., 
France. Paris. 



Priere defaire suivre. 



Monsieur C. E. Bradley, 
25 Grand rue, 

Spencer. 



Madame B. E. Lebon, 
320 rue Gambetta, 
Castres. 
(France.) (Tarn.) 

(Priere defaire suivre.) 
Mademoiselle Marguerite Plant, 
Aux bons soins de 
Madame J. Lefevre, 

111 Avenue de V Opera, 
(France.) Paris. 



295-297. 



LETTER WRITING. 



133 



295. 



HEADINGS. 



Dear Sir. 
Dear Madam. 
My dear Mr. X. 
My dear Mrs. X. 
My dear friend. 



Monsieur. 

Madame, Mademoiselle. 

Cher (mon cher) Monsieur X. 

Chere (ma chere) Madame X. 

Mon cher ami. 

Ma chere amie. 



296. 



BEGINNINGS. 



I take the liberty of writ- 
ing . . . 

Your favor of . . . instant at 
hand. 

I have been so glad to hear 
from you . . . 

Will you pardon me for not 
having answered sooner your let- 
ter of the . . . 

I have had so much to do 
lately, that it Jias been impossi- 
ble for me to answer, as soon as 
I would have liked to, your kind 
letter of the . . . • 



Veuillez pardonner la liberie 
que je pr ends devous ecrire . . . 

J'ai {nous avons) Men recu 
votre honoree du . . . courant. 

J'ai ete si heureux (heureuse) 
de recevoir de vos nouvelles . . . 

Mepardonnerez-vous de n* avoir 
pas repondu plus tot a votre lettre 
du . . . 

J'ai eu tant a faire ces der- 
nier s temps quHl m*a ete impos- 
sible de repondre aussitot queje 
Veusse voulu a votre bonne lettre 
du . . . 



297. 



ENDINGS. 



My regards to your family. 
Please give my regards to 
Mrs. . . . 

Remember me to Mr. . . . 

Remember me kindly to . . . 

Thanking you in advance. 

Hoping you will honor me with 
a reply. 



Mes amities chez vous. 

Je vous prie de presenter mes 
respects a Madame . . . 

Rappelez-moi au souvenir de 
Monsieur . . . 

Rappelez-moi au bon souvenir 
de . . . 

Veuillez agreer mes remerci- 
ments anticipes. 

Dans Vespoir que vousvoudrez 
Men in'honorer dhme reponse. 



134 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



§298. 



I remain . . . 

I have the honor to suscribe 
myself, Sir . . . 

I beg to remain . . . 

Believe me always . . . 



Tours truly. 

I am, yours truly. 

Respectfully yours. 



Very respectfully yours. 



Tours cordially. 



Tour sincere friend. 



298. NOTES. 

Mrs. Z. requests the pleasure 
{the honor) of Mr. and Mrs. X.'s 
company for dinner Tuesday 
evening, December twenty-first, 
at half-past six o'clock. 



Mr. and Mrs. X. accept with 
many thanks the kind invitation 
of Mrs. Z. for Tuesday Evening. 



Je demeure . . . 
J'ai Vhonneur de me dire, 
Monsieur . . . 

Je vous prie de me croire . . . 
Croyez-moi toujours . . . 



Votre Men devoue. 

Veuillez accepter mes saluta- 
tions empressees. 

Veuillez agreer, Monsieur 
{Madame, Mademoiselle), V as- 
surance de mes sentiments res- 
pectueux et devoues. 



Daignez agreer, Madame, V ex- 
pression de mes sentiments les 
plus respectueusement devoues. 



Bien a vous . . . 
A vous de cozur . . . 
Votre bien devoue . . . 
Je vous serre cordialement la 
main. 



Votre ami (amie) sincere. 



BILLETS. 

Monsieur et Madame Z.prient 
Monsieur et Madame X. de leur 
faire le plaisir (Vhonneur) de 
venir diner chez eux, le mardi 21 
decembre a six heures et demie. 



Monsieur et Madame X. re- 
mercient Monsieur et Madame Z. 
de leur aimable invitation, qu'ils 
acceptent avec le plus grand 
plaisir. 



§299. 



LETTER WRITING. 



135 



Mr. and Mrs. X. thank Mrs. 
Z. for her kind invitation, and 
regret that unforeseen circum- 
stances prevent them from ac- 
cepting it. 



My dear John, 

Can't you come and dine with 
us informally to-morrow evening 
at the usual hour ? 



You cannot think how much I 
regret that it is impossible for 
me to accept your cordial in- 
vitation, but an indisposition — 
somewhat serious — keeps me at 
home. Many, many thanks. 



Monsieur et Madame X. re- 
mercient vivement Monsieur et 
Madame Z. de leur aimable in- 
vitation, que des circonstances 
imprevues les empechent, a leur 
grand regret, d" 1 accepter. 



Mon cher Jean, 

Viens done diner avec nous 
demain soir, a Vheure habituelle 
— nous serons " enfamille." 



Tu ne saurais, croire combien 
je regrette quHl me soit impossi- 
ble de me rendre a ta cordiale 
invitation, maisje in 1 en vois em- 
pechepar une indisposition assez 
serieuse. Merci mille fois. . . . 



299 



LA MARSEILLAISE. 
Par Rottget de Lisle. 



I. 

Allons, enfants de la Patrie, 
Le jour de gloire est arrive ! 
Contre nous de la tyrannie 
L'etendard sanglant est leve ! . . . 
Entendez-vous dans ces campagnes 
Mugir ces feroces soldats 
Qui viennent, jusque dans nos bras, 
Egorger vos tils, vos compagnes ! ! . . . 
Refrain. — Aux armes, citoyens ! formez vos bataillons ! 

Marchons ! 

Marchons ! 
Qu'un sang impur abreuve nos sillons ! 



136 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 299. 

II. 

Que veut cette horde d'esclaves, 
De traitres, de rois conjures ? 
Pour qui ces ignobles entraves, 
Ces fers des longtemps prepares ? 
Franqais ! pour nous, ah ! quel outrage ! . . . 
Quels transports il doit exciter ! ! 
C'est nous qu'on ose menacer 
De rendre a Pantique esclavage ! 
Aux armeSj citoyens ! . . . etc. 

in. 

Quoi ! ces cohortes etrangeres 
Feraient la loi dans nos foyers ! 
Quoi ! ces phalanges mercenaires 
Terrasseraient nos tiers guerriers ! 
Grand Dieu ! par des mains enchainees 
Nos fronts sous le joug se ploiraient ! 
De vils despotes deviendraient 
Les maitres de nos destinees ! ! 
Aux armes, citoyens ! . . . etc. 

IV. 

Tremblez, tyrans, et vous, perfides, 
L'opprobre de tous les partis ! 
Tremblez ! vos projets parricides 
Vont enfin recevoir leur prix ! 
Tout est soldat pour vous combattre ! . . . 
S'ils tombent, nos jeunes heros, 
La terre en produit de nouveaux 
Contre vous tout prets a se battre ! 
Aux armes, citoyens ! . . . etc. 



§299. LETTER WRITING. 137 



Francois ! en guerriers magnanimes, 
Portez ou retenez vos coups ! 
Eparguez ces tristes victimes 
A regret s'armant contre nous ! 
Mais ces despotes sanguinaires, 
Mais ces complices de Bouille, 
Tous ces tigres qui, sans pitie 
Dechirent le sein de leur mere ! ! 
Aux armes, citoyens ! . . . etc. 

VI. 

Amour sacre de la Patrie ! 
Conduis, soutiens nos bras vengeurs ! 
Liberte ! Liberte cherie ! 
Combats avec tes defenseurs ! 
Sous nos drapeaux, que la Victoire 
Accoure a nos males accents ! 
Que tes ennemis expirants 
Voient ton trioniphe, et notre gloire ! ! 
Aux armes, citoyens ! . . . etc. 



VII. 

Nous entrerons dans la carriere 
Quand nos aines n'y seront plus ! 
Nous y trouverons leur poussiere 
Et la trace de leurs vertus ! 
Bien moins jaloux de leur survivre 
Que de partager leur cercueil 
Nous aurons le sublime orgueil 
De les venger ou de les suivre ! ! . 
Aux armes, citoyens ! . . . etc. 



138 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 

LA FAYETTE. 
Par M. Henri Merou, Consul de France a Chicago. 

I. 

" Dix-huit ans ! Noblesse, richesse, 
Sante, vigueur de la jeunesse, 
Tendre epouse, bonheur, amour, 
J'ai tout cela. Des mieux en cour, 
Jamais autre fils de la France 
Ne naquit a plus d'esperance ; 
Je n'ai, pour un grand avenir, 
Qu'a vivre — et laisser tout venir." 
Ex-page a Marie- Antoinette, 
Ainsi peut penser La Fayette. 

ii. 

"Dix-huit ans! . . . Dans sa noble ivresse, 

La-bas, un peuple se redresse 

Contre le joug de son tyran ; 

J'entends sa voix, je vois son sang 

Couler sur la vaillante terre 

Des tils de ' Nouvelle-Angleterre.' 

Heros, ils vont en vain mourir, 

Si nul ne va les secourir." 

Telle est la pensee inquiete 

Du Marquis Motier La Fayette. 

in. 

Dix-huit ans ! . . . Va, tils de la France 

La-bas porter la delivrance ! 

Amies, argent, sang, donne tout 

Avec ton cceur. Un jour, debout, 

Fret a calmer tous cris d'alarme, 

Par les fils de tes freres d'armes, 

Dresse, ton bronze redira, 

Heros, l'amour qui t'inspira ; 

Et tu seras, — gloire eternelle ! — 

De l'amitie la sentinelle ! 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 139 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



In the following tables are given after each stem, simply the 
personal endings with which that stem is used — unless, as happens 
with the present of Aller, the verb is of too irregular formation. 
Moreover, when the endings are those the verb would have if regu- 
lar, they are omitted. Tenses not given are not in use. Like the 
verbs below, are conjugated their compounds, unless otherwise stated. 



140 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 





03 -i; 


1 1 




fi 


3 - 


3 


^ 




2!" 

fad, 


11 = 




li 


^ 1 

oo O 


3 
O 


'S 






V. 03 OJ 




V 03 


03 A 


CJ 


CJ 




b 


r 




00 


i i 


8 


OJ 
so 
















so 










V 


w X 


3 






&, a 


>> 














S w 


o 




3 




h 








B| S 




sr« 


I" 8 


s« 






03 43 




03 


•3 ^ 


CJ 


CJ 










,-_^ 


^ ^N 


of ^. JT 


--. 




^8 


>> 

o 

v o5 43 




- T CJ 

X 03 ' 


oo of 3 oT 
oo -? O -r 
C3 vl^ fl^ 


?3 S 

3 oo 3 <3 *i 
O 3 O w<u 
CJ ■ CJ 


c 

°SJ of 
3-T 
CJ -^ 






r 




r 










« J 
















a < 
o o 


A 




0J 


-t! ti< 


, 


OJ 




U H 






3 

q 1 


"3 3 


1 


'3 






A o 




CJ 


S 5 


o 


3 






a oj 




03 


cs ^ 

1 a 
! I 


t 

8 


w 




W 

fa 
P 

H 

a 
ft 


M 

43 

> 

vi g 


4> 

3 

43 

9 

CJ 


H* 


> 


o 


a 


O 


of 


of 
I 


sf 

C 
O 


* 


■4 
fa 
W 
fa 

a 


§.2 s»~ 


o 


00 *"* 
3 3 N 


•3 3 00 — N 
SO 3 3 43 


33*> 


0J 


b 


^ So o 


to 

b 


CJ CJ 


5 ' o o ' 


o o 


m 


► 03 OJ OJ 


n S3 


03 .CO 


CJ V 


CJ 


w 

► 

fa « 


OJ "n of •■ 

r 3? 9 

of ' _ O 


of CO 

4> fl 

■„ o 

43 ~T 


c 






*3 

sj" 


S 

* 


fag 


45 - O "¥ Ck^ 

^ m >. *> > .2; 


fe; 


O.0J ty.2 


3 3 
S 5 


3 


43 


o 


03 


cS eJa) oj 


o 


rt rt 


oo O 

cs a 


O 
CJ 


3 
CJ 


o 


H 






U 
















H . 
















ft o 
















j. it 

fa 

a 


< o 

3 o 

eS oj 




1 

3 


11 


A 

3 
O 
CJ 

N 


'S 

3 

CJ 




H 


c f 








> 


rt O -v 




' M 


■ OJ 


43 


oT^ 




H 

■4 

s 


sil? ? 

03 O 3 i - 
b- j3 on 

ss|£ £ 

•3 §■,,©* 




03 • 

■ 

of 3 

T o 


of 

--. > 3 
w"53 '^^-' 


' of 

J! 


m O 

ojS 
— . of 




ao 


03 3 00 O C O 




"3 C 3 


2 a "'Sc 
« ? 2 2 ¥ 


1- -~= 


s s 




W 


> „3 b- OJ t. 




o-9 O" 


3 3 ¥ 


S3 o 




M 


a, cJ o c a 




CJ T CJ 


oo ' O O ' 

cs OX> 


O O 


3 ' 




h 


•" P» S* O) 0J 




ea rt 


CJ CJ 






w 

W (J 


3 

♦2 *►. 




3 
03 
"43 


1 « 


a 


a 




3 p 


a o 




3 


1 1 






£ 5 


<4 b- 




a" 


3 


43 




M 


9 a 




CJ 


no O 


O 


3 




3 


S3 0J 




03 


03 O 


CJ 


CJ 




fa 


^ V «V^ V V ' 




V V v ' 


^~- V— v^ 


v ^ ( 




6 


M 


f k 


»-H 


fs-i 


h3 






o 

CO 


H 


©■a 

2 2 « 2 


o 

CO 


f *< 3 

?3 


2« JO 

aJ 03 ^-= 

»o So 

00 w o ^ 


Si 


5l 

3 * 
2!2 






V<j w 




v<j 


<J « 


o 


o 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



141 



SO _■ c 



.—. ^. <n 






® if 3 = - £ -i i 



► «5««5«S 



~ E' 



— oo 



S -ScS 



do" 2 



o o 



« uj; £: 



2 ■ £ 



s 2 2 2 -a i S 



00 00 00 



•i ~ 

oo to 

'„© 



G v. c; 



V -2 * 

U. 7; U, N --^ 



- ~ I s 

*■> o "» T 






S A 



t t 

10 00 



?s e S 






~S c 
b b e 
o o ' 

"3-3 



2®-S - - 
S3 a 00 00 

.SSI ' 



o -5b vL. ~ w 
' ' 2 *= » 



"? 2 «pg ■ 2S 
» » co»S* 

OO 00 QG C& «JU tf 




"3.2,2.2 §2 o2 isho EotJoso «© 
t* O S £ o a, m m :- > 



o s 



a 
"8 



£«-S 



3 ° 



&£2 

4) O rj 






« = S 



1^ = 
VD JJ ft 

-docj 



ej eS c3 09 S 08 
© © © © © © 

= ££ gS- 
ri ce ea b3 aa ce 

as 00 02 ro on oa 

©©©©«© 



S3 <S cS - - re 

s .5..E. s p s 
"c 'b'c'g's's 
© o © o o o 

« ,-i « « ws <s 



142 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



£ a 



w « „ <J 



- 5 ' 



G •«! 

55 55 
O O 






,43 -.3 N b. K 
O 4> O 4>.£ <» > 



s s 



= = 



e8 c3 



a 

OJ 



5 * 



'5 oo 



oo V^O"*>„( 



G* 



t > 

s s s 

a> O a> 

ess 



I £ = £ 



- .. S « 






S 2 S oJ o3 



a 








^ °' 



a 






o.So* 



5*S 



o .* £ "" £ i< S 

> o o o ©O o 

Oj - 83 ** <- <D *> 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



. _ © T ~ 

w^ 00 w^ 



(syf 

i o s o- 

V. eS ~c! 



JS g « 

^ w aT 

■§?* «£ 1 

e3 .A .a 






jg S .a 



.2 >>3 

o o © 
t* > > 



a ■ 



■ x 

: <a m 



Z.--2 «S'-a- » ~ 
« SO 'Os 'o ' 



00 



'_a a 



*■ e .-S^ m o « 

3 _ „ >> S33 

oS oj O O © O © 

> > > > > > > 



§ 3 



a* »- s 



_w x *j jj 



US 



££ 



.CO ' S£ ' oS OS- 
es S3 03 eS A .S. 



S n <s >•. - 



111 = 



.a a a - a 



«7 *-.© 



a ? a c 



1 1**1 

, J£-V> >>00 ' q 



,Q,Q ' w^ ' e3 — 5 2 5 2 _ .2 — ( ,3 © -* 









; 2.S 



5* 



*> o *» o -so 



L<4 H 



S23 oo 



143 





B 




43 




3 








© 




.d 








C 












03 «3 




ft£ 




k e 




"3 > 

ft U 




o ft 




« § 




03 ,4 




** 




« o 




© > 




> v© 








to ^ 




2 = 




C .fi 




fl ... 








73 — 




8 1 . 
3 &S 




© „ u 




■a g^ 




g S -S 




5 e o 




* -I 





So* 


r 


~ > - 




a © © 


60 
O 


III 


~ 


.2 © 










> 


** .2 © 


O 


cu rt h 






c 




.2 © e3 


o 


3" s 

ft © -3 


! 


.2 h-g 
ft > ^ 


yp 


a ^ ss 




u 


>> 


& >;>» 


a 


« e3 s 


& 


2 ^ ^ 



s s s s 

© 2 © © 

5 .§5 3 



^3 fee 

S3 S u 
60 » © 

•^© a 

sa- 
= a 



00 



144 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 






rt £ 3 



r~ is 






3 e> 

O ^ i, o u k. «j 



— i 3 -^ <3 - 



o o 



11 

-SO* 



g 2 



fej 


«3 n 

« 5 


o 


" = 


H 


ea 


h 




^ 




Cb 


o 


b 
S 


§5 


fei 


a* 
S 


o 


M 





w 



3 3 ^ 05 00.—. 

C 3 « 3 C « 



ea a 

a = 

3 3 

c o 



- 3 

eo o 

O 73 CD co 

w3 3'S 

O O fc. 

w w o 



00 *" N _ 2 » 

u u^ 2 £ « m 
o o ' '5 '3 '5 C 



w «o 00 



•- £ >» « -a 



8.2 1 



. ^ >— » 



"CO 3(3 cB 3 
3 3 « 3 3 ? 

o o o o 



3 3 373 oo >, 
o O ^ ^ " '■ 



;-a s?_ n -i- 



ZooS 1 -O-O 



« _ -r ;-> — o o 
O O OOhb 



o o 



si 



uZ, ■ - .3 O 



£ ~* s * e "" 



2s'3 



s s *- 



11 



S"3gS8gS8agS 
o o o 



£ 5 a> 2? 

3 o o o 



oTo 



"3 . 



2 S3 3252 ^2S^22o^o 
p *j «W h b, _] ,-) 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



145 



CO % -'— N W ^V 






s .as 

e 



a -7 



S2*J9 



a^ a"a< 



is '3 



.a "S 



s 2 

'3d ^ K 

a. o. a — 



= X » a? 



™ « 0) 

cj'eS ' 

e a 



T 00 Y oo 

oo oo a 



~ - »~ 2?; 



oo«JoaM»scsS"-2= a ^- J 8 » > », ^T .2 >> csS "" 
-a - !* - £ * rt «* £ £ <V-2£.£.?> 5^ 73? oo s» 



C C aaaa aa 



= = rfS u u 



3 


-e, -es 

t) 

ions, 


5) 




of N C 
00 V .. 

"> 2 * 




w £^^ 


4) 


aJ 


of ~.2 a" 


2 

3 


ffgjfi 


"3 


.2 
'3 


3§>.« 



5 a 
5 2 

a Q. 






o>J7-<b 



as o a i 



Z2 N ^-, o> 



a 



r 2" « oo 



■sSSaSna 



._ 2 
3 3 



00 _^ 00" O >— ? --" of ^ - O '„ o of ? 

2 •** w^^ts ^ a V* aO ?w00' ,1, »— 

3*,5.5£22 r®^|-S-S 2 2 

a a a a a a B £ 55 2 2 ±3 ±3 



5 5f "? 

w - 00 

1 °? a 



■2 -a 



2 6 



X S S 



4) 



I © © 



a Ph f^ P< P4 



Sh 0--J O-h 5 oj o "i o 
Pi I H H > 



*2 



•0 1? 



" m w 

'SI'S?* « 



52 ® <s ^ 


^■S 00 




p©oa 


3 a ua « a 


a> t2 w^a to 


•a .8 « tj 

goSc 




,fi *a a « .a 






exclude 

1 uire, ex 
pres. ind 

dire is m 
3 same wa 

nds of thi 


: exclure, t 

: all verbs ii 
pers. sing., 

feet of mau 

igated in th 

e). 
the compou 


way 
way 
n 2d 
in per 
conji 
puss 
way 


2 <e w <u 2 


SESJ'^a 


siSgifA* 




s i 21 « <*i a ** 


te in 
tein 
has 
ez, e/ 
e, to 
ve (q 
te in 




a^fila* 




H N 0) » O 



PAET II. 



CHAPTER I. 

The Definite Article. 

304. A noun is said to be " determinate " when it rep- 
resents an individual, a class of individuals or things, or 
a species, as distinct from other species, classes, or indi- 
viduals. 

Ex. : Le livre de Paul, {Livre represents here a special, 
determinate book.) 

Vhomme est le roi de la creation. (Vhomme is a species.) 

Les roses blanches sont plus jolies que les roses rouges. 
(Roses represents in both cases a " class " of things : 
'•white roses" or "red roses.") 

La beaute est ephemere. " Beauty is ephemeral." (Beaute 
is a class of things — of attributes.) 

305. The definite article, in French, must always pre- 
cede a determinate noun, whether this be concrete or 
abstract. 

306. Names of men, cities, and small islands do not 
generally take the article. 

Ex. : Victor Hugo, Paris, Londres, Sainte-Helene, Madere. 
The exceptions are: La Nouvelle Orleans, le Havre, le 
Mans, la Fleche, le Correge, etc. 

307. Names of countries, rivers, mountains, oceans, 
seas, etc., also take the article. 

147 



148 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 308-312. 

Ex.: La France, la Grece, les Etats-Unis, la Seine, le 
Danube, les Alpes, le Mont-Blanc, V Atlantique, la Mediter- 
ranee, la Manche, etc. 

308. In sentences like these : " In war and peace," 
"Fortune has wings," etc., where the English do not use 
the article, it would be a mistake to omit it in French. 

Ex. : Dans la paix et dans la guerre, La fortune a des 
ailes, " Maintenant done ces trois choses demeurent : la 
Foi, V Esperance, et la Charite, mais la plus grande est la 
Charite" 

309. As has already been stated (§ 45), the definite 
article is used instead of the possessive adjective whenever 
the latter is not indispensable for the clearness of the 
sentence. 

Ex. : J'ai froid aux pieds (and not a mes pieds). 

310. The definite article is used before titles, even when 
they are preceded by the words Monsieur, Madame, or Made- 
moiselle. 

Ex. : Monsieur le comte ; 
Madame la duchesse ; 
Mademoiselle la vicomtesse. 

311. If the article and an adjective precede a noun, the 
article stands before the adjective. 

Ex. : La grande maison ; 
Le petit garcon ; 
Les jolis ai^bres. 

312. The article is omitted : 

(a). Before nouns preceded by adverbs of quantity, by 
ni . . . ni, pas de. 

Ex.: Beaucoup dliommes ; 

Pas d' argent, pas de Suisses ; 
Je n'ai ni or ni argent. 
(and not : beaucoup des hommes, etc.) 



§ 312. THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. l±d 

(b). Before nouns, the meaning of which has been limited 
as to amount, quantity, or measure by other preceding 
words. 

Ex. : line somme d 'argent ; 
Tine tasse de cafe ; 
Tin metre de drap. 
(and not: une somm,e de V argent, etc.) 

(c). Before nouns taken in a partitive sense, if these 
nouns are preceded by an adjective. 

Ex. : De bonne eau, " some good water ; " 

De belles roses, " some beautiful roses ; " 
D' excellent vin, "some excellent wine." 

(and not de la bonne eau, etc., which would mean " of the 
good water "). 

(d). In apostrophes. 

Ex. : vieillesse ennemie ! CEuvre de tant de jours, en 
un jour effacee. 

(e). In short proverbs. 

Ex. : Contentement passe richesse. 
Patience et longueur de temps 
Font plus que force ni que rage. 

(/). In an accumulation of words. 

Ex. : Adieu, veau, vache, cochon, couvee ! . . . 

Femmes, moines, vieillards, tout etait descendu. 

(g). In some idiomatic expressions formed with avoir, 
faire, and a few other verbs. 

Ex. : J'aifaim, 
J'ai soif, 
J'ai sommeil, 
II me fait peur, 
II se fait gloire d'etre cet homme-la, 



150 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§313,314. 

Vous me faites honte. 
Prenez patience, 
Etc., etc. 

(h). In compound nouns. 

Ex. : La toile de fil, 

Du papier de soie, 

Un cheval de hois, 

Etc., etc. 

313. Agreement of the article. — The article agrees in 
gender and number with the noun which it qualifies. 

314. In these expressions : 

La Saint- Barthelemy, 

La Saint-Jean, 

Sauce a la maitre-d 'hotel, 

and similar ones, the words fete de, maniere de, etc., are 
understood, and so the complete expression would be : 

La fete de Saint-Barthelemy, 
La fete de Saint-Jean, 
Sauce a la maniere d'un maitre-d 'hotel, 
Etc., etc. 






§§315-319. THE NOUN. 151 



CHAPTER II. 

THE NOUN. 

315. Nouns may be common or proper. 

316. Common nouns may be masculine or feminine. 
(Cf. § 11.) 

317. Some nouns have one form for the masculine, and 
one for the feminine ; the latter is formed in the same way 
as that of adjectives. (Cf. §§ 17, 210, 328 ff.) 

Ex. : le marchand, la marchande. 
le cousin, la cousine. 
le lion, la lionne. 

le chat, la chatte. 

318. Masculine nouns ending in silent e change that e into 
esse for the feminine whenever they have a double form. 

Ex. : le negre, la negresse. 
le tigre, la tigresse. 

319. Some nouns may be masculine or feminine, but 
with an entirely different meaning, according to their 
gender. 

The commonest are : 

Masculine. Feminine. 

le guide, the guide. la guide, the reins, 

le manche, the handle. la manche, the sleeve. 

le pendule, the pendulum. la pendule, the clock, 
le tour, the turn, the tour. la tour, the tower, 

le somme, the sleep, nap. la somme, the sum. 

l'aide, the helper. l'aide, the help, 

le critique, the critic. la critique, the criticism. 

le page, the page. la page, the page (of a book). 



152 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 320. 

320. Plural of nouns. — To the general rules, which 
have already been given (cf. §§ 35, 94), we will add the 
following : 

(a). Nouns in au, eu, and the following in on, — bijou, 
caillou, chou, genou, hibou, joujou, and pou, — add x instead 
of s for the plural. 

(b). Nouns in al and ail change these endings into aux, 
but bal, carnaval, chacal, eventail, gouvernail, regal, detail, 
portail, and a few others, follow the general rule, and sim- 
ply add s. 

Ex.: journal, jour naux. 
bal, bals. 
regal, regals. 
betail, " cattle," becomes bestiaux. 

(c). The following nouns have two different forms of 
plural : 

Aieul becomes a'ieux in the meaning of " ancestors/' and 
a'ieids in that of " grandparents." 

del becomes deux in the meaning of " skies," " heaven," 
and dels in that of " sky of a picture," " vault of a grotto." 

(d). Invariable words (conjunctions, prepositions, etc.) 
used as nouns have no plural form. 

Ex. : Avec des si on mettrait Paris dans une bouteille. 
11 With <ifs ' it would be possible to put Paris in a bottle " 
(for, if Paris was small enough, or if the bottle was large 
enough . . .). 

(e). When a noun is used as object of another (the prep- 
ositions de and a connecting the two), it is put in plural 
or singular, according to whether it carries an idea of 
plurality or not. 

Ex. : Un panier de peches, " a basket of peaches." 
Un panier a peches, " a peach basket." 
Un champ de ble, " a wheat-field." 



§§321-324. THE NOUN. 153 

Un champ de melons, " a melon-patch." 
Un fruit a noyau, " a drupaceous fruit." 

321. Compound Nouns. — They can be formed : 

(a). By two nouns joined by a hyphen : chien-loup, " wolf- 
dog." 

(b). By a noun and an adjective : coffre-fort, " safe." 

(c). By a noun and a verb, or any invariable part of 
speech: tlre-bottes, "boot-jack;" contre-projet, "counter- 
project." 

(d). By invariable parts of speech only : un passe-partout, 
" latch key ; " laissez-passer, " pass." 

322. The plural of compound nouns is formed as follows : 
(a). In Cases (a) and (b), § 321, both parts of the com- 
pound noun take the mark of the plural. 

Ex. : des chiens-loups, des coffres-forts. 
(b). In Case (c), § 321, the noun alone is put in plural. 

Ex. : des contre-projets. 
(c). In Case (d), § 321, both parts of the compound noun 
remain invariable. 

Ex. : des passe-partout, des laissez-passer. 

323. When in Case (a), § 321, there is a preposition 
connecting the two parts of the compound word, the first 
part alone takes the mark of the plural. 

Ex. : un chef-d 'ceuvre, des chefs-d'&uvre, "masterpieces." 
un arc-en-ciel, des ares-en-ciel, " rainbow." 

324. Foreign words. — (a). Those of very common use 
form their plural by the addition of s. Ex. : un opera, 
des operas. 

(b). Latin words remain generally invariable, except max- 
imum and minimum which become maxima and mi- 
nima. 

(c). Italian words change the last vowel into i. 



154 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 325. 

Ex.: cicerone, ciceroni; dilettante, dilettanti; lazzarone, 
lazzaroni. 

325. Proper nouns. — They have a plural form, only : 

(a). When used to designate, not the people who have or 
had the name, but people like them. 

Ex.: les Molieres sont rares, " people like Moliere are 
scarce." 

(b). When they are the names of countries (les Ameriques, 
les Hussies), or of historical families (les Borgias, les 
Bourbons, les Gtiises). 



§§ 326-328, ADJECTIVES. 155 



CHAPTER III. 

Adjectives. 

326. There are two classes of adjectives, — the quali- 
fying and the determinative adjectives. 

327. As we have said (cf. §§ 16, 17), adjectives have 
two forms, one for the masculine and one for the feminine, 
those ending in silent e in the masculine being the only 
exception. 

328. Adjectives which do not form the feminine by the 
simple addition of a silent e are those ending : 

(a). In as, ais, el, eil, en, es, et, ol, on, os, ot, which double 
the final consonant before adding the silent e. 

Ex. : bon, bonne ; cruel, cruelle ; net, nette ; epais, epaisse ; 
gros, grosse ; coquet, coquette, etc. 

(b). In x, eur, teur, which change the x or r into se. 

Ex. : heureux, heureuse ; parleur, parleuse ; menteur, 
menteuse. 

(c). In gu, which take a diseresis on the final e of the 
feminine. 

Ex.: aigu, aigue ; ambigu, ambigue. 

(d). In eau, ou (the masculine form being el and ol when 
placed before a noun beginning with a vowel or silent h), 
which make their feminine respectively in elle, olle. 

Ex. : beau (pel homme), belle ; nouveau (nouvel an), nou- 
velle ; fou (fol), folle ; mou (mol), molle. 

(e). In /, which change / into ve. 

Ex.: neuf, neuve ; bref, breve; veuf, veuve. 



156 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 329, 330. 

(/). In g, whose feminine is in gue. 
Ex. : long, longue. 
(g). In c, which change c into che or que. 

Ex. : blanc, blanche ; public, publique. 

{li). In er, which, besides adding the silent e, take a 
grave accent on the final e. 

Ex. : altier, altiere ; fie?', fiere. 

329. Exceptions to Case (a) § 328 — 

(a). Adjectives derived from the name of a country : 
frangais, frangaise ; hollandais, hollandaise. 
(b). Six adjectives in et : 

complet, complete. inquiet, inquiete 

concret, concrete. replet, replete, 

discret, discrete. secret, secrete. 

(c). ras, " shorn," the feminine of which is rase, 
(d). bigot, devot, idiot, and a few others in ot, which do 
not double the final consonant. 

330. Exceptions to Case (b) § 328 — 

(a). Doux faux, roux, the feminine of which is douce, 
fausse, rousse. 

(b). Adjectives in teur, not derived from the present par- 
ticiple of a verb, and the three following : executeur, 
inventeur, persecuteur, which change teur into trice 
for the feminine. 
Ex.: accusateur, accusatrice ; corrupted/; corrupt rice ^ 
conduct eur f conductrice. 
(c). The following : 

enchanteur, enchanteresse, meilleur, meilleure. 
pecheur, pecheresse, majeur, majeure, 

vengeur, vengeresse, in incur, t/iineure, 

and others in ieur, which add a silent e only. 



§ 331-335. 



ADJECTIVES. 



157 



331. Exception to Case (g) § 328 — 

Grec, feminine grecque. 

332. The following adjectives have a feminine form 
of irregular formation : 



asc, frais, Fern., fraiche, 


fresh. 


" malin, 


" maligne, 


malign. 


" be'nin, 


" benigne, 


benign. 


" favori, 


" favorite, 


favorite. 


" coi, 


" coite, 


snug. 


" absous, 


" absoute, 


absolved. 


" dissous. 


" dissoute, 


dissolved. 


" traitre, 


" traitresse 


, treacherous, 


" tiers, 


" tierce, 


third. 



333. Some adjectives which in Latin had only one 
form for both genders, as grand (Latin, grandis, mascu- 
line and feminine), followed in French the same rule up 
to the end of the fourteenth century. We see remains 
of this in expressions formed with the adjective grand, as, 
grand'mere, grand? tante grand? rue grand' messe, etc. The 
apostrophe which usage has placed after the adjective is a 
grammatical error. 

334. Nu, "naked," "bare," and demi, "half," remain 
invariable when they precede the noun. 

Ex. : Nu-pieds, " bare-footed ; " demi-heure, " half an 
hour." 

When these adjectives follow the noun, nu agrees in 
gender and number, but demi agrees in gender only. 

Ex. : Pieds nus, fete nue ; deux heures et demie. 

(Notice that, in the first case, these adjectives are joined 
to the noun by a hyphen.) 

335. Comparison of adjectives. — Aside from the rules 
given (§ 85, fT.) for the formation of the comparative and 
superlative degrees, we must add the following : 



158 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 336-338. 

(a). The adjectives mauvais, " bad," petit, " small," can 
have an irregular comparative and superlative : 

mauvais, bad. pire, worse. le pire, the worst, 

petit, small. moindre, less. le moindre, the least. 

(b). The superlative absolute — that is, the superlative 
without comparison — is formed by prefixing tres, instead 
of le plus, to the adjective. 

Ex. : L'Amerique est tres grande. 

(c). The superlative of inferiority is formed by prefixing 
the article to the comparative of inferiority. 

Ex. : II est moins grand que son frere (comparative of 
inferiority).. II est le moins grand des enfants de 31. X., 
"He is the least tall of Mr. X.'s children" (superlative of 
inferiority). 

336. Place of the adjectives. — The general rule is that 
the adjectives in French follow the nouns which they 
qualify. This rule, however, has a great many exceptions, 
and is constantly modified by the French when reasons of 
euphony, or others, demand it. 

Ex. : Un livre jaune, un heureux mortel, un homme heu- 
reux. 

337. Adjectives referring to the size or dimension, age, 
beauty, or moral qualities of persons or things (like grand, 
petit, vieux, jeune, beau, bon, mediant, mauvais, etc.), gener- 
ally precede the noun. 

Ex.: Un grand arbre, un petit livre, un vieux niur, un 
jeune chien, un beau tableau, un bon pere, un mediant gar- 
gon, un mauvais homme. 

338. The meaning of some adjectives varies according 
to the position they occupy. Thus : 

Brave homme = good, honest man. 
Homme brave = brave, gallant man. 



§§ 339, 340. ADJECTIVES. 159 

Grand homme = great man. 
Homme grand = tall man. 

339. The adjective beau (belle), before the words pere, 
mere, fr ere, fils, sceicr, etc., loses its own meaning, and gives 
those noims meaning of " in law." 

Ex. : beau-pere, " father-in-law." 
belle-mere, " mother-in-law." 
beau-frere, " brother-in-law." 
belle-sceur, " sister-in-law." 

340. Qualifying adjectives form the plural in the same 
way as nouns. The feminine form, which always ends in 
e, simply adds s for the plural. 



160 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 341-346. 



CHAPTER IV. 

Determinative Adjectives. 

341. They are divided as follows : Demonstrative, pos- 
sessive, interrogative, numeral, indefinite. 

For the demonstrative adjectives, cf. § 27 ff. 

For the possessive adjectives, cf. §§ 44 and 136 ff. 

342. The interrogative adjectives are : 



SING. PLURAL. 

Masc. quel, Masc. quels, 

Fern, quelle, Fern, quelles, 



what 

or 

which. 

343. Numeral adjectives are called "cardinal" or "or- 
dinal," according to whether they refer to the number or 
to the order of persons and things. (Cf. §§ 98, 151 for 
cardinal numerals in general.) 

344. The ordinal numerals are formed by adding ieme 
to the cardinal numerals. 

Ex. : deux, " two ; " deuxieme, " second ; " trois, " three j " 
troisieme, " third." Deux has also second. 

345. When the cardinal numeral ends in silent e, this 
"e" must be dropped before adding ieme: quatre, quatri- 
eme ; a final / is changed into v: ?ieuf, neuvieme ; cinq 
becomes cinquieme ; the ordinal of un is premier ; except 
in compound ordinals, as, vingt et unieme, trente et uni- 
erne, etc., and not vingt et premier, etc. 

346. Premier is the only ordinal numeral used after 
the name of a potentate, or to designate the day of the 
month. 



§§347-351. DETERMINATIVE ADJECTIVES. 161 

Ex.: Charles premier; Francois premier : le premier 
janvier ; while, Henri quatre (not quatrieme) ; Chai'les six, 
Louis quatorze ; Leon treize, etc. ; le cinq janvier. 

347. Cent and vingt take the s of the plural, when they 
are preceded by a multiplying adjective, and not followed 
by a number. 

Ex. : quatre-vingts ; trots cents. 
Otherwise they remain invariable. 

Ex. : Cent homines ; quatre-vingt-deux ; trois cent-six. 

348. The most common indefinite adjectives are: 

chaque, each. meme, same. 

nul, ) tout, all. 

/ not any, no. 
aucun, ) autre, other. 

tel, such. quelque, some, a few. 

plusieurs, several. 

349. Chaque has no plural, while plusieurs has no singu- 
lar; the plural masculine of tout is tons. 

350. Meme meaning " even," tout meaning " entirely," 
"altogether," "quite," and quelque meaning "about," 
"however," are considered as adverbs, and consequently 
remain invariable. 

Ex. : Les montagnes meme les plus hautes, ne sont rien 
en comparaison du diametre de la terre, " Mountains, even 
the highest, are nothing in comparison to the diameter of 
the earth." Mile. Lefevre est tout heureuse de voir son 
amie, "Miss Lefevre is quite happy to see her friend." 
Quelque sages que soient les homines, Us peuvent se tromper, 
" However wise men may be, they are apt to err. It y a 
quelque trois arts que Monsieur X. est mort, "'It is about 
three years since Mr. X. died." 

351. When meme, tout, and quelque are placed before, or 
modify a noun or pronoun, they are adjectives, and follow 
the ordinary rules of agreement. 



162 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 351. 

Ex. : Les memes hommes, the same men. 
Toils les hommes, all the men. 
Toutes les femmes, all the women. 
Quelques hommes, some (a few) men. 
Nous-memes. 






352,353. PRONOUNS. 163 



CHAPTER V. 

Pronouns. 

352. Pronouns are divided into six classes: Personal, 
possessive, demonstrative, relative, interrogative, and in- 
definite. 

I. PERSONAL PRONOUNS. Cf. § 104 ff. 

353. Moi, toi, lui, elle, nous, vous, eux, elles, are often 
used as disjunctive pronouns : 

(a). When preceded by a preposition : 

Ex. : Cest a toi que revient Vhonneur de la victoire, "It 
is to thee that the honor of victory belongs." 

A moi, comte, deux mots ! " Here, count, two words ! " 

Avec eux il est touj ours facile de s' entendre, "It is always 
easy to get along with them." 

(b). In apposition: 

Ex. : Je ne veux pas qiCil vienne, lui ! " I do not want 
him to come, that man ! " 

(c). When a pronoun and a noun are subjects of the 
same verb : 

Ex. : Son pere et lui, mon frere et moi, partons demain 
pour Paris. 

(d). In answer to a question, when the verb is under- 
stood : 

Ex. : Qui parle ? — Lui, " Who speaks ? — He." 

(e). When the subject does not immediately precede the 
verb: 

Ex. : Lui, que j'avais vu si faible, voulait maintenant 
courir a, Vennemi! "He, whom I had seen so weak, wanted 
now to rush to the enemy ! " 



164 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 354-356. 

(/). After c'est, ce sont. 



Ex. : 

C'est 
It is 


'moi, I. 
toi, thou. 
lui, he. 
elle, she. 
nous, we. 
vous, you. 


Ce sont ( eux, they. 
It is ( elles, they. 


(g). For emphasis : 

Ex. : Moi, je vous Vai toujours 

u so." 


dit, " J have always told 



(A). When the verb has me, te, nous, vous, and se as direct 
objects : 

Ex. : H se donne a toi. 
(Moi and toi become m', and t 9 before en and y.) 

354. Se corresponds to the English "himself," " her- 
self," " to himself," " to herself," « to itself," « one's self," 
or "to one's self," "themselves," "to themselves." 

Ex. : II se vante, " He prides himself." Elle se vante, 
" She prides herself." 

On se tue souvent par imprudence, "People are often 
killed by imprudence." 

355. Soi has the same meaning, but with the difference 
that : (a) It never precedes the verb, (b) It relates to an 
indefinite object. 

Chacun pour soi, "Each one for himself." 
On a souvent besoin dhin plus petit que soi, " One often 
needs (the assistance of) a smaller one than himself." 

356. Combined with the adjective mime, the disjunc- 
tive pronouns become : 



moi 

toi 

lui 

elle 

soi 



myself. N . 

' ' nous^i ourselves, 

thyself. . 

. . , , vous i yourselves, 

-meme, himself. V-memes, * 

herself. I themselves, 

elles j 

itself. 



§§357-361. PRONOUNS. 165 

II. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 
357- (For these, cf. § 138 ff.j 

III. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 

358. They are : 

Singular. Plural. 

Masc. celui, 1 this, that, ^^ ceuX( 

Fern, celle, V this on 

Neuter ce, ceci, cela, etc. 



Fern, celle, } this one, Fm celles [ these, those. 



359. These pronouns are always followed by the prepo- 
sition de, by a relative pronoun, or by the adverbs ci and la. 
(Cf. § 29.) 

Ex. : (a), by de : Celui de vous qui refusera d'obeir, 
qiCon le fusille, " The one of you who will refuse to obey, 
let him be shot." Celle de ces demoiselles qui fera le plus 
de progres recevra le prix d'honneur. 

(b). by a relative pronoun : Celui qui met un frein a la 
fureur des flots. " He who puts a check upon the fury of 
the waves." De toutes les nations, la France est celle qui 
a le plus fait pour la liberie. Ce qui vous ennuie, "That 
which bothers you." Dites moi ce que vous avez fait, " Tell 
me what (that which) you have done." 

(c). by the adverbs ci and la, : Quel est votre livre ? C'est 
celui-ci. Quelle est lamaison de votre fr ere? C'est celle-lk. 
On pourrait ainsi exprimer la difference entre Gladstone 
et Bismarck : Celui-ci rCa reve que la grandeur materielle 
de V Allemagne — celui-lk a eu pour ideal d'avancer dans le 
monde le regne de la justice et le triomphe de la verite. 

360. Ce, ceci, cela, refer only to inanimate objects. Ex. : 
Regardez cela, savez-vous ce que c'est? "Look at that, do 
you know what it is ? " 

361. Ce, however, when followed by the verb etre, may 
be used to determine, as it were, the following noun, the verb 



166 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 362-365. 

being in the number of that noun. Ex. : C'est le livre, c'est 
mon ami, etc. ; ce sont les livres, ce sont mes amis. (As 
may be seen by these examples, ce is, in this case, indepen- 
dent of number and gender.) 

IV. RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

362. They are : 

Qui, que, quoi, dont, which have only one form for both 
genders and numbers, and lequel which, combined with the 
definite article and the prepositions a and de, becomes : 






Masc. 


Fern. 


lequel, 


laquelle, which. 


duquel, 


de laquelle, of which. 


auquel, 


a laquelle, to which. 


Masc. 


Fern. 


lesquels, 


lesquelles, which. 


desquels, 


desquelles, of which. 


auxquels, 


auxquelles, to which. 



363. Qui, "who," "which," when not preceded by a 
preposition, is always used as subject. 

Ex. : L'oiseau qui chant e, la-bas . . . 
C'est nous qui parlons . . . 

(Notice that the verb agrees with the antecedent, and not 
with the relative.) 

364. Que, " whom," " which," is used as direct object, 
and is never preceded by a preposition. 

Ex. : Uoiseau que vous voyez. Notre pere, que nous 
aimons tant. Le bruit que vous entendez. 

(Two of these examples show that relative pronouns can 
sometimes be omitted in English, but never in French.) 

365. Quoi, "what," is used after prepositions, and re- 
fers to some idea just expressed, or, interrogatively, to 
some indefinite thing or idea. 



§§ 366-368. PRONOUNS. 167 

Ex. : Eire heureux, c'est a quoi tout homme aspire. 

Travaillez : c'est par quoi vous devez commencer. 
A quoi pens ez-vous ? 

366. Quoi is also used in exclamations. Ex.: Quoi! 
vous feriez cela ! (and in interrogations : Quoi ? " what ? " 
but as such it is not considered polite; cf. § 372, Inter- 
rogative Pronouns). 

367. Dont, "of whom," "whose," "of which," is what 
we might call the genitive case of the preceding pronouns. 
It is used either for persons or things. Ex. : La femme, 
dont le nom sera a jamais verier e des Frangais, " The 
woman whose name will forever be honored by the French." 
La maison dont vous m'avez parle, " The house of which 
you have spoken to me." Ces homines, dont la posterite 
conservera les noms, " Those men, whose names will be pre- 
served by posterity." 

368. In using lequel and its various forms the follow- 
ing should be kept in mind : 

(a). It is better to use the simpler forms, qui, que, quoi, 
dont, whenever the clearness of the sentence does not 
require lequel, etc. ; thus : 

, . f qui est sur la colline, which is on the hill, 

la maison . . , 

,,, , .X que vous voyez, which you see. 

(the house) I 1 ^ ' - ». \. 

I dont vous parlez, of which you speak. 

is better than : 

{laquelle est sur la colline. 
laquelle vous voyez. 
de laquelle vous parlez. 

But, in a sentence like this : 

" Le directeur de Vecole dont je vous ai parle," dont can- 
not be used, as it could not be understood whether it is 
about the " director " or about the " school " " I have 
spoken." We should use duquel if we wish to speak of 



168 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 369-372. 

the " director," and de laquelle if of the " school." It would 
be best, however, to use a different construction, as relative 
pronouns make the sentence too long and awkward. 

(b). French constructions being often different from the 
English, students must be careful in using the combina- 
tions of lequel with the prepositions a and de ; thus : 

L'ami auquel je p>ense (and not, Vami duquel je pense, 
although we say in English, " The friend of whom I think). 
Le maitre auquel vous obeissez (and not, Le maitre que 
vous oheissez, although we say, "The master whom you 
obey," etc.). 

369. Relative pronouns have always a demonstrative, 
where in English they would have a personal pronoun for 
antecedent. 

Ex. : Celui qui met un frein a la fureur des flots. 

370. Relative pronouns must always have an antecedent. 
Ex. : Ce quejefais, " What I do." (Lit., that which I do.) 
371- Ou, " where," is often used for dont, auquel, a 

laquelle, duquel, dans laquelle, etc. 

Ex. : Le pays d' 'ou je viens (or, Le pays dont je viens). 
" The country I come from." Le bonheur ou j'asjm'e, " The 
happiness to which I aspire." La maison ou je suis "The 
house in which I am." 

V. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 

372. All relative pronouns, with the exception of dont, 
can be used as interrogative ; but as such : 

(a). Qui can be subject, direct or indirect object. 

Ex. : Qui parte? Qui voyez-vous? A qui parlez-vous ? 

(b). Que is used only as direct object. 

Ex. : Que voulez-vous ? Que dites-vous ? 

(c). Quoi is used for^e: After prepositions (De quoi 
parlez-vous ?) : In exclamations and interrogations, when 



§§ 373-375. PBONOUNS. 169 

the verb is understood : (Quoi/ sepeut-il! " What ! is it 
possible ! " Quoi ? vous voulez partir ? " What ? you wish 
to go ? ") 

373. Instead of the interrogative pronouns, the follow- 
ing idiomatic sentences are often used : 

( qui est-ce qui? who. (For persons only.) 
as subject < qu'est-ce qui? what. (For things only.) 
' etc. 



(qui 
jqu'e 



— est-ce que, whom. (For persons. ) 
as direct object^ ^ , ^ >_ * 

""'est-ce que, what. (For things.) 



Ex. : Qui est-ce qui chant e? " Who sings ? " (Lit., "Who 
is it that sings ? ") 

Qu'est-ce qui prouve que partiez ce soir, "What proves 
that you go away to-night?" (Lit., "What is it that 
proves" . . .) 

Qui est-ce que vous prenez pour juge? "Whom do you 
take for judge ? " (Lit., " Whom is it that you take for 
judge?") 

374. Est-ce que, " is it that," is used to form the inter- 
rogation in the first person singular present indicative of 
monosyllabic verbs, or when this first person singular ends 
in silent e, as in verbs of Conjugation I. 

Ex. : Est-ce que je prends ? " Do I take ? " Est-ce que 
je veux ? " Do I wish ? " Est-ce que je parle ? " Do I 
speak ? " 

(Parle-je, — with accent on the e, — is seldom used, but 
correct.) 

375. As may be seen from these examples, the verb 
preceded by est-ce que, qu? est-ce que, etc., remains in the 
affirmative form. 



170 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 376-380. 

VI. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 

376. The commonest are : 

VARIABLE. 

aucun, none, not any, no. Tun l'autre, one another, 

chacun, each one. certain, certain, some, 

quelqu'un, some one, some- nul, not any, none. 

body. tel, such, such a one. 

l'un, the one. tout, all. 

l'autre, the other. quelque chose, something. 

INVARIABLE. 

on, one, they, people. autrui, other people (others 
personne, nobody. than one's self). 

quiconque, whoever, whosoever. rien, nothing. 

quoi que ") whatever, plusieurs, several. 

quoi que ce soit que, J whatsoever. 

377- Some of these pronouns (plusieurs, tel, tout, nul, 
certain, aucun) are often used as adjectives. 

378. Aucun, rien, personne, preserve sometimes the 
affirmative meaning they had originally. 

Ex. : Je ne veux pas qu' aucun puisse me dire, " I do 
not want any one to be able to tell me." 11 ne se pent 
pas qu? aucun arrive au port, " It is impossible for any one 
to reach the port." Personne oserait-il temoigner contre 
lui? "Would some one dare to testify against him?" 
Personne est-il mieux a meme que moi de juger cette affaire? 
il Is anybody better able than I to judge this question ? " 
TJn rien Veffraie, "Anything makes him afraid." 

379. Personne, preceded by an article or adjective, be- 
comes a noun of the feminine gender. 

Ex. : La personne qui vous remcttra cette lettre, " The 
person who will hand this letter to you." Quelle bonne 
personne ! " What a good person ! " 

380. Rien, in the plural, means " trifles." 



§§ 381-383. PRONOUNS. 171 

Ex. : Des petits riens font souvent plats Ir, " Little trifles 
often please." 

381. On (cf. § 39) is sometimes, especially after the 
words ou, que, si, preceded by a so-called " euphonic " L 

Ex.: Dites-moi oil l'on parte f rang ais, "Tell me where 
French is spoken." 

Je veux que Von se taise ! " I want them (or you) to keep 
silent ! " 

Si l'on veut, " If people are willing." 

382. Although alluding to any number of persons, on 
is always of the third person singular, and of the mascu- 
line gender, unless the sense of the sentence shows clearly 
that on refers to some person, or class of persons, in which 
case the adjectives, if there are any, take the number and 
gender of the person or persons referred to. 

Ex. : On est beau quand on est jeune, " One is beautiful 
when one is young." 

On parle, a Neiv-York, toutes les langues du monde, 
" All the languages of the world are spoken in New York." 
But: 

On n 1 est pas toujours belle, madame, "One is not always 
beautiful, madam." 

Devant la mort, on est tous egaux, "We are all equal, 
before Death." 

383. On can only be used as subject of a verb; should 
the pronoun be repeated with the same indefinite meaning, 
vous, se, soi, should be used in the objective case. 

Ex. : Pendant la retraite de Russie, quand on ne gelait 
pas, les Russes vous tuaient sans pitie, " During the Rus- 
sian retreat, when they did not freeze to death, they were 
pitilessly killed by the Russians." 

On a souvent besoin d^un plus petit que soi. 



172 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 384, 385. 



CHAPTER VI. 

Verbs— Use of Tenses. 

i. INFINITIVE. 

384. The infinitive is the verbal noun; it is what we 
might call the verb's " family name." It is used in French 
without or with a preposition. 

385. It is used without a preposition : 

(a). When preceded by a verb in a personal tense : 

Ex. : II vient ouvrir la porte, "He comes to open the 

door." 

Elle pretend etre malade, " She pretends to be sick." 
(b). In the beginning of a sentence, or as subject of a 

verb in a personal tense. 

Ex. : Faire et dire sont deux, " It is one thing to speak, 

another to act." 

Mourir pour la Patrie est un beau sort, " To die for the 

native land is a beautiful fate." 

(c). When used as the direct object of a verb (the latter 

being expressed or understood). 

Ex. : II croit aimer, " He believes he loves." Que 

coulait-il ? — Mourir ! "What did he want ? — To die!" 
(d). After the verb faire, which, in such idiomatic con- 
structions, means that the action expressed by the infinitive 

is not performed by the subject of the verb faire, but by 

some one else. 

Ex. : Je fais batir une maison, " I have a house built." 
II fait pleurer sa were, "He makes his mother weep." 
iVbws faisons faire des reparations a notre maison, " Wo 

have repairs made on our house." 



§ 386. VERBS — USE OF TENSES. 173 

(e). After the verb aller, used to express an immediate 
future. 

Ex. : Je vais partir, " I am about to go away." 

Nous allons chanter, " We are going to sing." 

386. The infinitive is used with the preposition de : 

(a). When in English we would have a present parti- 
ciple preceded by "of" or "from." 

Ex.: Dispensez-moi de chanter, "Excuse me, from sing- 
ing:' 

II se vante d'etre tres fort, "He boasts of being very 
strong." 

(b). After impersonal expressions (or verbs) such as : il 
est beau, il est possible, il est difficile, il convient, etc. 

Ex. : U est beau de mourir pour sa Patrie, " It is beauti- 
ful to die for one's native land." 

U est quelquefois difficile de faire son devoir, "It is hard, 
sometimes, to do one's duty." 

(c). Instead of the subjunctive (cf. § 234 ff.), after ex- 
pressions or verbs containing an idea of fear, joy, regret, 
shame, surprise, wish, doubt, if the subject is the same in 
the principal and in the subordinate clauses. 

Ex. : Je crains de voir cet homme (instead of, Je crains 
que je ne voie cet homme), " I fear to see that man." 

Je me rejouis de pouvoir vous etre utile (instead of, Je 
me rejouis que je puisse vous etre utile), "I rejoice upon 
being able to be of service to you." 

(d). After a verb expressing an order or request (like 
commander, prier, demander, etc.). When these verbs are 
preceded by a pronoun marking the person to whom the 
order is given. 

Ex. : Je vous demande d'ecrire, "I ask you to write." 
Je vous ordonne de sortir, " I order you to go out." 
Je vous prie de lire, "I beg you to read." 



174 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 387. 

(e). Should these same verbs be followed by the name of 
the person to whom the order is given, etc., the subjunc- 
tive could be used instead of the infinitive. 

Ex. : Nous demandons a M. Leblanc dialler (or, quHl 
aille) chez le prefet, " We ask M. Leblanc to go to the 
pvefeVs house." 

(/). In the idiomatic expression, venir de, which marks 
an immediate past. 

Ex. : Je viens d'arriver, " I have just come." 
II vient de partir, " He has just gone." 

(g). In narratives, to give more force and vivacity to 
the sentence. 

Ex. : Et moi de me fdcher, et lid de me repondre, "And 
I got angry, while he would answer me . . ." 

(h). In connection with the following locutions : 

a moins de, except, in case of, unless. 

avant de, before. 

de peur de, for fear that, lest. 

loin de, far from. 

au lieu de, instead of. 

a force de, by much, by repeated, from continually. 

pres de, about to. 

Ex. : A moins de courir, il n'arrivera pas, " Unless he 
runs, he will not arrive." 

" Veillez et priez, de peur de tomber dans la tentation" 
"Watch and pray, lest you fall into temptation." 

A force de repeter un mensonge, on finit par le croirr, 
"From continually repeating a lie, one finally believes it," 
etc. 

387. The infinitive is used after the preposition a: 

(a). After verbs expressing a tendency, a desire to reach 
an aim, for instance : 

se destiner a, to destine one's self to. 
incliner a, to be inclined to. 



§§ 388, 389. VERBS — USE OF TENSES. 175 

s'enteter a, to be bent upon. 

se borner a, to limit one's self to. 

s'abaisser a, to lower one's self to. 

se disposer a, to get ready to. 

se vouer a, to devote one's self to. 

chercher a, to try to. 

se decider a, to come to a decision about. 

s'appliquer a, to apply one's self to. 

Ex. : II s' applique a travailler, " He applies himself to 
work." 

II s'entSte a ecrire, "He is bent upon writing." 
II s'abaisse a mentir, " He lowers himself to lying." 
(b). After avoir and etre, to express obligation or futurity. 
Ex. : J'ai beaucoup a f aire, "I have much to do." 
C'est a savoir, " This remains to be known " (or, " That 
is to say "). 

388. It can be said, as a rule, that a, precedes the infin- 
itive when we have — or could have, in English — " to," 
" unto," " in reference to," " at," and " in," with the pres- 
ent participle. 

Ex. : II s'habitue a souffrir, " He accustoms himself to 

suffering." 
II persevere a travailler, " He perseveres in working." 
Je me plais a ecouter la musique, i: I take pleasure in 

listening to music." 
II excelle ajoner, "He excels at playing." 

389. The infinitive, and not the present participle, fol- 
lows the prepositions 

entre, between. pour, in order to. 

par, by. sans, without. 

Ex. : II y a loin entre parler et agir, " There is a long 
distance between speaking and acting." 

Sans onvrir le livre, " Without opening the book." 



176 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



390, 391. 



390. Apres, " after," is followed by the past infinitive. 
Ex. : Apres avoir parte, il s'assit, "After having spoken 

(or, after speaking) he sat down." (Students must be very- 
careful not to use the present participle after apres, not to 
say, for instance : Apres parlant . . .) 

391. En, "in," requires the present participle. 

Ex. : En parlant, " in speaking," " by speaking," or 
"while speaking." 

En donnant, on se fait des amis, " By giving, one makes 
friends for himself." 

En donnant, il avait I 9 air heureux, "In giving," or 
" while giving he looked happy." 



§§ 392, 393. VERBS. 177 



CHAPTER VII. 

VERBS (Continued), 

INDICATIVE. 

392. The indicative (cf. § 243) asserts a thing as cer- 
tain, positive, real; it is the objective way of looking at 
things or expressing one's thought. As the use and mean- 
ing of the present tense offers little difficulty to students, 
their attention will be called more especially to the past 
tenses, whose various shades of meaning can only be ren- 
dered in English by the use of different constructions. 
The simple form, Je parle, (cf. § 23), corresponds to the 
three English forms, " I speak, I do speak, I am speaking." 
The English " I am speaking " has an equivalent, though 
more emphatic form, in the French Je suis en train de 
parler. This locution, etre en train de, is used to empha- 
size the continuity of the action. 

II. IMPERFECT TENSE. 

393. The imperfect tense (cf. §§ 50, 52), is used: 
(a). In referring to a past habit or custom. 

Ex. : Les Romains portaient de longs vetements appeles 
toges, " Komans wore long clothes called togas." 

Quand j ' etais jeune, je m'amusais avec vies camarades, 
je jouais aa soldat ; nous courions dans les bois, ?ious 
grimpions sur les arbres, " When I was young, I used to 
play with my comrades ; we used to play soldiers, we used 
to run in the woods, and climb trees." ISete dernier, nous 
dansions tons les soirs. 



178 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 394. 

(b). To describe, when we refer to some past scene or 
event. 

Ex. : La maison de monpere etait entouree de verdure ; le 
lierre en couvrait les murs et montait meme sur une partie 
du toit, " My father's house was surrounded with trees ; its 
walls were covered with ivy, and this spread even over part 
of the roof." 

Pendant les fetes du Czar, a Paris, les rues etaient 
tellement encombrees quHl etait impossible de circuler ; les 
arbres memes ployaient sous le poids des curieux ; des 
marchands de jouets offraient leurs services, vendant tout 
" au rabais, v disaient-ils, " During the fetes of the Czar, 
at Paris, the streets were so crowded that it was impossi- 
ble to circulate ; the trees themselves were bending under 
the weight of the curious ; toy merchants offered their ser- 
vices, selling everything i at reduced rate,' they said." 

(c). To report a past action, not yet ended when another 
action took place. 

Ex. : Je sortais, quand j'ai rencontre votre frere, "I was 
going out when I met your brother." 

J'ecrivais quand vous etes entre, "I was writing when 
you came in." 

(d). In a subordinate clause, when the verb of the prin- 
cipal clause is in a past tense. 

Ex. : II m'a dit que vous veniez, " He told me that you 
were coming." 

Je vous ai ecrit quej'etais malade, "I wrote to you that 
I was sick." 

(c). After conditional si, when the condition expressed 
refers to some improbable or impossible state or action. 
(Cf. § 220.) 

Ex. : Si j'etais dans la lune, vous ne me verriez ])as, " If 
I were in the moon, you would not see me." 

394. From what precedes it can be seen that the imper- 



§§ 395-397. VERBS. 179 

feet presents to the mind the idea of a succession of indefi- 
nite past actions or feelings : Is a habit anything but a 
series of repeated actions ? Is not the appearance as well 
as the state of a person or object due likewise to a number 
of small actions or feelings, the beginning or the end of 
which cannot be determined ? 

III. PAST DEFINITE. 

395. The past definite (cf. § 52)- is the very opposite 
of the imperfect ; it expresses one single, isolated fact, per- 
fectly definite in its meaning. It corresponds to the Latin 
perfect. It is used : 

(a). When the time in which the action took place is 
entirely past. 

Ex. : J'allai a Rome Vannee dernier e, " I went to Rome 
last year." 

II vint me voir hier, " He came to see me yesterday." 

(6). When the action took place at a certain time, per- 
fectly known to us. 

Ex. : II mourut hier a deux heures, " He died yesterday 
at two o'clock." 

(c). When the action of the verb is such that it cannot 
be performed again. 

Ex. : Cain tua son frere, " Cain killed his brother." 

(d). To relate historical facts. 

Ex. : Napoleon fat vaincu, " Napoleon was vanquished." 

Corneille naquit a Rouen, " Corneille was born in Rouen." 

396. The past definite is very often replaced, in the 
conversation, by the past indefinite, although, as we shall 
see further, these two tenses differ in their meaning. 

397. The following examples will show once more the 
essential difference between the imperfect and the past 
definite. 

I. — Pluton etait sur un trone d'ebene : son visage etait 



180 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 398. 

pale et severe . . . la vue d'un homme vivant lui etait odieuse 
. . . a son cote paraissait Proserpine, qui attirait seule les 
regards et qui semblait un peu adoucir son cceur ; elle jouis- 
sait d'une beaute toujours nouvelle. II. — Telemaque . . . 
entra dans ce gouffre ; d'abord, il apercut ten grand nombre 
d'hommes . . . ily remarqua beaucoup dHmpies et d* hypo- 
crites . . . il vit plusieurs des anciens rois de Lydie . . . 
mais ce qui consterna davantage Telemaque, ce fut de voir. . . . 

In the first part, we see that all the verbs express a 
state: they describe the scene which Telemaque was wit- 
nessing, and, therefore, the verbs are in the imperfect. 

The verbs of the second part relate one action each : Te- 
lemaque " entered," " noticed," " saw " ; ... something 
" struck " him with consternation — and that (i something," 
" was," etc. 

IV. PAST INDEFINITE. 

398. The past indefinite as its name implies, expresses 
a past action, without any special reference as to the time 
in which it took place. The past indefinite, therefore, is 
used : 

(a). To report a past action, whether this be completed 
or not ; and whether the time (if any time is referred to) be 
entirely past or not. 

Ex. : J'ai beaucoup souffert, " I have suffered much." 

Nous nous sommes beaucoup amuses, "We have enjoyed 
ourselves very much." 

J'ai beaucoup lu aujourd'hui. 

II est alle tres souvent a New- York ce viois-ci, "He has 
gone to New York very often this month." 

(b). To express a fact which is always true. 

Ex. : De tous temps, les meres out aime leurs enfants, " At 
all times, mothers have loved their children." (Ai)»erent 
leurs enfants would mean that mothers did lore their chil- 
dren, but now love them no more.) 



§§ 399, 400. VERBS. 181 

(c). Instead of the future perfect, in familiar sentences 
like this: Dans cinq minutes j'ai fini, "In five minutes I 
am through " (the strictly grammatical construction would 
be: Dans cinq minutes j^urai fini). 

V. PAST PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT. 

399. These two tenses are used to report a past action 
which occurred before another, also expressed. 

(a). When used to express an isolated fact, the past 
perfect is generally preceded by the words aussitot que, 
des que, " as soon as " ; lorsque, quand, " when " ; ap? i es que, 
« after [that]." 

Ex. : Aussitot que j'etts fini mon travail, je sortis, " As 
soon as my work was over, I went out." LorsquHl eut parle, 
les applaudissements eclaterent de toutes parts, " When he 
had spoken, the cheers burst from all sides." 

(b). The pluperfect, which is of much commoner use, is 
less precise in its meaning. The action it expresses may 
have taken place at any time previous to that of the action 
expressed by the other verb. Whenever it is used after 
the limiting words aussitot que, des que, lorsque, etc., it 
refers to a habit, or any idea akin to the ideas rendered by 
the imperfect. 

Ex.; J' avais fini mon travail quand je sortis, "I was 
through with my work when I went out." (Nothing shows 
precisely how long " I had been through " when I " went 
out.") Quand j 'avais fini mon travail je sortais, "When I 
was through with my work, I used to go out." (I wish to 
refer to some habit or custom I had in a time past.) 

VI. FUTURE SIMPLE. 

400. The future simple is used : 
(a). As in English, to mark futurity. 

Ex. : Je viendrai vous voir, " I shall come to see you." 



182 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§401-404. 

(b). Instead of the imperative. 

Ex. : " Tu n' auras point d'autres dieux devant ma, face" 
" Thou shalt have no other gods before ine." " Tu ne te 
f eras point dHmages taillees" " Thou shalt not make unto 
thee any graven image." 

401. In some sentences, where the English uses the 
present, the future must be used in French — especially 
after quand, lorsque. 

Ex. : Quand je serai a Paris, j y irai au Thedtre-Frangais, 
" When I am in Paris, I shall go to the Thedtre-Frangais." 

402. The use of the future perfect offers no difficulty ; 
it corresponds to the English, inasmuch as the future simple 
corresponds in the two languages. 

VII. CONDITIONAL. 

403. Besides the use of the conditional, which has been 
noted (cf. § 221 ff.), we have the following : 

(a). After quand, quand meme, meaning "even if/' 
whether these words be expressed or not. 

Ex. : Quand meme il pleuvrait, je sortirais, " Even if it 
should rain, I would go out." 

(b). In polite forms of asking for something. 

Ex. : Voudriez-vous me passer votre livre ? " Would you 
be so kind as to pass me your book ? " 

(c). In interrogative exclamations. 

Ex.: Oseriez-vous pretendre a la main de ma fille? 
" Would you dare to have pretensions to the hand of my 
daughter ? " 

(d). To express a wish. 

Ex. : J'aimerais a voyager, " I would like to travel." 

VIII. SUBJUNCTIVE. 

404. We will not add any remarks to those given in 
the first part of this book (cf. §§ 234 ff.) as to the use of 



405, 406. 



VERBS. 



183 



the subjunctive. Students should, by reading and conver- 
sation, familiarize themselves with the idea rendered by 
this mood. 



405. IX. SEQUENCE OF TENSES. 

fin present in-) the verb of the dependent clause 
When a verb pre- dicative, j is : In future. 

ceded by " con- In imperfect) the verb of the dependent clause 
ditional " si, indicative, ) is : In present conditional, 
"if," is In pluperfect, the verb of the dependent clause 

is : In past conditional. 

406- 

When the verb of 
the principal 
clause, to be 
followed by a 
verb in subjunc- 
tive, is 



'In present or 
future in- 
dicative, 

In one of the' 
past tenses, 
or in the 
conditional,. 



the verb of the de- 
pendent clause 
must be 



the verb of the 
pendent clause 
must be 



In present or 
past sub- 
junctive. 

de- In imperfect 



i 



or pluper- 
fect. 



184 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§407-409. 



CHAPTER VIM. 
Participles. 

I. PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 

407- The present participle (cf. §§ 63, 64) always ends 
in ant. But there is also a verbal form in ant, which must 
not be mistaken for the present participle. For instance : 
Voyez-vous ces enfants courant dans laplaine ? (Courant, 
here, is a participle.) 

Monnaie courante " currency." (Lit., " running money.") 
Chiens courant s " hounds." (Lit., " running dogs.") 
Courante and courants are verbal adjectives. 
From these examples it will be seen that the present par- 
ticiple remains invariable, while the verbal adjectives agree, 
as any other adjective, in gender and number. 

408. Verbal words in ant are present participles : 
(a). When they have a direct object. 

Ex. : Les enfants aimant leur mere. 

(b). When they are preceded by the preposition en. 

Ex.: C'est en forgeant que Von devient forgeron. 

(c). When a verb in a personal tense could be used in its 
stead. 

Ex. : II y avait, dans la chambre, des liommes parlant 
haut, faisant beaucoup de gestes. " There were in the room 
men speaking loud, making many gestures." (Instead of 
parlant and faisant we could say qui parlaient and qui 
faisaient.) 

409. There are some words which, although pronounced 
alike, are spelled differently, according to whether they are 
verbal adjectives, nouns, or present participles. 



§§ 410, 411. 


PARTICIPLES. 


1 


The commonest of these 


are : 




e"quivalant, 


equaling. 


Equivalent, 


equivalent. 


differant, 


differing. 


different, 


different. 


divergeant, 


diverging. 


divergent, 


divergent. 


excellant, 


excelling. 


excellent, 


excellent. 


n^gligeant, 


neglecting. 


negligent, 


negligent. 


pr^sidant, 


presiding. 


president, 


president. 


re'sidant, 


residing. 


resident, 


resident. 


convainquant 


convincing. 


convaincant, 


convincing. 


extravaguant, 


raving. 


extravagant, 


extravagant. 


fabriquant, 


manufacturing 


. fabricant, 


manufacturer 


fatiguant, 


fatiguing. 


fatigant, 


fatiguing. 



185 



II. PAST PARTICIPLE. 

(Cf. §§170, 178-181.) 

410. The past participle of reflexive verbs, although 
conjugated with etre, follows the same rules as that of 
verbs conjugated with avoir. (Cf. § 170.) The reason is 
that, as has been said, etre has really, in this case, the 
meaning of avoir. 

Ex.: Je me suis brule la main, "I have burned my 
hand." 

Elle s'est coupe deux doigts, "She has cut two of her 
fingers." 

La main que je me suis brulee, "The hand I have 
burned." 

Les deux doigts qiCelle s'est coupes, " The two of her 
fingers she has cut." 

Combien de doigts sest-elle coupes? Elle s'en est coupe 
deux. 

411. As a consequence of these rules, the past parti- 
ciple of intransitive verbs conjugated with avoir remains 
unvaried. 

Ex.: Les dix lieures que j'ai marche, "The ten hours I 
have walked." 



186 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 412-415. 

412. When the direct object preceding the verb is itself 
preceded by words like combien de, autant de, plus de, or- 
a collective noun (tine foule, " a crowd," une quantite, " a 
quantity/' une masse, " a heap,"), the participle agrees : 

(a). With the direct object. 

Ex. : Combien de livres avez-vous lus ? "How many books 
have you read ? " 

La quantite des livres qu'il a ecrits, " The quantity of 
books he has written." 

(b). With the collective, when the sentence indicates 
clearly that it is to the collection, and not to the individuals 
that compose that collection, that the speaker wishes to call 
the attention. 

Ex. : Cette foule d' homines, que vous av_ez vue, . . . "That 
crowd of men which you have seen." . . . 

413. The past participle followed by an infinitive re- 
mains invariable if this infinitive appears to be the object 
of the verb. 

Ex. : Les fleurs que j'ai vu cueillir, "The flowers which 
I have seen picked." 

Les vers que j'ai entendu declamer, "The lines I have 
heard (some one) recite." 

414. But when the object is the pronoun which pre- 
cedes the verb, the past participle agrees with it. 

Les enfants quej'ai vus cueillir des fleurs, "The children 
I saw picking flowers." Les dames que j'ai entendu es re- 
citer les vers de Francois Coppee, " The ladies I heard recite 
poems (lit., " lines,") of Francois Coppee." 

415. A mechanical way for students to avoid mistakes 
in these cases is to ask themselves whether the noun rep- 
resented by que could (§ 414) or not (§ 413) accomplish the 
action expressed by the infinitive. In § 413 it is evident 
that the flowers cannot " pick," while in § 414 the children 
can " pick " flowers. 



§§416,417. PARTICIPLES. 187 

416. It often happens that the infinitive is understood, 
but the rules remain the same. 

Ex. : II m?a fait toutes les promesses qiCil a voulu, " He 
made me all the promises he wanted to." (Me faire = 
"make to me/' is understood). 

417. When, instead of the infinitive, a dependent clause 
beginning with que follows the participle, this remains 
unvaried. 

Ex. : Les conseils guHl a cru qiCil devalt lui donner, "The 
advice he thought he ought to give him." 

(This construction is to be avoided, as the many relatives 
make the sentence heavy and inharmonious.) 



188 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



418, 419. 



CHAPTER IX. 



Prepositions. 



418. The commonest are : 



a, 

avant, 


at, to. 
before. 


contre, 
devant, 


against, 
before. 


dans, 


in. 


entre, 


between. 


en, 
de, 


in. 

of, from. 


malgre, 
par, 


in spite. 

by. 


depuis, 
derriere, 


since, 
behind. 


parmi, 
sans, 


among, 
without. 


pendant 


, during. 


sous, 


under. 


pour, 
pres de, 


for, to. 
near. 


sur, 
voici, 


on, upon, 
here is. 


vers, 


toward. 


voila, 


there is. 



Some of these play so important a part in the construc- 
tion of the language, that a special mention needs to be 
made here of their commonest meanings : 

. A. 

419. A is used : 

(a). To express movement towards, or presence in, a 
place (if that place is a city, a resort, a mountain, a river, 
or some American country). 

Ex. : Je vais a Paris, Je suis a Paris, " I go to, I am in 
Paris." 

Je vais aux eanx, " I go to a watering resort." 

II est an Mont Blanc, " He is at Mont Blanc." 

II est venu aux Etats-Unis. 

If the name of the place toivards which the movement 
is to be expressed is that of a continent, of a European 
country, the English " to " must be rendered by en. 



§§ 420, 421. PREPOSITIONS. 189 

Ex. : II vient en Amerique, " He comes to America." 

Nous allons en Asie, " We go to Asia." 

(b). Before a noun which modifies in its appearance or 
structure another preceding noun. 

Ex. : TJn monsieur a lunettes, " A gentleman with eye- 
glasses." 

Tin fauteuil a roulettes, " A roller arm-chair." 

(c). After the verb etre, whenever this could be trans- 
lated by "to belong to." 

Ex. : Ce livre est a mon frere, " That book is my 
brother's (i.e., belongs to my brother)." 

Nous sommes a vous dans un instant, " We are at your 
disposition in a minute." (Lit., " We belong to you in one 
instant.") 

(d). Before a number expressing the time of the day 
and the age of a person. 

Ex. : A trots heures, " At three o'clock." 

A quinze ans, "At fifteen years old." 

(e). With the meaning of "after the manner or fashion 
of." 

Ex. : A la parisienne, " After the Parisian fashion." 

Sauce a la maitre-d > hotel, " Sauce after the manner of a 
maitre-$ hotel." 

420. The preposition a is used, moreover, in the forma- 
tion of a very large number of idiomatic sentences, the 
meaning of which can only be learned by long practice in 
reading and conversation. (For the use of a with an infin- 
itive, cf. § 387.) 

DE. 

421. De is used 

(a). Before a noun which, in English, is — or could be — 
in the possessive case. 

Ex. : La maison de Jean, " John's house." 

Un abonnement d'un an, " A year's subscription." 



190 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. § 422. 

(b). After adverbs of quantity or any words expressing 
measure, amount, etc. 

Ex.: Plus de pommes, "More apples." 

TJn metre de to He, " A yard of cloth." 

Vne tasse de cafe, " A cup of coffee." 

TJne somme d' argent, " A sum of money." 

(c). Where the English would use "from." 

Ex. : Je viens de Paris, " I come from Paris." 

D'ou vient la lumiere du jour ? " Whence (from where) 
comes the light of day ? " 

(d). To mark separation. 

Ex. : II se separe de moi, " He separates himself from 
me." 

(e). Before nouns expressing the material that a thing is 
made of. (If this noun could, in English, be made the first 
part of a compound noun.) 

Ex.: TJn chapeau de paille, "A straw hat." (Lit., "A 
hat of straw.") 

TJne table de bois, "A wooden table." (Lit., "A table 
of wood.") 

Eor the use of de with an infinitive, cf. § 386. 

EN — DANS. 

422. En and dans have very much the same meaning; 
en (as well as dans, but without being followed by any 
article) is used to mark the place in which a person or 
thing is, especially if that place is a continent, a European 
country. Cf. § 419 (a). Yet, in these cases, dans is used 
when a more precise idea of limitation is to be given. 

Ex.: En chambre "occupying, renting a room." (Lit., 
"in room, i.e., rooming.") En France, " in France." 

Dans la chambre, " in the room " (we know the one room 
of which we speak). 



§§ 423-425. PREPOSITIONS. 191 

Dans la France, "in France" (i.e., in this one country 
perfectly limited, and in no other). 

423. Dans is always followed by some limiting word 
(the definite or indefinite articles, possessive adjectives, 
etc.), en is not. Hence the shade of meaning noted above. 

424. Here are a few of the special meanings of en : 
(a). En may serve to circumscribe a certain amount of 

time, in which case it is followed by a number. 

Ex. : En trois jours, " In three days." 

Dieu crea en six jours le ciel et la terre, " God created 
in six days heaven and earth." 

(Cf. Dans trots jours nous serons en hiver, "In three 
days it will be winter.") 

(b). En expresses sometimes the state of mind or health 
of a person. 

Ex. : II est en collre, " He is angry." 

II est en sante, " He is in (good) health." 

(c). En expresses also the state of things. 

Ex. : Ce livre est en bon etat, " That book is in good 
shape." 

Le verre est en morceaux, "The glass is (broken) into 
pieces." 

Les marronniers sont enfleurs, " The horse-chestnut trees 
are in blossom." 

(d). En may mean " as," " like," " in the manner of." 

Ex. : Mourir en brave, " To-die like a brave man." 

(e). En precedes sometimes a noun marking the occupa- 
tion that a person is engaged in. 

Ex. : Enprieres, "in prayer." 

425- As for other prepositions, their use corresponds — 
except in a few idiomatic sentences — to that of their Eng- 
lish equivalents. 



192 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. 



§426. 



CHAPTER X. 

Ad verbs — Conjunctions — Interjections. 







I. ADVERBS. 




426. As to 


their 


meaning, adverbs are divided as 


follows : 












dedans, 


inside, indoors. 






dehors, 


outside, outdoors. 






ailleurs, 


elsewhere. 






dessous, 


underneath. 


Adverbs of place, 




dessus, 


over, above. 






loin, 


far. 






pres, 


near. 






y. 


here, there. 






en, 


from here, from there, 






etc. 








tantot, 


presently, soon. 






souvent, 


often. 


Adverbs of time, 


■ 


jadis, 

etc. 


of old, formerly, 






^uere, 


scarcely. 


Adverbs of quantity, 


si, 


so, as. 






tant, 


so much, so many, 






etc. 





(assure'ment, assuredly. 
certainement, certainly, 
certes, indeed, 

etc. 
f nullement, in no wise. 

Adverbs of negation, j ne . . . pas, not, 



Adverbs of order, 



etc. 

d'abord, at first, first, 

ensuite, afterwards, then. 

premierement, firstly. 
secondement, secondly, 

etc. 



§§427,428. ADVERBS. 193 



Adverbs of manner, 



'bien, well. 

mal, badly, 

agre'ablement, agreeably. 

Isimplement, simply, 
etc. 



427- The adverbs plus, moins, aidant, tantot, used in 
successive clauses, are to be translated as follows : 

Plus on a, plus on veut avoir, " The more one has, the 
more he wants." 

Moins on fait, moins on veut fair e, " The less one does, 
the less he wants to do." 

Autant Von gagne, autant Von depense, " As one gains, 
so he spends. 

Tantot il rit, tantot il pleure, "Now he laughs, now he 
cries." 

428. The number of adverbs belonging to the last two 
classes (i.e., adverbs of order and of manner) is limited 
only by that of the adjectives expressing these ideas. For, 
in fact, adverbs can be made from a great many adjectives 
in the following way : 

(a). By adding ment to the feminine of those adjectives. 

Ex. : Grand, " large"; feminine, grande; adverb, grande- 
ment 

Heurenx, '• happy" ; fern., heureuse; adverb, heureusement. 

Doax, " sweet " ; feminine, douce : adverb, doucement. 

(b). When adjectives have a masculine form ending in a 
vowel (but not in eau nor in ou), such as joli, vrai, hardi, 
absolu, the corresponding adverbs are formed by adding 
ment to the masculine form of the adjectives. 

Ex.: Vraiment, joliment, hardiment, aJjsolument. 

(c). If the adjectives end in ant or ent, the correspond- 
ing adverbs are formed by changing these endings into 
amment and eminent respectively. 

Ex. : Savant, savamment ; frequent, fvequemment. 



194 ELEMENTS OF FRENCH. §§ 429-435. 

COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 

429- Adverbs, as well as adjectives, have three degrees 
of comparison. Their comparative and superlative degrees 
are formed as those of the adjectives, with the exception of 
bien and trial, whose comparatives and superlatives are re- 
spectively : mieux, le mieux, and pis, le pis. (Cf . § 84 ff.) 

430. Ne . . . que means " only," " but " ; ne . . . plus 
means " not any more," or " no more." 

Ex. : Je rtai que deux livres, "I have only two books." 
Je rtaiplus de livres, "I haven't any books any longer." 
M. Cleveland rt est plus president, "Mr. Cleveland isn't 
president any longer." 

II. CONJUNCTIONS. 

431. There are two classes of conjunctions; those of 
"co-ordination," which join together two words or inde- 
pendent sentences, and those of " subordination," which 
join a subordinate to a principal clause. 

432. Conjunctions of co-ordination are: et, "and"; ou, 
" or " ; ni, " neither " ; mais, " but " ; or, " now " ; car, " for " ; 
done, "therefore, then"; soit . . . soit "whether . . . or." 

433. Conjunctions of subordination are: que, "that"; 
si, " if, Avhether " ; comme, " as " ; quand, " when " ; and their 
compounds, as quoique, bien que, comme si, etc. 

434. Que is often used to avoid the repetition of a 
preceding conjunction. 

Ex.: S'U fait beau, et que vous veniez, "If it is good 
weather, and you come." (Subjunctive follows que= si.) 

Quand on est riche, et qxCon vent fa ire le bien, "When 
one is rich, and is willing to do good." 

435. Que must always be expressed when the English 
" that " is understood. 

Ex. : Je pense que votre ami est arrive, "I believe [that] 
your friend lias come." 



§§ 436-440. INTERJECTIONS. 195 

436. Si meaning " if " must always be followed by a 
verb in the present, imperfect, or pluperfect indicative (cf. 
§ 218) ; but when si means " whether," the verb which fol- 
lows can be in any tense. 

Ex. : Si vous alliez a Paris, vous verrlez le Louvre, mais 
vous ne savez pas si vous irez, "If you should go to Paris, 
you would see the Louvre, but you do not know whether 
you will goP 

437. Note the meaning of the conjunctions et, ni, soit, 
ok, when repeated : 

Et le pere et le fits sont morts de desespolr, " Both the 
father and the son died from despair." 

NiVor ni la grandeur ne nous rendent heureux, " Neither 
gold nor grandeur makes happiness." 

Soit Vun, soit V autre, "Whether the one or the other." 

C'est ou vous, ou moi, " It is either you or I." 

III. INTERJECTIONS. 

438. The commonest are : 

ah ! bon ! ah ! good ! fi ! f i done ! fie ! for shame ! 

he" ! ho ! hey ! hi ! ho ! hola ! hello ! 

ah ! eh ! oh ! ah ! eh ! oh ! chut ! paix ! hush ! quiet ! 

439. To these we might add a very large number of 
words used as interjections, although pertaining to other 
parts of speech, for instance : 

allons ! courage ! ferme ! mon Dieu ! 

440. This last class of interjections, if translated liter- 
ally, would oftentimes have, in English, a meaning very dif- 
ferent from that which they have in French (their meaning 
could, in English, be either stronger, profane, or even blas- 
phemous). When found in reading, the general sense of 
the sentence will guide the student as to what the idiomatic 
meaning of these words is. 



VOCABULAKIES. 



French -English. 



ABBREVIATIONS. 



adj. = adjective. 

adv. = adverb. 

adv. pron. = adverbial pronoun. 

art. = article ; art.contr. = contracted 

article, 
comp. = comparative. 
conj. = conjunction. 
f . and f .n. = feminine noun. 
im = impersonal, 
interj. = interjection. 
m. and m. n. = masculine noun. 
m. f . = noun of botb genders. 

Note. — In order to give as extended vocabularies as possible in a limited space, all 
words similar in the two languages (such as those ending in tion, tor, ic, etc.) have been 
given only in the French-English vocabulary. 



nu. = numeral. 

p. p. = past participle. 

pi., plur. = plural. 

poss. = possessive. 

prep. = preposition. 

pron. = pronoun. 

v. a. = transitive verb. 

v. n. = intransitive verb. 

v. a. n. =verb generally transitive, 

sometimes used intransitively. 
v. n. a. = contrary to precedent. 



a, prep., at, toward, to, in. 

abaisser, v. a., lower. 

abonnement, m., subscription. 

abord (d'), loc, at first. 

abreuver, v.a., water (an animal), soak 

absolu, adj., absolute. 

absolument, adv., absolutely. 

absous, p. p of absoudre, to absolve. 

acade~mie, f., academy. 

accent, m., accent, tune, song, voice. 

accepter, v. a., accept. 

accourir, v. n., hasten, come in haste. 

accusateur, m., accuser. 

acheter, v. a., buy. 



acqu€rir, v. a., acquire. 
adieu, m., adieu, good-by. 
admettre, v. a., admit. 
administration, f., administration. 
administrate, adj., administrative. 
administrer, v. a., administer. 
admirable, adj., admirable. 
admirer, v. a., admire. 
adoucir, v. a., soften. 
adresser, v. a., address. 
adversity, f., adversity. 
affaire, f., business, question. 
afin (que), adv., so that. 
age, m., age, 
197 



198 



VOCABULARIES. 



agir, v. n., act 

agonie, f., agony; etre a l'agonie, to 
be dying. 

agre"ablement, adv., agreeably. 

agreer, v. a., accept. 

ah, inter j., ah. 

aide, m., helper, f., help. 

aider, v. a., help. 

a'ieul, in., grandparent; a'ieux, pi., an- 
cestors. 

aigu, adj., acute. 

aile, f., wing. 

ailleurs, adv., elsewhere. 

aimable, adj., hind, amiable, lovely. 

aimer, v. a., love, like. 

ain£, adj., elder. 

ainsi, adv., thus, so. 

air, m., air, mien. 

allemand, adj., German. 

aller, v. n.,gro, run (in speaking of a 
train, etc.) ; s'en aller, to go away, 

allons (imperat. of preceding), let us 
go; come; well; agreed. 

alors, adv., then. 

alphabet, m., alphabet. 

altier, adj., haughty. 

amabilit6, f., kindness, amiability. 

amasser, v. a., gather, collect 

ambigu, adj., ambiguous. 

ame, f., soul. 

am£liorer, v. a., improve. 

amener, v. a., lead, bring. 

ami, m., friend, amie, f., lady friend. 

amiti£, f., friendship; amities, (pi.), 
regards. 

amour, m., love. 

amuser, v. a., amuse, divert ; s'amu- 
ser, to enjoy one's self. 

an, m., year. 

ancien, adj., former, ancient old. 

ane, m., donkey. 

anglais, adj., English, Englishman. 

animal, m., animal. 

anneau, m., ring. 

annee, f., year. 

annexer, v. a., annex. 

annexion, f., annexation. 

anniversaire, in., anniversary, birth- 
day. 

annulaire, m., ring-finger. 

anticiper, v. a. a., anticipate, forestall. 



antique, adj., antique, ancient, former. 
aout, m., August 
apercevoir, v. a., perceive. 
appartement, m., apartment. 
appartenir, v. n., belong to. 
appeler, v. a., call. 
applaudissement, m., applause, 

cheers. 
appliquer, v. a.., apply; s'appliquer 

a, to apply one's self to. 
apporter, v. a., bring. 
apprendre, v. a., learn. 
approcher, v. a., bring near; s'appro- 

cher, get near, approach. 
apres, prep., after; apres-demain, 

day after to-morrow. 
aquarium, ni., aquarium. 
arbre, m., tree. 

arc, m., bow ; arc-en-ciel, rainbow. 
argent, m., silver, money. 
arithm^tique, f., arithmetic. 
arme, f., arm, weapon. 
armer, v. a., arm; s'armer, take up 

arms. 
arreter, v. a., stop; s'arreter, stop. 
arriver, v. n., arrive. 
arrondissement, m., district, ward. 
artiste, ni. f., artist. 
asphalte, m., asphalt. 
aspirer, v. n., aspire. 
assemblee, f., assembly. 
assembler, v. a., assemble; s'assem- 

bler, come together, assemble. 
asseoir (s'), sit, sit down. 
assez, adv., enough. 
assidu, adj., assiduous, faithful. 
assimiler, v. a., assimilate. 
assister, v. a., assist ; v. n., attend. 
assurance, f., assurance, insurance. 
assur^ment, adv., assuredly. 
attendre, v. a., wait (for), expect; 

s'attendre a, expect. 
attirer, v. a., attract. 
au, aux, art. contr. (cf. § 12). 
aucun, pron., none. 
aujourd'hui, adv., to-day, nowadays. 
auparavant, adv., previously, before. 
aussi, adv., also, as. 
aussitot, adv., as soon ; aussitot que, 

conj., as soon as. 
autant, adv., as much, as many. 



FREXCH-EXGLISH. 



199 



auteur, m., author. 
automne, m., autumn. 
autre, prou., other. 
autrefois, adv., formerly, of old. 
autrui, pron., other people, others 

than one's self. 
avancer, v. a. n., advance, go forward, 

bring or put forward or forth. 
avant, prep. , before ; avant-hier, day 

before yesterday. 
avec, prep., with, by. 
avenir, m., future. 
avertir, v. a. , inform, warn. 
avoir, v. a., have. 
avril, m., April. 



bachelier, m., bachelor. 

bague, f., ring. 

bailler, v. n., yawn. 

bal, m., ball. 

banc, m., bench. 

bandeau, in., band, bandage. 

barreau, m., bar. 

bataille, f., battle. 

bataillon, m., battalion. 

bateau, in., boat; a roues, side 

wheeler ; a helice, screw steam- 
er ; a voiles, sailing-vessel ; 

a vapeur, steamer. 

batir, t. a., build. 

baton, m., stick. 

battre, v. a., beat ; se battre, fight. 

baudet, m., donkey. 

beau, belle, adj., beautiful, handsome 
(beau-frere, belle-mere, etc., cf. 
§§ 209, 339). 

beaucoup, adv., much, many. 

beaute", f., beauty. 

benin, adj., benign. 

benir, v. a., bless. 

besoin, m., need. 

bestiaux, m. pi. (see betail). 

betail, m., cattle ; pi. bestiaux. 

bete, f. , beast, animal. 

beurre, m., butter. 

bien, adv., well ; n. m., the good or 
goods; bien que, although. 

bientot, adv., very soon, soon. 

biere, f., beer. 

bigot, adj., bigoted ; n. m., bigot. 



bijou, m., jewel. 

billet, m., ticket, note. 

bissextile (anne"e-), leap-year. 

blanc, adj., white. 

ble", m., wheat. 

bleu, adj., blue. 

boire, v. a., drink. 

bois, m., wood, grove. 

boite, f., box ; boite aux lettres, let- 
ter-box. 

bon, interj., good! well ! 

bon, iuterj., good. 

bonheur, m., happiness. 

bord, ni., edge; a bord, on board. 

borner, v. a., limit. 

bottine, f., boot, shoe. 

bouche, f., mouth. 

boucher, m., butcher. 

boussole, f., compass. 

bouteille, f., bottle. 

bras, rn., arm. 

brave, adj., brave, good, honest. 

bref, adj., short, brief. 

bride, f., bridle. 

brillant, adj., brilliant, shining. 

brosser, v. a., brush. 

bruit, m., noise. 

bruler, v. a., burn. 

bureau, m., office; bureau de tabac, 
tobacco-store. 

C. 

pa, that. 

cabine, f., cabin. 

eafe\ m., coffee, cafe. 

caillou, m., pebble. 

caniarade, m. f., comrade. 

campagne, f., country (as opposed to 

city), 
canari, m., canary-bird. 
canif , iu., penknife. 
canton, m., canton, sub-district. 
capitaine, m., captain. 
capitale, f., capital. 
capitulation, f., capitulation. 
caprice, m., caprice, fancy. 
car, conj., for. 
caractere, m., character. 
caracteriser, v. a., characterise. 
cardinal, adj., cardinal. 
carnaval, m., carnival. 



200 



VOCABULARIES. 



carriere, f., career. 

casquette, f., cap. 

casser, v. a., break. 

cause, f., cause, reason. 

cave, f., cellar. 

ce, adj. andpron., this, that ; ceci, this; 
cela, that (ces, cet, cette, etc. cf. 
§§ 27, 360, 361). 

cSdille, f., cedilla. 

celebre, adj., celebrated, famous. 

celle (see celui). 

celui, celle, pron., this or that one (cf. 
§§ 358, 359). 

cent, nu., hundred, one hundred. 

cercueil, m., coffin. 

certain, adj., certain. 

certainement, adv., certainly. 

certes, adv., indeed, assuredly. 

ceux (cf . celui). 

chacal, m., jackal. 

chacun, pron. , every one, each. 

chaise, f., chair. 

chaleur, f., heat. 

chambre, f ., room ; chambre des de- 
putes, chamber of deputies in Paris ; 
chambre a coucher, bedroom. 

champ, m., field. 

chanson, f., song. 

chant, m., song. 

chanter, v. a., sing. 

chapeau, m., hat. 

chapelain, m., chaplain. 

chaque, adj., each. 

charbon, m., coal. 

charite", f., charity. 

charme, m., charm. 

charme, (p. p. of charmer), charmed. 

chasse, f., hunt, chase. 

chat, m., cat. 

chateau, m., castle. 

chaud, adj., warm. 

chauffer, v. a., warm or heat; se 
chauffer, to warm one's self. 

chef, m. , chief ; chef de gare, station- 
master; chef-d'oeuvre, masterpiece. 

chemin, m., road, way; chemin de 
fer, railroad. 

chemine"e, f., chimney, fireplace. 

cher, adj., dear, expensive. 

chercher, v. a., holt for, seek ; cher- 
cher a, try to. 



che"ri, adj., cherished, dear. 

cheval, m., horse. 

chez, prep., at or to the house (home) 

or store of (cf . § 100). 
chien, m., dog; chien-courant, hound; 

chien-loup (cf. § 321). 
chose, f., thing; quelque chose, 

something. 
chou, m., cabbage. 
christianisme, m., Christianity. 
chut, iuterj., hush. 
chute, f., fall. 
ci, adv., here. 
ciel, m., sky, heaven, canopy; cieux 

(poet. pi.), 
cinq, nu., five. 
cinquante, nu., fifty. 
cinquieme, nu., fifth. 
circonflexe, adj., circumflex. 
circonstance, f., circumstance. 
circuler, v. n., circulate. 
citoyen, m., citizen. 
clair, adj., clear; m. clair de lune, 

moonlight. 
clarte, f., clearness. 
clef, f. (also cle"), key. 
clocher, m., spire, cupola. 
clou, m., nail. 
cocher, m., coachman. 
cochon, m., pig. 
cceur, m., heart. 
coffre, m., coffer; coff re-fort, safe 

(cf. § 321). 
cohorte, f., cohort. 
COi, adj., snug. 
col, m., collar. 
colere, f., anger. 
college, m., college. 
collegue, m., colleague. 
colhne, f., hill. 

colore (p. p. of colorer), colored, bril- 
liant. 
combattre, v. a., fight. 
combien, adv., how much (or many). 
combinaison, f., combination. 
com^die, f., comedy. 
commander, v. a., command, order. 
comme, couj. and adv., as, like, as 

well as. 
commencer, v. a., begin. 
comment, adv., how. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH. 



201 



commissionnaire, m., messenger. 

commune, f., township. 

compagne, f., companion. 

compagnie, f., company. 

compagnon, m., companion. 

comparaison, f., comparison. 

comparatif, adj., comparative. 

compatriote, m. f., compatriot, coun- 
tryman. 

complet, adj., complete. 

complice, m., accomplice. 

compliment, m., compliment. 

complimenteur, m., flatterer. 

composer, v. a., compose. 

comprendre, v. a., comprehend, under- 
stand. 

compte, m., account, bill. 

compter, v. a., count. 

comte, m., count. 

concevoir, v. a., conceive. 

concret, adj., concrete. 

conducteur, m., conductor. 

conduire, v. a., lead, conduct. 

confesseur, m., confessor. 

confession, f., confession. 

conjurer, v. a. n., conspire, conjure. 

connaitre, v. a., know, be acquainted 
with. 

conseil, m., advice, council. 

conserver, v. a., preserve. 

considerer, v. a., consider. 

consoler, v. a., console. 

consternation, f., consternation. 

consterner, v. a., dismay, strike with 
consternation. 

constitution, f., constitution. 

constitutionnel, adj., constitutional. 

consulat, m., consulate. 

conte, m., story, tale. 

contemporain, adj., contemporaneous, 
contemporary. 

content, adj., content, glad. 

contentement, m., contentment, satis- 
faction. 

continuity, f., continuity. 

contraire, adj., contrary. 

contre, prep., against; contre-projet 
(cf. § 321). 

convaincant, adj., convincing. 

convenir, v. n., behoove. 

convention, f., convention. 



coquet, adj., coquettish. 
cordial, adj., cordial. 
cordialement, adv., cordially. 
cordonnier, ra., shoemaker. 
correspondance, f., correspondence. 
corridor, m., corridor, hall. 
corriger, v. a., correct, chastise; se 

corriger, to reform. 
corrupteur, m., corrupter. 
cote", m., side ; a cote de, by the side 

of. 
cote, f., rib. 
coucher, v. a., lay down ; se coucher, 

lie down, retire. 
coudre, v. a., sew. 
couleur, f., color. 
coup, in., stroke, blow; coup d'6tat, 

coup-d'etat, unexpected state measure. 
couper, v. a., cut. 

courage, m., courage ; interj., courage. 
couramment, adv., fluently. 
courir, v. n. a., run; run after. 
cousin, m., cousin. 
couteau, m., knife. 
couter, v. n., cost. 
couvee, f., brood. 
couvert (p. p. of couvrir). 
couvrir, v. a. cover. 
craie, f., chalk. 
craindre, v. a., fear. 
crayon, m., pencil. 
creation, f., creation. 
creer, v. a., create. 
creme, f., cream. 
cri, m., cry. 

critique, m., critic; f., criticism. 
critiquer, v. a., criticise. 
croire, v. a., believe. 
croix, f., cross. 
cru (p. p. of croire). 
cruel, adj., cruel. 
cueillir, v. a., pick. 
cuiller (or euillere), spoon. 
cuisine, f., kitchen. 
cuisinier, m., cuisiniere, f., cook. 
curieux, adj., curious. 
czar (also tsar), m., czar. 

D. 

dame, f., lady. 
dangereux, adj., dangerous. 



202 



VOCABULARIES. 



danois, adj., Danish, Dane. 

dans, prep., in, into. 

danser, v. n. a., dance. 

date, f., date. 

davantage, adv., mote, still more. 

de, prep., of, from, out of, etc. 

de"buter, v. n. a., begin, make a 
"debut." 

decembre, m., December. 

decevoir, v. a., deceive. 

dechirer, v. a., tear. 

decider, v. a., decide ; se decider a, 
resolve, come to a decision. 

decision, f., decision. 

declamer, v. a. n., declaim, recite. 

decouvrir, v. a., uncover, discover, show 
up. 

dedans, adv., inside of, within, indoors. 

defendre, v. a. n., forbid, ward off. 

defenseur, m. ( defender. 

dehors, adv., without, outdoors. 

deja, adv., already. 

dejeuner, v. n., breakfast. 

dejeuner, m., breakfast. 

demain, adv., to-morrow. 

demander, v. a., ask, demand. 

demeure, f., dwelling, home. 

demeurer, v. n., to live, dwell, reside, 
remain. 

demi, adj., half. 

democratic, f., democracy. 

demoiselle, f., young lady. 

de"parternent, m., department. 

depenser, v. a., spend. 

deplorer, v. a., deplore, lament. 

depuis, prep., since, from. 

depute", in., representative, congress- 
man. 

dernier, adj., last, latter. 

derriere, prep., behind. 

des, art. contr., of the, from the, etc. 

descendre, v. n., descend, go or come 
down. 

description, f., description. 

desespoir, m., despair. 

d^sirer, v. a., wish, desire. 

despote, m., despot. 

dessous, prep., under, beneath, under- 
neath. 

dessus, prep., above, over. 

destined, f., destiny. 



destiner, v. a., destine. 

detail, m., detail, retail. 

detruire, v. a., destroy. 

deux, nu., two. 

deuxieme, nu., second. 

devant, prep, aud adv., before, in front 
of. 

devenir, v. n., become. 

devoir, m., duty. 

devoir, v. a., owe. 

deVot, adj., devout. 

devouer, v. a., devote. 

diametre, m., diameter. 

dictionnaire, in., dictionary. 

diete, f., diet, low diet. 

Dieu, m., God. 

difference, f., difference. 

different, adj., different. 

difficile, adj., difficult. 

difficilement, adv., hardly, with diffi- 
culty. 

dilettante, (pi. dilettanti), m., di- 
lettante. 

diligence, f., diligence ; stage-coach. 

diligent, adj., diligent, industrious. 

dimanche, m., Sunday. 

diner, v. n., dine, take dinner. 

dire, v. a., say, tell. 

directeur, m., director. 

directoire, in., directory. 

discours, ni., discourse. 

discret, adj.. discreet. 

dispenser, v. a., dispense, excuse. 

disposer, v. a. n., dispose, arrange; se 
disposer a, get ready to. 

dissous, adj., dissolved, melted (also 
p. p. of dissoudre, dissolve). 

divergent, adj., divergent. 

divin, adj., divine. 

diviser, v. a., divide. 

dix, nu., ten. 

dix-huit, nu., eighteen; dix-neuf, 
nineteen, etc. 

dixieme, nu., tenth. 

docteur, m., doctor. 

doigt, in., finger. 

domestique, in. f., servant. 

done, ail v., therefore, then, etc. (cf. 
§ 161). 

donner, v. a., give. 

dont, pron.| uf whom, from whom (of. 
§ 3G7). 



FRENCH-ENGLISH. 



203 



dormir, v. n., 
dos, m., back. 
doucement, adv., softly, sweetly, 

slowly. 
doux, adj., sweet, tender. 
douze, nu., twelve. 
douzieme, nu., twelfth. 
dramatique, adj., dramatic. 
drap, m., cloth. 
drapeau, m.,flag. 
du, art. contr., some. 
duchesse, f., duchess. 
dur6e, f ., duration. 
durer, v. n., last. 

E. 

eau, f., water; pi., watering resort. 

6bene, m., ebony. 

Sclater, v. n., burst forth; e"clater, 

de rire, burst out laughing. 
eclore, v. n., open, bud, hatch. 
ecole, f., school. 
ecolier, m., pupil, scholar. 
ecouter, v. a., listen. 
ecrire, v. a., write. 
£crivain, m., writer. 
Edifice, m., edifice. 
ef facer, v. a., efface, erase. 
effort, m., effort. 
effrayer, v. a., frighten. 
egal, adj., equal. 
egalement, adv., equally. 
ggaler, v. a., equal. 
e"glise, f., church. 
e"gorger, v. a., slaughter, slay, cut the 

throat of. 
eh, inter j., eh. 
elegance, f., elegance. 
elegant, adj., elegant. 
eleve", adj., high, expensive; bien 

eleve, well bred; mal eleve\ /// 

bred. 
eleve, m., pupil, scholar. 
elire, v. a., elect. 
elle, pron., she ; elle-meme, herself; 

elles-memes, themselves. 
embarquer, v. a., embark; s'em- 

barquer, embark, sail. 
empecher, v. a., prevent; s'em- 

pecher de, forbear, refrain, keep 

from. 



empereur, m., emperor. 

empire, m., empire. 

employe, m., employee. 

empress^, adj., earnest, eager, sincere, 

best. 
6mu, adj., moved, of emotion. 
en, adv. pron., some, of it, from here 

or there, in the manner of, etc. 
en, prep., in, by, at, into, etc. 
enchainer, v. a. , chain, shackle, fetter. 
enclianteur, m., enchanter. 
encombrer, v. a., obstruct, block up, 

crowd. 
encore, adv., still, yet. 
encre, f., ink. 
endroit, m., place. 
enfant, m. f ., child. 
enfin, adv., finally, but, at last. 
ennemi, m., enemy. 
ennuyer, v. a., bore ; s'ennuyer, to 

be bored. 
enrichir, v. a., enrich. 
ensemble, adv., together. 
ensuite, adv., afterwards, then. 
entendre, v. a., hear; s'entendre 

avec, to get along with. 
enteter (s') to be bent upon. 
entier, adj., whole, entire. 
entourer, v. a., surround. 
entrave, 1, shackle. 
entre, prep., between. 
entrer, v. n., enter. 
environ, adv., about; m. pi., environs. 
environner, v. a., surround. 
envoyer, v. a., send. 
epais, adj., thick. 
epargner, v. a., spare. 
epeler, v. a., spell. 
ephemere, adj., ephemeral. 
epicier, m., grocer. 
epigramme, f., epigram. 
e pique, adj., epic. 
epitre, f., epistle. 
epoque, f ., epoch. 
epouvanter, v. a., terrorize. 
equivalent, adj., equivalent. 
esclavage, m., slavery. 
esclave, m. f., slave. 
espagnol, adj., Spanish. 
esperance, f ., hope. 
esperer, v. a., hope. 



204 



VOCABULARIES. 



espoir, m., hope. 

esprit, in., wit, spirit. 

essentiellement, adv., essentially. 

est, m., east. 

et, conj., and; et . . . et, both . . . 
and. 

£tablir, v. a., establish. 

£tablissement, in., establishment, in- 
stitution. 

etat, m., state. 

6t§, m., summer. 

6tendard, m., standard, flag, banner. 

6tonner, v. a., astonish, surprise ; s'6- 
tonner, wonder, be surprised. 

etre, v., aux., be; m., being. 

etude, f., study. 

e"tudier, v. a., study. 

eux, pron., they, them; eux-memes, 
themselves. 

6ventail, m., fan. 

eviter, v. a., avoid. 

excellent, adj., excellent. 

exceller, v. n., excel. 

exciter, v. a., excite. 

executeur, m., executor. 

executif, adj., executive. 

execution, f., execution. 

exemple, in., example. 

exercer, v. a., exercise, exert, drill. 

exercice, ni., exercise. 

exiger, v. a., exact, demand. 

expirer, v. n., expire. 

exposition, f., exposition. 

express, m., express train. 

expression, f., expression. 

exprimer, v. a., express. 

extravagant, adj., extravagant. 

F. 

fable, f ., fable. 

fabricant, m., manufacturer. 

fabuliste, m., fabulist. 

face, f., face ; en face de, opposite. 

fache\ adj., sorry, angry. 

facher, v. a., make angry ; se facher, 

get angry. 
facile, adj., easy. 
facilement, adv., easily. 
facility, f., facility, ease. 
fa9on, f., way, manner. 
facteur, m., postman. 



faculte, f., faculty. 

faible, adj.,/ee6/e, weak. 

faiblir, v. n., weaken. 

faim, f., hunger. 

faire, v. a., do, make; faire la cui- 
sine, cook; f aire = be (of the 
weather). Cf . § 145. 

falloir, v. n. iin., to be necessary. 

famille, f ., family. 

fardeau, m., burden. 

fatigant, adj., fatiguing. 

fatigu§, adj., tired. 

faubourg, m., suburb. 

faut (il) (see falloir, in list of irreg. 
verbs). 

fauteuil, m., armchair. 

faux, adj. (1, fausse), false. 

favori, adj., favorite. 

fe"cond, adj., fecund, fruitful. 

f6condite\, f ., fecundity. 

femme, f., woman, wife. 

fermer, v. a., close, shut. 

fer, m., iron. 

fermet6, f., firmness. 

f£roce, adj., ferocious. 

fete, I., fete, feast. 

feu, m., fire. 

feu, adj., late, deceased. 

feuille, f., leaf. 

f£vrier, m., February. 

fi, interj., fie. 

fier, adj., proud. 

fil, in., thread ; toile de fil, linen. 

fille, f., daughter, girl; jeune fille, 
girl. 

fils, m., son. 

fin, f., end. 

financier, m., financier. 

finir, v. a., finish, end. 

fixe, adj., fix, steady. 

fixer, v. a., fix, establish, settle. 

fleur, f., flower. 

flot, m., wave. 

foi, f ., faith. 

foin, m., hay. 

fois, f., time ; une fois, once. 

force, f., strength; a force de, by 
much, by repeated, from continually. 

f oret, f . , forest. 

forger, v. a., forge. 

forgeron, ni., blacksmith. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH. 



205 



forme, f., form. 

fort, adj., strong. 

fortune, f ., fortune. 

fou, adj., crazy, lunatic (f., folle). 

foule, f., crowd, 

fourchette, f ., fork. 

foyer, m., hearth, home. 

frais, adj., fresh, cool (f., fraiche). 

f raise, f., strawberry. 

francais, adj., French. 

frein, m., bit, check. 

frele, adj.,/ra/7. 

fre"quemment, adv., frequently. 

frequent, adj., frequent. 

frere, m., brother; beau-frere, 

brother-in-law. 
froid, m., cold ; adj., cold. 
fromage, m., cheese. 
front, ra., forehead, brow. 
fruit, m., fruit. 
fuir, t. n. a., flee, shun. 
f umer, v. a. , smoke. 
fumoir, m., smoking-room. 
fureur, f.,fury. 
fusilier, v. a., shoot (with a gun). 

G. 

gagner, v. a., gain, earn, win. 

galerie, f., gallery. 

gant, m., gloue. 

garcon, m., boy, waiter. 

gare, f., station. 

gater, v. a., spoil. 

gauche, adj., left. 

gaulois, adj., Gaul. 

gaz, m., gas. 

geler, v. n. a., freeze. 

general, m., general. 

ge"neralement, adv., generally. 

ge'ne'reux, adj., generous. 

genie, m., genius. 

genou, m., knee. 

genre, m., gender, kind. 

gens, m. f. pi., people ; jeunes gens, 

young people, youth. 
geste, m. , gesture. 
gigot, m., leg of mutton, hind leg. 
gilet, m., vest, waistcoat. 
glace, f., ice. 
gloire, 1, glory; se faire gloire, 

boast. 



golfe, m., gulf. 

gouffe, m., abyss. 

gouvernail, m., rudder. 

gourerner, v. a., govern. 

grace, f., grace. 

grand, adj., great, large, tall. 

grandement, adv., grandly, greatly. 

grandeur, f., grandeur, greatness. 

grand-mere, f., grandmother. 

grand-pere, m., grandfather. 

graver, v. a., engrave. 

grec, adj., Greek. 

grele, f., hail, hail -storm. 

grele, adj., slim, frail. 

grenier, m., attic, granary. 

gril, m., gridiron. 

grimper, v. n., climb. 

gris, adj., gray. 

grognon, adj., grumbling ; m. n., 

grumbler. 
gronder, v. a., scold. 
gros, adj., big. 

guere, adv., hardly (with ne . . . ). 
guerre, f., war. 
guerrier, m., warrior. 
gue"rir, v. a., cure. 
guide, m., guide; f., rein. 



habile, adj., clever, capable. 

habilet^, f., ability, skill. 

habiller, v. a., dress ; s'habiller, dress 

(one's self), 
habit, m., dress, coat. 
habituel, adj., habitual. 
habituer, v. a., habituate ; s'habi- 

tuer, become accustomed. 
hardi, adj., bold, brave. 
hardiment, adv., boldly, bravely. 
harmonieux, adj., harmonious. 
hasard, m., hazard; par hasard, by 

chance. 
haut, adj., high; parler haut, speak 

loud. 
he, inter j., hey. 

helice, f., helix, screw (of steamer), 
heroine, f., heroine. 
hero'isme, m., heroism. 
he"ron, m., heron. 
heros, m., hero- 



206 



VOCABULARIES. 



heure, f., hour; de bonne heure, 

early. 
heureusement, adv., happily. 
heureux, adj., happy (cf. § 210). 
hibou, m., owl. 
hier, adv., yesterday. 
hirondelle, f., swallow. 
histoire, £., history. 
historique, adj., historical. 
hiver, in., winter. 
ho, iiiterj., hi, ho. 
hola, inter j., hallo. 
hollandais, adj., Dutch. 
homrne, m., man. 
honneur, m., honor. 
honorer, v. a., honor. 
honte, f., shame. 
honteux, adj., ashamed. 
hopital, m., hospital. 
horde, f., horde. 
hote, m., host, guest. 
hotel, m., hotel. 
huile, f., oil. 
huit, nu., eight. 
huitieme, nu., eighth. 
hypocrite, adj., hypocritical ; n. m., 

hypocrite. 

I. 

ici, adv., here. 
ideal, adj., and n. m., ideal. 
id§e, f., idea. 
idiot, adj. and n., idiot. 
ignoble, adj., ignoble. 
ignorant, adj., ignorant. 
il, pron., he. 
illustre, adj., illustrious. 
ils, pi. of /'/. 
image, f., image. 
imagination, f., imagination. 
imitation, f., imitation. 
imiter, v. a., imitate. 
impie, adj., impious. 
important, adj., important 
importer, v. n., be important 
impossible, adj., impossible. 
imprevu, adj., unforeseen. 
impur, adj., impure. 
inamovible, adj., irremovable, perma- 
nent. 
inanity, f., inanity, emptiness. 



incliner, v. a. n., incline, bend; in- 

cliner, a. , be inclined to. 
incomparable, adj., incomparable. 
inconnu, adj., unknown. 
incroyable, adj., incredible. 
index, in., index-finger. 
indiquer, v. a., indicate, show. 
indisposition, f., indisposition. 
inepuisable, adj., inexhaustible. 
inferieur, adj., inferior. 
influence, f., influence. 
inimitable, adj., inimitable. 
inquiet, adj., uneasy. 
insister, v. n., insist. 
inspecteur, m., inspector. 
instant, m., instant. 
instruction, f., instruction. 
instruire, v. a., instruct, educate. 
intituler, v. a., entitle. 
inventer, v. a., invent 
inventeur, m.,- inventor. 
invention, f., invention. 
invitation, f., invitation. 
irreprochable, adj., irreproachable. 
italien, adj., Italian. 

J. 

jadis, adv., of old, formerly. 

jaloux, adj., jealous. 

jamais, adv., never. 

jambe, f., leg. 

Janvier, m., January. 

jardin, m., garden. 

jardinier, in., gardener. 

jaune, adj., yellow. 

je, pron., /. 

jeter, v. a., throw. 

jeudi, m., Thursday. 

jeun (a), adv., fasting, with an empty 

stomach. 
jeune, adj., young; jeunes gens, 

young people; jeune fille, girl. 
joli, adj., pretty. 

joliment, adv., prettily ; a great deal. 
jouer, v. a., play. 
jouet, nu, plaything. 
joug, in., yoke. 
jouir, v. n., enjoy. 
joujou, in., plaything, toy. 
jour, in., day. 
journal, in., newspaper, journal. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH. 



207 



juge, m., judge. 

juger, v. a., judge. 

juillet, m. , July. 

juin, m., June. 

jusque, adv., as far as, until, up to; 

jusqu'a ce que, until that. 
juste, adj., just. 
justice, f., justice. 



la, adv., there; la-bas, yonder. 

la, art. 1, the. 

la, pron., her, it. 

laid, adj., homely, ugly. 

laisser, v. a., leave; laissez-passer, 

in., pass. 
lait, m., milk. 
lampe, f., lamp. 
langue, f., tongue, language. 
lasser, v. a., tire, weary. 
laver, v. a., wash ; se laver, wash. 
le, art. m., the ; pron., him, it. 
lecon, f., lesson. 
leger, adj., light. 
legislatif, adj., legislative. 
legume, m., vegetable. 
lentement, adv., slowly. 
lequel, pron. m., which, what (cf. §§ 

362, 368, etc.). 
les, art. pi., the. 
les, pron. pi., them. 
lettre, f., letter. 
lettre, adj., lettered; n. m., man of 

letters. 
leur, pron. poss., their. 
leur, pron., to them. 
lever, v. a., raise ; se lever, rise, get 

up. 
liberte, f., liberty. 
lierre, m., ivy. 
lievre, m., hare. 

lieu, rn. , place ; au lieu de, instead of. 
ligne, f ., line. 
lion, m., lion. 
lire, v. a., read. 
litteraire, adj., literary. 
livre, m., book ; f., pound. 
livrer, v. a., deliver ; livrer combat, 

bataille, give battle. 
logique, f., logic. 
loi, f., law. 



loin, adv., far ; loin que (or, de), far 
from. 

long, adj., long (f., longue). 

longtemps, adv., long, long time. 

longueur, f., length. 

lorsque, conj., when. 

louer, v. a., praise ; rent. 

lourd, adj., heavy. 

lu (p. p. of lire). 

lui, pron., to him, to her ; lui-meme, 
himself. 

lumiere, f., light. 

lundi, m., Monday. 

lune, f., moon ; clair de lune, moon- 
light. 

lunettes, f . pi. , eyeglasses. 

luxe, m., luxury. 

M. 

ma, pron. poss. f., my. 

madame, f. , Mrs., madam. 

mademoiselle, f., Miss, young lady. 

magasin, m., store. 

magnanime, adj., magnanimous. 

mai, m., May. 

main, f., hand. 

maintenant, adv., now. 

maire, m., mayor. 

mairie, f., town or city hall. 

mais, conj., but. 

maison, f., house. 

maitre, m., master ; maitre-d'hotel, 

hotel keeper, house steward. 
maitresse, f., mistress, landlady. 
majeur, adj., of age. 
mal, n. m., evil ; adv., badly ; adj., bad. 
malade, adj., sick, ill. 
male, m., male. 
malgre, prep., in spite of. 
malin, adj., malign, malicious. 
malle, f., trunk. 
manche, m., handle ; f., sleeve. 
manger, v. a., eat. 
maniere, f., manner; de maniere 

que, so that, in such a way that. 
manufacture, f., factory. 
maquereau, m., mackerel. 
marchand, m., merchant. 
marehe, m., market; bon marehe, 

cheap. 
marcher, v. n., walk; run (a train). 



208 



VOCABULARIES. 



mardi, m., Tuesday. 

marin, m , sailor. 

marronnier, m., horse-chestnut-tree. 

mars, m., March. 

martyr, m., martyr. 

martyre, m., martyrdom. 

masse, f., heap, mass. 

materiel (pi. aux), m., material. 

matiere, f., matter. 

matin, m., morning. 

mauvais, adj., bad. 

me, pron., me, to me. 

mechant, adj., mean, bad, wicked. 

medecin, m., physician, doctor. 

m^dius, m., middle finger. 

meilleur, adj., better. 

melon, m., melon. 

membre, m., member. 

meme, adj., same; adv., even; a 
meme, able, in a position to. 

menacer, v. a., threaten. 

manager, v. a., spare. 

mener, v. a., lead. 

mensonge, m., lie. 

menteur, m., liar. 

metier, m., trade. 

mentir, v. n. , lie. 

mer, f., sea; mal de mer, seasick- 
ness. 

mercenaire, adj., mercenary. 

merci, inter j., thanks, thank you. 

mercredi, m., Wednesday. 

mere, f., mother ; belle-mere, mother- 
in-law. 

merveilleusement, adv., wonderfully. 

merveilleux, adj., wonderful. 

messe, f., mass. 

messieurs, m. (pi. of monsieur). 

metier, m., trade. 

metre, m., meter (measure). 

mettre, v. a., put, place. 

midi, m., noon. 

mien, pron., mine (cf. § 138 ff.). 

mieux, adv., better (comp. of bien). 

mignon, adj., nice, gentle. 

mille, nu., thousand (mil). 

million, nu., million. 

mineur, adj., minor. 

ministre, m., minister. 

minuit, m., midnight. 

minute, f., minute. 



miserable, adj., miserable. 

mobile, adj., mobile, changeable. 

modeler, v. a., model. 

modestie, f ., modesty. 

moi, pron., me; moi-meme, myself. 

moindre, adj., lesser, less. 

moine, m., monk. 

moins, adv., less, fewer; le moins, 

the least; a moins que, unless; a 

moins de, except, in case of, unless. 
mois, in., month. 
mon, pron., my (cf. §§ 44, 136). 
monde, m., world. 
monnaie, f., money, change; mon- 

naie-courante, currency. 
monsieur, m., Mr., sir, gentleman. 
montagne, f., mountain. 
monter, v. n. a., get up on, mount. 
montre, f ., watch. 
montrer, v. a., show. 
monture, f ., animal (for riding), 
monument, m., monument. 
moquer (se — de), mock, make fun of. 
moral, adj., moral. 
morceau, m., morsel, piece. 
mordre, v. a., bite. 
mort, f., death. 

mort, adj. (and p. p. of mourir), dead. 
mortel, adj. and n. m., mortal. 
mot, m., word. 
mou, adj., soft. 
mouiller, v. a., wet; se mouiller, 

get wet. 
mourir, v. n., die. 
mousse, f ., moss, foam. 
mouvement, m., movement. 
mouvement6, adj. (and p. p. of mou- 

vementer), animated. 
muet, adj., silent. 
mugir, v. n., roar. 
municipal, adj., municipal. 
mur, m., wall. 
mur, adj., ripe. 
musee, in., museum. 
musique, f., music. 

N. 
nager, v. n., swim, 
naissance, f., birth. 
naitre, v. n., be born. 
naivement, adv., naively. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH. 



209 



narration, f., narration. 

nation, f., nation. 

naturel, adj., natural. 

no" (p. p. of naitre), born. 

ne"anmoins, adv., nevertheless. 

necessaire, adj., necessary. 

negligence, f., negligence. 

negre, m., negro (f., ne"gresse). 

neige, f., snow. 

ne . . . pas, adv., not ; ne . . . plus, 

not any more ; ne . . . que, only, but. 
net, adj., neat ; net. 
nettoyer, v. a., clean, cleanse. 
neuf , nu. , nine. 
neuf, adj., new. 
neuvieme, nu., ninth. 
nez, m., nose. 
ni, conj., neither ; ni . . . ni, neither 

. . . nor. 
nid, m., nest. 
niece, f., niece. 
noble, adj., ni. n., noble. 
noir, adj., black. 
noix, f ., walnut. 
nom, m., name, noun. 
nombre, ni., number. 
nommer, v. a., name. 
non, adv., no. 
nord, m., north. 
nos (cf. § 136). 
nosologic, f., nosology. 
notre, adj. pron., our ; le notre, etc., 

ours. 
nous, pron., we, us, to us; nous- 

mdmes, ourselves. 
nouveau, adj., new; de nouveau, 

again. 
nouvelle, f., news. 
novembre, m., November. 
noyau, m., stone (of fruit). 
nu, adj., naked, bare (cf. § 334). 
nuit, f., night. 
nul, adj., not any, no. 
nullement, adv., in no wise. 
numero, rn., number. 



obe"ir, v. n. a., obey. 
obliger,v. a., oblige. 
octobre, m., October. 
odieux, adj., odious. 



ceuf, m., egg. 

ceuvre, f., work. 

offrir, v. a., offer. 

oiseau, m., bird. 

ombrelle, f., parasol. 

on, pron., one. they, people, etc. (cf. 

§§ 39, 381 ff .). 
oncle, m., uncle. 
onze, nu., eleven. 
onzieme, nu., eleventh. 
opera, m., opera. 

opprobre, m., opprobrium, disgrace. 
or, m., gold. 

or, conj., now, moreover, etc. 
oracle, m., oracle. 
orage, m., storm. 
orange, f., orange. 
ordinal, adj., ordinal. 
ordonner, v. a. , order. 
oreille, f., ear. 
orgueil, in., pride. 
orienter, v. a., orient, set ; s'orienter, 

to locate one's self. 
original, adj., original. 
originality, 1, originality. 
oser, v. a., dare. 
ou, conj., or; ou . . . ou, either . . . 

or, 
ou, adv., where, when, in which (cf . § 371). 
oublier, v. a., forget. 
ouest, rn., west. 
oui, adv., yes. 

outrager, v. a., outrage, insult. 
ouvert (p. p. of ouvrir, and adj.), 

open. 
ouvrage, rn., work, job. 
ouvrir, v. a., open. 

P. 

page, f., page; m., page (boy). 

paille, f., straw. 

pain, m., bread. 

paire, f., pair. 

patx, f., peace ; paix, interj., quiet. 

palais, m., palace ; palate. 

pale, adj., pale. 

paletot, m., coat. 

paleur, f., paleness. 

papier, m., paper; papier de soie, 

tissue paper. 
panier, m., basket. 



210 



VOCABULARIES. 



paquebot, m., packet. 

par, prep., by, through. 

paraitre, v. n., appear. 

parapluie, m., umbrella. 

pare, m., park. 

parce que, conj., because. 

pardessus, m., overcoat. 

pardonner, v. a., pardon, forgive. 

parents, m. pi., parents, relatives. 

paresseux, adj., lazy. 

parfait, adj., perfect. 

parisien, adj., Parisian. 

parler, v. n., speak. 

parleur, m., talker. 

parrai, prep., among. 

parole, f., word, speech. 

parricide, m., parricide. 

part, f., part, side. 

partager, v. a. , divide, partake of. 

parti, m., party. 

partial, adj., partial. 

participe, m., participle. 

partie, f.,part. 

partiel, f., partial. 

partir, v. n., depart, go away. 

parvenir, v. n., arrive, succeed. 

pas, adv., wot; pas de, not any, no; 

pas du tout, not at all. 
passager, m., passenger. 
passe", m., past. 
passe-partout, m., latch-key. 
passer, v. a. n., pass, hand, surpass; 

go past. 
passion, f., passion. 
patience, f., patience. 
patrie, f., fatherland, country. 
pause, f., pause, stop. 
pave", in., pavement. 
paver, v. a., pave. 
payer, v. a., pay. 
pays, m., country. 
paysan, m., peasant. 
peau, f., skin. 
peche, f., peach. 
pecheur, m., sinner. 
peigner, v. a., comb; se peigner, to 

comb one's hair. 
peine, f., pain, effort. 
peintre, m., painter. 
peler, v. a., peal. 
pendant, prep., during; pendant que, 

while. 



pendule, f., clock; m., pendulum. 

pen^trer, v. a. n., penetrate. 

pensee, f., thought. 

penser, v. a., think. 

penseur, m., thinker. 

percevoir, v. a., perceive, collect. 

perdre, v. a., lose. 

pere, m., father. 

perfection, 1, perfection. 

perfide, adj., perfidious. 

peril, m., peril, danger. 

p^riode, f., period. 

persecuteur, m., persecutor. 

persev^rer, v. n., persevere, persist. 

personne, pron., nobody ; f., pcrso:,. 

perte, f., loss. 

peser, v. a. n., weigh. 

petit, adj., small, short. 

peu, adv., little, few ; pour peu que, 

however little. 
peuple, m., people. 
peur, f., fear; de peur que (or, de;, 

for fear that, lest. 
peut-etre, adv., perhaps. 
phalange, f., phalanx, band. 
philosophique, adj., philosophical. 
philosophic f ., philosophy. 
physique, f ., physics. 
piano, m., piano. 

piece, f., piece, play ; la piece, apiece. 
pied, m., foot. 
pierre, f., stone. 

pire, adj., worse (comp. of mauvais). 
pis, adv., worse (comp. of mal). 
pistolet, m., pistol. 
piti6, f., pity. 
place, f., place, square. 
plafond, in., ceiling. 
plaine, f., plain. 
plaire, v. n., please ; se plaire a, take 

pleasure in. 
plaisir, m. , pleasure. 
plancher, in., floor. 
plein, adj., full. 
pleurer, v. n., cry. weep. 
pleuvoir, v. n., rain. 
ployer, v. a. n., irr. bend. 
pluie, f., rain. 
plume, f., pen. 
plupart, (la) f., greater part. 
plus, adv., more. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH. 



211 



plusieurs, adj., several. 

poele, m., stove ; f., frying-pan. 

poeme, m., poem. 

poesie, f., poetry, poem. 

poete, m., poet. 

poids, m., weight. 

poing, m., fist. 

point, adv. (see pas). 

point, m., point. 

poisson, in., fish. 

poli, adj., polite. 

politique, adj., political. 

pomme, f., apple. 

pommier, ra., apple-tree. 

pont, in., bridge, deck. 

port, m., port. 

portail, m., gate. 

porte, f., door. 

porter, v. a., carry, wear ; porter un 

coup, strike a blow. 
poss£der, v. a., possess. 
possible, adj., possible. 
poste, f., post-office; m., position, em- 
ployment. 
posterity, f., posterity. 
po\i, m., louse. 
pouce, m., thumb. 
poulain, m., colt. 
pour, prep., for, to, in order to; pour 

que, in order that. 
pourquoi, conj., why; c'est pour- 

quoi, therefore. 
pourvoir, v. a. n., provide. 
pourvu que, conj., provided that. 
pousser, v. a., push ; pousser un cri, 

utter a cry. 
poussiere, f., dust. 
pouvoir, v. a. n., be able, can. 
pouvoir, m., power. 
prairie, f., meadow, prairie. 
precis, adj., precise (cf. § 164). 
predecesseur, m., predecessor. 
preferer, v. a., prefer. 
prefet, m., prefect, official at the head 

of a department. 
prefecture, f., prefecture, mansion of 

the prefect. 
premier, adj., first. 
premierement, adv., firstly. 
prendre, v. a., take. 
preoccupation, f., preoccupation. 



preparer, v. a. , prepare ; se preparer, 
get ready. 

pres, prep., near; pres de, about to, 
near. 

present, adj., present. 

present, m., present. 

president, m., president. 

pret, adj., ready. 

pre"tendre, v. a. n., pretend, have pre- 
tensions to. 

preuve, f., proof. 

prier, v. a., pray, beg. 

priere, f., prayer ; please. 

principal, adj., principal. 

printemps, in., spring. 

prix, m., price, prize, reward. 

probablement, adv., probably. 

prochain, adj., next. 

procbain, ni., neighbor, fellow-man. 

proclamer, v. a., proclaim. 

prodigieux, adj., prodigious. 

produire, v. a., produce. 

professeur, m., professor. 

profiler, v. a., show in profile. 

progres, m. , progress. 

projet, m., project. 

promener, v. a., lead about; se pro- 
mener, take a walk. 

promesse, f., promise. 

promptitude, f., promptitude. 

prononcer, v. a., pronounce. 

prose, f., prose. 

proverbe, in., proverb. 

prune, f., plum. 

pu (p. p. of pouvoir). 

public (f., publique), public. 

puis, adv., then. 

puissance, f., power. 

punir, v. a., punish. 

pupitre, m., desk. 

pur, adj., pure. 

purete, f., purity. 

Q. 

quand, adv. conj., when, even if; 

quand meme, even if. 
quantite, f., quantity. 
quarante, nu., forty. 
quart, m., quarter, fourth part. 
quatorze, nu., fourteen. 
quatre, nu.. four. 



212 



VOCABULARIES. 



quatrieme, nu., fourth. 

quatre-vingts, nu. , eighty. 

quatre-vingt-dix, nu., ninety. 

que, pron., whom, which, that. 

que, conj., as, than. 

quel (f., quelle), which, what; quel 
que, whatever, whoever; quelque, 
whatever, some, whatever; quelque 
. . . que, however . . . quelque 
chose, something; quelqu'un, 
somebody, some one; quelques-uns, 
some (ones). 

quelquefois, adv., sometimes. 

qui, pron., who, which, whoever (cf. 
§362ff.). 

quiconque, pron., whoever, whosoever. 

quinze, nu., fifteen. 

quoi, pron., what; quoi que, what- 
ever ; quoi que ce soit, whatever it 
may be. 

quoique, conj., although. 

R. 

rabais, m., reduced rate. 

raccommoder, v. a., mend. 

racheter, v. a., redeem. 

rage, f., rage. 

raison, f., reason ; avoir raison, to be 
right. 

ramener, v. a., lead or bring back. 

rang, m., rank. 

rapide, adj., rapid ; n. m., flyer (train). 

rapport, m., account, report ; par rap- 
port a, compared to; sous le rap- 
port de, according to. 

rare, adj., rare. 

ras, adj., shorn. 

ravin, m., ravine. 

recevoir, v. a., receive. 

reciter, v. a., recite. 

recteur, m., rector (of an academy). 

re" gal, m., regal. 

regard, m., look. 

regarder, v. a., look at. 

r^gler, v. a., settle. 

regne, m., reign. 

regret, m., regret; a regret, with re- 
gret, 

regretter, v. a., regret. 

r^jouir, v. a., rejoice ; se r6jouir, re- 
joice. 



religion, f., religion. 

remarquable, adj., remarkable. 

remarquer, v. a., notice, remark. 

remercier, v. a., thank. 

remerciment, m., thanks. 

remettre, v. a., give, hand ; also, post- 
pone. 

remonter, v. a., wind. 

remplacer, v. a., replace. 

renaitre, v. n., be born again. 

rencontrer, v. a., meet, encounter. 

rendre, v. a., return, give back ; make 
(happy, glad, etc.) ; se rendre a une 
invitation, accept an invitation. 

re"pandre, v. a., spread. 

re"partir, v. a., divide, distribute. 

repartir, v. n., go away again. 

repas, m., meal, repast. 

repentir (se), repent. 

re"p£ter, v. a., repeat. 

replet, adj., replete, stout. 

re"pondre, v. a. n., reply, answer. 

reponse, f., answer, reply. 

reposer, v. n., rest; se reposer, rest. 

reprendre, v. a., take up again. 

repre"senter, v. a. n., represent. 

re"publique, f., republic. 

resident, m., resident. 

respect, m., respect; presenter les 
respects, present (give) the regards. 

respectueusement, adv., respectfully. 

respectueux, adj., respectful. 

responsable, adj., responsible. 

ressembler, v. n., resemble. 

ressort, m., spring, control. 

rester, v. n., remain. 

re"sumer, v. a., make an abstract ; per- 
sonify. 

retenir, v. a., hold back. 

retraite, f., retreat. 

retrouver, v. a,., find, recover. 

reunion, f., reunion. 

r^ussir, v. a. n., succeed. 

re>eiller, v. a., wake up ; se reveiller, 
awake. 

revenir, v. n., return, come back, belong. 

rever, v. n., dream. 

revetir, v. a., clothe; se revetir, to 
clothe one's self. 

revolution, f., revolution. 

revolver, m., revolver, pistol. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH. 



213 



revue, f., review, magazine. 

riche, adj., rich. 

richesse, f., riches. 

ridicule, adj.. ridicule. 

rien, pron. (with ne), nothing. 

rire, v. n., laugh. 

rival, m., rival. 

riviere, f., river. 

robe, f., dress, robe. 

rognon, m., kidney. 

roi, m., king. 

role, m., part. 

roman, m., novel. 

romancier, m., novelist. 

romantisme, m., romanticism. 

rompre, v. a., break. 

rond, adj., round. 

ronger, v. a., gnaw. 

rose, f., rose. 

rossignol, m., nightingale. 

rotir, v. a., roast. 

roue, f., wheel. 

rouge, adj., red ; rougir, blush, become 

red ; roux, adj., sandy-red. 
rouler, v. n. a., roll. 
roulette, f., roller. 
ruban, m., ribbon. 
rue, f., street. 
russe, adj., Russian. 



sa, poss. adj., his, her. 

sacre", adj., sacred. 

sage, adj., wise, well behaved. 

saint, adj., saint, holy. 

saison, f., season. 

salle, f ., hall, room ; salle a manger, 
dining-room ; salle d'attente, wait- 
ing-room ; salle de bains, bath-room. 

salon, m., drawing-room. 

salutation, f., salutation, greeting. 

samedi, m., Saturday. 

sang, m., blood. 

sanglant, adj., bloody. 

sanguinaire, adj., sanguinary, blood- 
thirsty. 

sans, prep., without. 

sante, f., health. 

sauce, f., stew, broth. 

saumon, m., salmon. 

savamment, adv., scientifically. 



savant, adj., learned ; n. m., scientist. 

savoir, v. a., know ; c'est a savoir, this 
remains to be known (cf. § 387). 

savon, m., soap. 

se, pron., himself, herself, one's self, 
itself. 

secher, v. a., dry ; se se"cher, get dry. 

seconde, f., second. 

secondement, adv., secondly. 

secourable, adj., helpful. 

secret, adj. (or n. m.), secret. 

sein, m., breast, bosom. 

seize, nu., sixteen. 

semaine, f., week. 

sembler, v. n., seem. 

semence, f., seed. 

semer, v. a., sow. 

semeur, m., sower. 

se"nat, m., senate. 

sensibility, f., sensitiveness, sensibil- 
ity. 

sensible, adj., sensitive. 

sentiment, m., sentiment. 

separer, v. a., separate. 

sept, nu., seven. 

septembre, m., September. 

septieme, nu., seventh. 

serieux, adj., serious. 

serrer, v. a., hold tight, squeeze. 

service, m., service. 

servir, v. a., serve, wait on ; se servir, 
to help one's self. 

seul, adj., alone. 

seulement, adv., only. 

severe, adj., severe. 

si, conj., if, whether ; si, adv., so. 

siecle, m., century. 

siege, m., seat, siege. 

sien, poss. pron., his, hers. 

siffler, v. a. n., whistle. 

sillon, m., furrow. 

simple, adj., simple. 

simplement, adv., simply. 

simplicite, f., simplicity. 

sincere, adj., sincere. 

situation, f., situation. 

six, nu., six. 

sixieme, nu., sixth. 

societe, 1, society. 

sceur, f., sister; belle-sceur, sister- 
in-law. 



214 



VOCABULARIES. 



soi, pron., one's self; soi-meme, one's 

self. 
soie, f., silk. 
soif, f., thirst, 
soin, m., care. 
soir, in., evening. 
soit (subj. of etre), be it; adv., soit 

. . . soit, either . . . or, whether . . . or. 
soixante, uu., sixty. 
soixante-dix, nu., seventy. 
soldatj in., soldier. 
soleil, in., sun. 

solidite, f., solidity, resistance. 
somme, in., sleep, nap; f., sum. 
sommeil, m., sleep. 
son, poss. adj., his, her. 
sorte, f., hind ; de sorte que, so that. 
sortir, v. n., go out. 
sot, adj., fool, foolish. 
souffrir, v. n. a., suffer. 
soupe, f., soup. 
souper, v. n., take supper. 
souple, adj., supple, flexible. 
souplesse, f., suppleness. 
sourire, m., smile. 
sous, prep., under. 
soutenir, v. a., sustain, uphold. 
souvenir, m., remembrance, souvenir. 
souvenir (se), to remember. 
souvent, adv., often. 
spontaneite, 1, spontaneity. 
style, m., style. 
subdiviser, v. a., subdivide. 
sublime, adj., sublime. 
succ6der, v. n., succeed. 
succes, m., success. 
succomber, v. n., succumb. 
sud, m., south. 

su^dois, adj., Swedish, Swede. 
suffrage, m., suffrage. 
Suisse, adj., Swiss. 
suite, f., continuation ; a la suite de, 

after. 
suivant, adj., next, following. 
suivre, v. a., follow. 
superieur, adj., superior, upper, 
superiority, f., superiority. 
superlatif, in., superlative. 
supporter, v. a., support, stand. 
supposer, v. a., suppose; suppose" 

que, suppose that. 



sur, prep., on, upon. 
surpris, adj., surprised. 
surprise, f., surprise. 
survenir, v. n., happen. 
survivre, v. n., survive. 
syllabe, f., syllable. 

T. 

table, f., table. 

tableau, m., picture, blackboard. 

tailler, v. a., cut, carve, grave. 

tailleur, m., tailor. 

taire (se), keep silent. 

talent, m., talent. 

tant, adv., so much, so many. 

tante, f., aunt. 

tantot, adv., presently, soon; tantSt 

. . . tantot, now . . . now. 
tard, adv., late; en retard, late. 
tasse, f., cup: 
te, pron., thee, to thee. 
tel, adj., such, such a one. 
tellement, adv., so, so much. 
temoigner, v. n. a., testify; convey 

(sympathy, etc.). 
te*moin, m., witness. 
tempete, f., tempest. 
temps, m., time, weather. 
tenir, v. a., hold. 
tentation, f., temptation. 
terme, m., term. 
terrasser, v. a., knock down, throw on 

the ground. 
terre, f., earth, land. 
terreur, f., terror. 
territoire, m., territory. 
tete, f., head. 
th6, m., tea. 
theatre, m., theater. 
th^ologie, f., theology. 
th^ologien, m., theologian. 
th^ologique, adj., theological. 
tien, poss. pron., thine, yours. 
tiens (iniper. of tenir), well, well now. 
tiers, in., third. 
tigre, in., tiger. 

timbre, m., stamp, postage-stamp. 
tire-bottes, m. f boot-jack (cf. § 321). 
tirer, v. a., draw. 
titre, in., title. 
toge, f., toga. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH. 



215 



toi, pron., thee, you; toi-meme, thy- 
self, yourself. 

toile, f., cloth, linen. 

toit, m., roof. 

tombeau, m., tomb. 

tomber, v. n., fall. 

tort, ni. , wrong ; avoir tort, be wrong. 

tot, adv., soon. 

toucher, v. a., touch. 

toujours, adv., always. 

tour, in., turn, tour ; 1, tower. 

tourelle, 1, little tower or cupola, 
turret. 

tout, adj. (pi. tous, toutes), all (cf. 
§ 350) every ; adv., entirely, altogether, 
quite; n. m., everything, all things. 

trace, f., trail, trace. 

traduction, f ., translation. 

trage"die, f ., tragedy. 

trahir, v. a. n., betray. 

train, in., train ; etre en train de, to 
be in the act of (cf. § 392). 

traitre, m., traitor. 

tranquille, adj., quiet 

transformer, v. a., transform. 

transatlantique, adj., transatlantic. 

transition, f., transition. 

transport, m., transport, transporta- 
tion. 

travail, m., work. 

travailler, v. n., work. 

traversee, f., voyage, crossing. 

traverser, v. a., cross. 

treize, nu., thirteen. 

trembler, v. n., tremble, fear. 

trente, nu., thirty. 

tres, adv., very. 

triompher, v. n., triumph. 

triste, adj., sad, pitiful. 

trois, nu., three. 

troisieme, nu., third. 

tromper, v. a., deceive; se tromper, 
be mistaken. 

trone, m., throne. 

trop, adv., too, too many. 

trottoir, m., sidewalk. 

trouver, v. &.,find; se trouver, find 
one's self, happen to be. 

truite, f., trout. 

tu, pron. , thou, you. 

tuer, v. a., kill. 



tyran, m., tyrant. 
tyrannie, f., tyranny. 

U. 

un, art. and adj., a, an, one; l'un 

1' autre, one another. 
unitaire, adj., unitarian. 
universel, adj., universal. 

V. 

vache, f., cow. 

vaincre, v. a. n., conquer, vanquish, 
overcome. 

vallee, f., valley. 

vanter, v. a.., praise; se vanter, boast, 
pride one's self. 

vapeur, f., steam, vapor. 

veau, m., calf. 

veiller, v. a. u., watch, wake. 

vendre, v. a., sell. 

vendredi, m., Friday. 

venerer, v. a., venerate. 

venger, v. a., avenge. 

vengeur, m. and adj., avenger, aven- 
ging. 

venir, v. n., come; venir a bout de, 
conquer; venir de, (cf. § 386 f.). 

vent, m., wind. 

verbe, m., verb. 

verdure, f., verdure, green. 

ve"rite, f., truth. 

verre, m., glass. 

vers, m., verse, line. 

vers, prep., toward. 

vert, adj., green. 

vertu, f., virtue. 

vetement, m., garment, clothes. 

vetir, v. a., dress, clothe. 

viande, f., meat. 

vicomte, m., viscount. 

vicomtesse, f., viscountess. 

victime, f., victim. 

victoire, f., victory. 

vie, f., life. 

vieillard, m., old man. 

vieillesse, f., old age. 

vieux, adj., old. 

vif, adj., quick. 

vil, adj., vile. 

villa, f., villa. 

village, m., village. 



216 



VOCABULARIES. 



ville, f., city ; en ville, in the city. 

vin, m., wine. 

vingt, nu., twenty. 

visage, m., face, visage. 

vis-a-vis, adv. and prep., opposite, in 

front of. 
visite, f., visit, visitor. 
vite, adv. and adj., quick, quickly, fast. 
vivant, adj., living, alive. 
vivement, adv., lively, quickly, greatly, 

much. 
voici, prep., here is. 
voila, prep., there is. 
voile, f., sail ; m., veil. 
voir, v. a., see. 
voisin, m., neighbor. 
voiture, f., carriage. 
voix, f., voice. 
volaille, f., poultry. 
voler, v. a. n., steal, fly. 
voleur, in., thief. 



votre, poss. adj., your ; le votre, etc., 
yours. 

vouer, v. a., devote. 

vouloir, v. a., will, wish, want; en 
vouloir a, be angry with. 

vous, pron., you, ye, to you; vous- 
memes (meme), yourselves (your- 
self). 

voyage, m., journey, 

voyager, v. n., travel. 

voyageur, m., traveler, passenger. 

vraiment, adv., truly, really. 

vue, t'., view, sight. 

W. 

wagon, m., car (of a train). 

Y. 

y, adv., there, here; pron., to him, her, 
to it, it, that, this, etc. 



EN GLISH-FBENCH. 



217 



II. 



English-French. 



A. 

a, an, un. 

able, capable ; to be able, pouvoir. 

about, environ, quelque ; about it, en; 
about to, pres de. 

above, dessus, au dessus de, 

absolutely, absolument. 

absolved, absous. 

abstract (make an), risumer. 

abyss, gouffre, abime (m.). 

accept, accepter, agrier ; se rendre 
a (une invitation). 

accomplice, complice (m.). 

according to, selon, sous le rapport 

accuser, accusateur (m.). 

accustom, habituer; become accus- 
tomed, s'habituer. 

acquire, acquirir. 

act, agir. 

acute, aigu. 

admit, admettre. 

after, apres, apres que ; a la suite. 

afterward, apres, ensuite. 

again, de nouveau, encore ; (also trans- 
lated by prefix re). 

against, contre. 

age, dge (m.) ; of age, majeur ; old 
age, vie i Hesse (f.). 

agreeably, agriablement. 

alive, vivant, en vie. 

all, tout, tous, toutes. 

alone, seul. 

already, dejd. 

also, aussi. 

although, quoique, bien que. 

altogether, tout & fait, tout . . . que. 

always, tou jours. 

ambiguous, ambigu. 

amiable, aimable. 

among, parmi, entre. 



ancient, ancien, antique. 

and, et. 

anger, cotere (f .). 

angry, fache; be angry with, en 

vouloir a. 
animal, animal (m.); animal (for rid- 
ing), monture (f.). 
animated, mouvemente, animL 
annexation, annexion (f.). 
answer, ripondre. 
answer, reponse ((.). 
appear, paraitre. 
applause, applaudissement (m.). 
apple, pomme (f.). 
apple-tree, pommier (m.). 
apply, appliquer, s'applfquer. 
approach, approcher, s'approcher. 
April, avril (m.). 
arm, bras (m.); arm-chair, fauteuil 

(m.). 
arm, arme (L) ; take up arms, s'ar- 

mer. 
around, autour de. 
as, aussi, comme, que ; as many, autant ; 

as well as, comme ; as soon as, aus- 

sitot que. 
ashamed, honteux. 
ask, demander. 

astonish, surprendre, itonner. 
at, d,, en, dans ; not at all, pas du tout ; 

at the house (store, home) of, 

chez. 
attend, assister. 
attic, grenier (m.). 
attract, attirer. 
August, aotit (m.). 
aunt, tante (f.). 
author, auteur (m.). 
autumn, automne (m.). 
advice, conseil, avis (m.). 



218 



VOCABULARIES. 



avenge, venger. 

avoid, euiter. 

awake, s'eveiller, se reueiller. 

B. 

back, dos (in.). 

back, en arriere ; bring back, rap- 
porter, ramener. 

bad, mauvais ; mal. 

badly, mal. 

ball, bal (m.); balle{i.). 

bandage, bandeau (in.). 

bar, barreau (m.). 

bare, nu. 

battalion, bataillon (m.). 

battle, bataille (f.>. 

be, etre ; it is warm (weather), //. fait 
chaud ; it is good weather, II fait 
beau temps, etc. 

beautiful, beau. 

beauty, beaute (f .). 

because, parce que. 

become, devenir ; become accus- 
tomed, s'habituer; become old, 
uieillir, etc. 

before, devant, auant. 

beg, pner. 

begin, commences 

behind, derriere. 

behoove, conuenir. 

believe, croire. 

bell, cloche (f .). 

belong, appartenir. 

bench, banc (m.). 

bend, ployer, plier ; to be bent upon, 
s'enteter a. 

best, le meilleur ; best (regards), (sal- 
utations), empresse", -ies. 

betray, trahir. 

better, meilleur, mieux. 

between, entre. 

bill, compte (m.). 

bird, oiseau (in.). 

birthday, anniuersaire (m.). 

bit, frein (in.). 

bite (to) mordre. 

black, noir ; blacksmith, forgeron 
(in.). 

bless, bknir. 

block up, cncombrer. 

blood, sang (m.). 



blow, coup (m.). 

blue, bleu. 

blush, rougir. 

board (on), a bord. 

boast, se uanter, se faire gloire. 

boat, bateau (in.) ; steamboat, bateau 
a vapeur (m.). 

book, liure(m.). 

bore, ennuyer ; to be bored, s'ennuyer. 

born (to be), naitre. 

both . . . and, et . . . et. 

bow, arc (m.) ; elbow, coude (m.). 

box, boite (f .). 

boy, garqon (m.). 

bread, pain (in.). 

break, casser, rompre. 

breakfast, dejeuner (in.) ; to break- 
fast, dejeuner. 

bridge, pont (m.). 

bring, porter., apporter ; bring near, 
approcher; bring back, ramener, 
r apporter ; bring forth or forward, 
avancer. 

brood, couuee (f .). 

brother, frere (m.) ; brother-in-law, 
beau-frere. 

brow, front (m.). 

brush, brosser, se brosser. 

bud, More. 

build, bdtir. 

burden, fardeau, faix (m.). 

burn, brftler. 

burst, Mater; burst out laughing, 
Mater de rire. 

but, mais, ne . . . que; en fin. 

butcher, boucher (m.). 

butter, beurre (m.). 

buy, acheter. 

by, par, en, etc. 

C. 
calf, ueau (m.). 
call, appeler. 
can, pouuoir. 
canary bird, canari (m.) 
cap, casquette (f.). 
captain, capitaine (in.). 
car, wagon (in.). 
care, so//? (in.) ; care of, awx so/»s de 

(with address of letter), 
career, carriere (f.). 



ENGLISH-FRENCH. 



219 



carriage, uoiture (f.). 

carry, porter. 

castle, chdteau (m.); castles in the 

air, chateaux en Espagne. 
cat, chat (in.). 

cattle, betait (m.); plur., bestiaux. 
ceiling, plafond (m.). 
cellar, cane (f .). 
century, siecle (m.). 
certainly, certainement. 
chair, chaise (f .). 
chalk, craie (f.). 
changeable, changeant, mobile. 
character, caractere (in.), 
cheap, 60/7 marche. 
check, cheque; frein (m.). 
cheers, applaudissements (m. pi.), 
cheese, fromage (in.). 
cherished, c/?e>/. 
child, enfant (m. f .). 
church, eg//'se (f.). 
circumstance, circonstance (f.). 
citizen, citoyen (m.). 
city, y/7/e (f .) ; city, in the city, e» 
o/7/e. 

clean, projore / to clean, nettoyer. 

cleanse, nettoyer. 

clearness, clarte (f.). 

climb, grimper. 

clock, pendule (f .). 

cloth, afrajo (m.) ; toile (f .). 

clothe, vetir, se reuetir de. 

clothes, uetements (m. pi.). 

coachman, cocher (m.). 

coal, charbon (m.). 

coat, paletot (m.). 

coffee, ca/<* (m.). 

cold, froid (m.) ; adj. , froid ; it is cold, 
II fait froid ; I am cold, j'ai froid. 

collar, col (m.). 

collect (taxes), percevoir. 

color, couleur (f.). 

comb, peigne (m.) ; to comb, peigner ; 
comb one's hair, se peigner. 

come, uenir ; come back, reuenir. 

companion, compagnon (m.) ; com- 
pagne (f.). 

company, compagnie (f .). 

compare, comparer. 

compared to, par rapport &. 

comrade, camarade (m. f.). 



congressman, depute" (m.). 
conquer, vaincre, venir & bout, con- 

querir. 
convincing, conuaincant. 
cook, cuismier (m.) ; cuisiniere (f.) ; to 
cook, faire la cuisine ; to cook some- 
thing, faire cuire quelque chose. 
cordially, cordialement. 
correct, corriger. 
cost, cofiter. 
council, conseil, conseil municipal (m.). 

count, Gompte; (title), comte (m.) ; to 
count, compter. 

country, pays(m.); fatherland, patrie 
(f.) ; opposed to city, campagne (f.). 

countryman, ccmpatriote, paysan (m.). 

cover, couurir. 

cow, uache (t.). 

crazy, fou. 

create, crier. 

critic, critique (m.). 

criticism, critique (f .). 

cross, croix (t.) ; to cross, traverser. 

crowd, foule(f.); to crowd, encombrer. 

cry, cri (in.) ; to cry, pteurer. 

cup, tasse (f .). 

cupola, clocher (in.). 

cure, guirir. 

curious, curieux. 

cut, couper. 

D. 

Dane, Danish, danois. 

dare, oser. 

daughter, file (f.). 

day, jour (m.). 

dead, mort. 

dear, cher, cheri; (f .) chere. 

death, mort (f .). 

deceive, tromper, deceuoir, 

deck, pont (in.). 

deliver, livrer, delwrer. 

demand, exiger. 

depart, parti r. 

despair, d&sespoir (m.). 

destroy, ditruire. 

devote, devouer, uouer. 

devout, deuot. 

die, mourir. 

difficult, difficile; with difficulty, 
difficilement. 

discover, dicouurir. 



220 



VOCABULARIES. 



disgrace, malheur, opprobre (m.); dis- 
grace (m.). 

dismay, consterner. 

dissolved, dissous. 

divide, diviser, repartlr. 

dog, chien (in.). 

donkey, dne, baudet (m.). 

door, porte (f.). 

draw, tirer. 

drawing-room, salon (in.)- 

dream, reve(m.)-, to dream, river. 

dress, robe (f .) ; to dress, vetir, ha- 
biller, s'habiller. 

drill, exercer. 

drink, boire. 

dry, sec ; to dry, stcher ; to get dry, 
se secher. 

duration, durie (f .). 

during, pendant. 

dust, poussiere (f.). 

duty, devoir (m.). 

dwell, demeurer. 

E. 
each, chaque ; each one, chacun. 
ear, ore/7/e (f .). 
early, de bonne heure ; earlier, de meit- 

leure heure, plus de bonne heure. 
earn, gagner. 
earth, terre (f .). 
ease, facility aise (f.). 
easily, facilement, aisiment. 
East, est (m.). 
eat, manger. 
ebony, bbene (f.). 
edge, bord{m.\ 
effort, effort (m.), peine (f .). 

egg, £BW/(IU.). 

eight, huit ; eighth, huitieme. 

eighteen, dix-huit. 

eighty, quatre-vingts ; eighty-one, 

quatre-vingt-un. 
either . . . or, ou . . . ou, soit . . . soit. 
elder, aine. 
elect, Hire. 

eleven, onze; eleventh, onzieme. 
elsewhere, ailleurs. 
emotion (of), kmu. 
end, fin (f .), but (m.). 
English, Englishman, anglais. 
engrave, graver. 



enjoy, jouir de ; to enjoy one's self 
s'amuser. 

enough, assez, assez de. 

entire, entier, tout. 

entitle, intituler. 

epoch, ipoque (f.). 

equal, e"gal ; to equal, egaler. 

equally, igalement. 

erase, effacer. 

establish, etablir. 

even, mime, quand mime, quand. 

evening, soir (in.); good evening, 
bonsoir, 

every, chaque, tout; every one, 
chacun. 

example, exemple (m.). 

except, except^, a moins de. 

excuse, excuse (f.); to excuse, dis- 
penser, excuser. 

exercise, exercice (m.); to exercise, 
exercer. 

expensive, cher, ilevi. 

express (to), exprimer. 

eyeglasses, lunettes (f . pi.). 

F. 

face, visage (m.). 

faith, foi (f). 

fan, iventaii (m.). 

fall, tomber. 

fall, chute (f .). 

false, faux (f. fausse). 

family, f ami lie (f.). 

famous, cilebre. 

fancy, caprice (m.). 

father, phe (in.). ; fatherland, patrie 

(f.). 
far, loin ; far from, loin de, loin que. 
favorite, favor i. 
fear, peur, crainte (f .) ; for fear that, 

lest, de peur que. 
fear, craindre, trembler que, avoir peur. 
fearful, effrayL 
feast, fete (f.)« 
February, ftvrier (m.). 
few, peu ; fewer, moins. 
fifteen, quinze. 
fifth, cinquieme. 
fifty, cinquante. 
fight, combattre, se battre. 
finally, enfin. 



ENGLISH-FR ENCH. 



221 



find, trouver, retrouver ; to find one's 
self (= to be), se trouver ; to find 
one's position (= to locate one's 
self), s'orienter. 

finger, doigt (m.). 

finish, finir, acheuer. 

fire, feu (m.) ; fireplace, cheminee. 

firmness, fermete (f.). 

first, premier, premier ement, aupara- 
vant, d'abord. 

fish, poisson (m.). 

fist, poing (m.). 

five, cinq. 

flag, drapeau (m.). 

flatterer, flatteur, complimenteur (m.)- 

flee, fuir. 

fluently, couramment. 

floor, plancher (m.). 

flower, fleur (f .). 

follow, suiure. 

fool, foolish, sot 

foot, pied (m.)- 

for, pour, car, parce que. 

forbid, di fend re. 

forehead, front (m.). 

forget, oublier. 

forgive, pardonner. 

fork, fourchette (f.). 

formerly, autrefois, jadis. 

forty, quarante. 

four, quatre. 

fourteen, quatorze. 

fourth, quatrieme. 

frail, /re/e. 

freeze, ge/er. 

French, Frenchman, francais. 

fresh, frais. 

Friday, uendredi (m.). 

friend, ami (m.), amie(f.). 

friendship, ami tie (f.). 

frightened, effraye" (from effrayer). 

from, de, depuis. 

fruitful, ftcond. 

future, futur (tense); avenir. 

fury, fureur (f .). 

G. 

gain, gagner. 
garden, jar din (nx). 
gardener, jardinier (m.). 
gate, portail (m.) ; porte (f.)> 



gather, amasser, cueiliir. 
Gaul, gaulois. 
gender, genre (m.). 
generally, gknfralement. 
generous, ginereux. 
gentleman, monsieur (m.); (pi., mes- 
sieurs). 
German, allemand. 
gesture, geste (m.). 
get, obtenir ; get away, s'en alter; get 

ready to, se disposer a, se preparer a ; 

get up, se lever ; get up on, monter 

sur. 
girl, fille, jeune fille (f.). 
give, donner. 
glad, content. 
glass, verre (m.). 
glory, gloire (f .). 
glove, gant (m.). 
go, alter ; go away, partir, s'en alter ; 

go out, sortir ; go forward or 

forth, avancer, s'avancer. 
good, bon, brave; good! bonl bienl 

the good and the evil, le bien et le 

mat ; the goods (= wealth), les biens. 
good-bye, adieu. 
good -day (morning, afternoon), bon- 

jour. 
govern, gouverner. 
grandfather, grand-pere, a'ieul (m.). 
grandmother, grand-mere, a'ieule (f.). 
gray, gris 
great, grand ; a great deal, beaucoup 

de, joliment; greatly, grandement, 

vivement. 
greatness, grandeur (f.). 
Greek, grec (t grecque). 
green, vert. 

greeting, salutation (f .). 
grove, bois (m.). 
grumbler, grognon (m.). 
guest, note (m.). 
gulf, golfe(m.). 

H. 

hair, cheveu, poil (of animals). 
half, demi ; a half, une moitiL 
hall, corridor (m.), salle (f .) ; town (or 

city) hall, mairie (f.). 
hallo! hold! 
hand, main (f .) ; to hand, passer. 



222 



VOCABULAEIES. 



handle, manche (m.). 

happen, arriver, suruenir. 

happiness, bonheur (m.). 

happy, heureux. 

hardly, difficilement, a peine. 

hare, Heme (m.). 

hasten, hdter, se hater, accourir. 

hat, chapeau (m.). 

haughty, altier, fier. 

have, avoir (also, as auxiliary, Hre). 

hazard, hasard (m.). 

head, tete (f.). 

health, saute (f.). 

hear, entendre. 

heart, cceur (m.). 

heat, chaleur (f.). 

heaven, ciet (m.). Cf . § 320 (c). 

heavy, lourd. 

help, -er, aide (m. and f.) ; help! (in- 

terj.), «w secours! 
help, a/rfe^; to help one's self, se 

seruir. 
helpful, secourable, utile. 
her, pers. pron., la, elle; to her, a elle, 

lui ; herself, elle-meme. 
her, possess, pron., son, sa, ses ; hers, 

le sien, etc. 
here, hi, y, -ci ; here is, void ; from 

here, d'ici, en. 
hero, heros (m.). 
high, haut, el eve. 
hill, colline (f.). 

him, le, lui, etc. ; himself, lui-meme. 
his, son, sa, ses; le sien, etc. 
history, histoire (f.). 
hold, tenir ; holdback, retenir. 
home, chez soi (m.) ; demeure (f .), /ower 

(m.) ; at the home of, chez. 
homely, laid. 
honest, honnHe, brave. 
honor, honneur (m.). 
hope, espoir (m.), esperance (f.) ; to 

hope, espSrer. 
horse, cheual (m.) ; horse-chestnut- 
tree, marronnier (tn.). 
hotel, hotel (m.); hotel-keeper, maitre 

d' hotel. 
hound, chi en courant (m.). 
hour, /;eure (f.). 
house, maison (f.) ; at the house of, 

chez. 



how, comment. 

how much, how many, combien de. 

however, quelque . . . que ; however 

little, pour peu que. 
hundred, cent. 
hunger, faim (f.). 
hungry, affame ; to be hungry, avoir 

faim. 
hunt, chasse (f.). 
hush! chut! 

I. 

I, je, moi. 

if, si; even if, quand meme, quand. 
ill, malade. 

important, important; it is impor- 
tant, il importe. 
improve, ameliorer, s'ameliorer. 
in, en, dans, a. 
incredible, Lncroyable. 
indeed, certes, en verite, vraiment 
indoors, dedans. 
industrious, diligent 
inform, informer, avertir. 
ink, encre (f .). 
instead of, aw lieu de. 
insult, insulter, outrager. 
iron, fer (m.). 
it, //, elle, le, la, etc. 
its, son, sa, ses. 
ivy, tierre (m.). 

J. 

January, Janvier (m.). 

jealous, jaloux. 

job, ouvrage (ax.). 

journey, voyage (m.). 

judge, juge (m.) ; to judge, juger. 

July, juillet (m.). 

June, juin (m.). 

K. 

keep, garder; keep from, emplcher, 

s'empecher de. 
key, clef (or cli) (f .). 
kidney, rognon (m.). 
kill, tuer. 
kind, bon, aimable. 
kind, espece, sorte (f.). 
king, roi (m.). 
kitchen, cuisine (f .). 



ENGLISH-FREXC1L 



223 



knife, couteau (m.). 

knock, f rapper ; knock down, ter- 
rasser. 

know, connaitre, savoir ; know how, 
savoir. 

L. 

lady, dame (f.); young lady, demoi- 
selle (f.). 

lament, deplorer. 

land, terre (f .), pays (m.) ; fatherland, 
patrie (f.). 

language, langage (m.), /ant/we (f .). 

large, grand, gros. 

last, dernier; at last, en fin. 

last, d«/-e/\ 

latchkey, passe-partout (inf- 
late, faro 1 / c/? retard. 

latter, dernier. 

laugh, rire. 

law, loi ({.). 

lazy, paresseux. 

lead, mener, conduire ; lead back, ra- 

leaf, /eu/7/e (f .)• 

leap year, ann£e bissextile (f.). 

learn, apprendre ; learned, erudit, sa- 
vant. 

least, le moins ; at least, aw moins. 

leave, laisser. 

left, gauche. 

leg, jambe (f.); leg of mutton, gigot 
(in.)- 

length, longueur (f.). 

less, -er, moindre, moins. 

lesson, leg on (f .). 

letter, /ettre (f.); letter-box, boite 
mx lettres (f.) ; man of letters, 
homme de lettres (m.), /eff^e. 

lie, rnensonge (m.) ; to lie, mentir. 

lie down, se coucher. 

life, we (f.). 

light, lumiers (f .). 

light, /eger, 

like, comme ; alike, semblable. 

limit, limits (f .) ; to limit, bornsr. 

line, //gne (f.). 

linen, toile (f.). 

literary, litteraire. 

little, petit ; a little, w/7 peu. 

live, u/ure, demeurer ; alive, viuant. 

lively, vif. 



living, viuant. 

locate (to — one's self), s'orientcr. 
long, long; long (= long time), long- 
temps. 
look, regard (m.) ; to look at, regarder. 
lose, perdre. 
loss, perte(i.). 

love, amour (in.); to love, a/me/-, 
lower, abaisser. 
lunatic, /o« (m.). 
luxury, /uxe (m.). 

M. 
magazine, revue (f.). 
make, /«/>e, rend re, etc. 
man, homme (m.). 
manner, maniere, facon (f.); in the 

manner of, d /a, en (cf. § 314). 
many, beaucoup. 
March, mars (m.). 
market, marchi(m.). 
marvelous, merueilleux. 
mass, masse, messe (f.). 
master, maitre (m.); masterpiece, 

chef-d'ceuure (m.). 
matter, matiere (f.). 
May, mai (m.). 
mayor, n?a/>e (m.). 
me, me, moi. 
meadow, prairie (f.). 
meal, repas (m.). 
meat, viande (f .). 
meet, rencontrer, faire la connaissance 

de. 
mend, raccommoder. 
merchant, marchand (m.). 
messenger, messager, commissionnaire 

(m.). 
middle, du milieu. 
midnight, minuit (m.). 
mien, air (m.), mine (f .). 
milk, lait (m.). 
mine, /n/ew, /e mien, etc. 
minister, ministre (m.). 
minor, mineur. 
Miss, mademoiselle (f .). 
mistake, meprise (f .) ; to be mistaken, 

to make a mistake, se tromper. 
Monday, lundi (m.). 
money, argent (m.), monnaie (f .). 
monk, mo/He (in.). 



224 



VOCABULARIES. 



month, mois (m.). 

moon, lune(f.). 

more, plus, dauantage. 

moreover, d'aitleurs, or. 

morning, matin (m.). 

moss, mousse (f .)• 

mother, mere (f.); mother-in-law, 
belle-mere. 

mountain, mqntagne (f.)- 

mouth, bouche (f.). 

movement, mouuement (m.). 

Mr., monsieur. 

Mrs., madame. 

much, beaucoup; uiuement (with " re- 
mercier, " in a letter) ; by much 
(from continually), a force de. 

music, musique (f .). 

my, mon, ma, mes. 

myself, moi-meme. 

N. 

nail, clou (m.). 

naked, nu. 

name, nom (m.); to name, nommer. 

nap, somme, sommeil (m.). 

near, pres, pres de ; get near, s'ap- 
procher. 

neat, net, propre. 

necessary, nicessaire ; it is neces- 
sary, // faut. 

need, besoin ; to need, avoir besoin. 

neighbor, voisin (m.), uoisine (f.). 

neither, ni; neither . . . nor, ni 
. . . ni. 

nest, nid (m.). 

never, jamais. 

nevertheless, nSanmoins. 

new, neuf, nouueau. 

news, nouuelle (f .), nouuelles (f . pi.). 

newspaper, journal (ni.). 

next, prochain, suiuant. 

nice, gentil, mignon, aimable, etc. 

night, mitt (f.); good-night, bonnuit. 

nine, neuf. 

nineteen, dix-neuf. 

ninety, quatre-vingt-dix. 

ninth, neuvieme. 

no, non pas de, mil ; no more, ne plus. 

nobody, personne (in. pron.). 

none, aucun, mil. 

noon, midi (m.). 



north, nord (m.). 

nose, nez (m.). 

not, pas, ne . . . pas, ne . . . point; 
not any, pas de, nul ; not any more, 
ne . . . plus; not at all, pas du tout. 

note, billet (m.). 

nothing, rien. 

notice (to), remarquer. 

noun, nom (m.). 

novel, roman (m.), nouvalle (f.). 

novelist, romancier (ni.). 

now, maintenant, or. 

number, nombre, numtro (m.). 



obey, obeir a. 

obstruct, encombrer. 

Offer, offrir. 

office, bureau (m.). 

often, souuent. 

oil, huile (f.)~. 

old, u/eu* ; old age, uieillesse (f .) ; old 
man, vieillard(m.) ; of old, /arf/ft aw- 
trefois. 

on, su/\ 

one, wn, une ; one another, /'mw ('au- 
tre ; one (pron.), on ; one's self, so/- 
meme. 

only, settlement ; ne . . . que. 

open, ouurir ; open (adj.), ouvert. 

opposite, en face de ; vls-a-uis. 

or, ou. 

order, ordre (m.); to order, ordonner, 
commander ; in order that, pour que, 
afin que. 

Other, autre. 

our, not re, nos. 

ours, le (la) nbtre, les notres. 

ourselves, nous-memes. 

outdoors, dehors. 

over, sur, an dessus de. 

overcoat, par dessus (in.)- 

overcome, surmonter, vainer e. 

owe, devoir. 

P. 

packet, paquebot (m.). 
painter, peintre (m.). 
pair, paire (f.). 
palace, palais (m.). 
palate, palais (m.). 



EXGLISH-FREXCH. 



225 



laissez-passer (m.); to pass, 

passer; go past, passer (conj. with 

etre). 
passenger, uoyageur, passager (m.). 
past, passe (m.). 
parasol, ombrelle (f.). 
part, ro/e (in.), partie (f.) ; most part, 

plupart (f .). 
partake, partager. 
party, parti (m.). 
pavement, pai/e, pauage (m.). 
pay, payer. 
peace, pa/* (f.). 
peach, pecfie (f.). 
peasant, paysan (m.). 
pencil, crayon (m.). 
pen, p/ume (f .) ; penknife, can// (m.). 
people, joet/p/e (m.) ; pron., on ; les gens ; 

young people, jeunes gens. 
perceive, percevoir, aperceuoir, s'aper- 

ceuoir de. 
perfect, parfait. 
perhaps, peut-etre. 
physician, midecin (m.). 
pick, cuelllir; pick up, ramasser. 
picture, tableau (m.). 
piece, piece (f.), morceau (m.) ; apiece, 

la piece. 
pig, cochon, pore (m.). 
place, place (f.), endroit(m.) ; to place, 

mettre. 
play, jew (m.) ; piece (de theatre) (f .) ; 

to play, jouer ; plaything, jouet 

(m.). 
please, ptaire; (if you) please, je uous 

prie, s'il uous plait; please forward, 

priere de faire suiure. 
pleasure, plalstr (m.) ; take pleasure 

in, se plaire d,. 
plum, prune (f.). 
poem, poerne (m.) ; poesie (f*.). 
poet, poete (m.). 
poetry, poe"sie (1). 
polite, polished, poli. 
possess, posseder. 
postman, facteur (m.). 
post-office, poste (f.). 
poultry, volaille (f .)• 
power, pouuoir (m.), puissance (f.). 
praise (to), louer. 
praise, louange (f .). 



pray, prier. 

prayer, pn'^re (f .). 

prefer, preferer. 

presently, blentbt, tantot, & I'instant. 

preserve (to) conseruer. 

pretty, joli. 

prevent, empecher. 

previous, anterieur; previous to, 

auant ; previously, auparauant. 
price, prix (m.). 
pride, orgueil (m.),fierte (f.) ; to pride 

one's self, se uanter ; self -pride, 

amour-propre (m.). 
proclaim, proclamer. 
produce, produire. 
proof, preuue (f.). 
proud, fier. 
prove, prouuer. 
provide, pourvoir ; provided that, 

pouruu que. 
punish, punir. 

pupil, eleue (m. f .), ecotier (m.). 
push, pousser. 
put, mettre; put forward, auancer, 

mettre en auant. 

Q. 

quarter, quart (m.). 

quick, uite, uif; quickly, uiuement, 

uite. 
quiet, tranquille; quiet! paixt 

K. 

railroad, chemin de fer (m.). 

rain, pluie (f .) ; to rain, pleuuoir. 

rainbow, arc-en-ciel (m.). 

raise, teuer, eleuer. 

rate, prix (m.) ; reduced rate, rabais. 

read, lire. 

ready, prU. 

really, riellement, uraiment. 

reason, raison (f.). 

receive, receuoir. 

red, rouge. 

redeem, racheter. 

reform, reformer ; se corriger. 

refrain (from) s'empecher de. 

regards, amities (f . pi.) ; respects (m. 

pi.), 
regret, regretter. 
reign, regne (m.) ; to reign, rigner. 



226 



VOCABULARIES. 



rein, guide (f.). 

rejoice, rijouir, se rkjouir. 

relatives, parents (m. pi.). 

remain, r ester, demeurer. 

remember, se rappeler, se souvenir de. 

remembrance, souvenir (m.). 

repeat, reptter. 

replace, remplacer. 

reply, reponse (f .) ; to reply, repondre. 

representative, depute (in.). 

resemble, ressembler. 

reside, resider, demeurer. 

respectful, respectueux. 

rest, reposer, se reposer. 

retail, ditail (m.). 

retire (at night), se coucher. 

retreat, retraite (f .). 

return, rendre ; {— comeback), revenir, 
retourner. 

ribbon, ruban (m.). 

right, droit (m.) ; to be right, avoir 
raison ; right arm, bras droit. 

ring, anneau (m.), bague (f .). 

ripe, mftr. 

rise, se lever. 

river, riviere (f.) t fleuve (m.). 

road, chemln (m.), route (f .). 

roar, muglr, ruglr. 

roast, rbtl (m.) ; to roast, rbtir. 

romanticism, romantisme (m.). 

roof, tott(m.). 

room, chambre, salle (f.) ; bedroom, 
chambre a- coucher; bath-room, salle 
de bains; dining-room, salle A man- 
ger ; waiting-room, salle d'attente. 

round, rond. 

rudder, gouvernail (m.). 

run, courir, alter, marcher. 

Russian, russe. 



sad, triste. 

sail, voile (f .) ; sailing vessel, bateau 

a. voiles (m.) ; sailor, marin (m.). 
same, mtme. 
satisfaction, satisfaction (f .), contente- 

ment (m.). 
Saturday, samedl (m.). 
say, dire. 

scarcely, & peine, quire, tout an plus. 
scholar, kcolier (m.), tlt-ve (m. f.). 



school, icole (f.). 

scold, grander. 

sea, mer (f .) ; sea-sickness, mal de mer 
(m.). 

season, saison (f .). 

seat, siege (m.). 

second, second, deuxieme. 

second (division of time), seconde (f .). 

see, voir. 

seem, sembler. 

self (see myself, etc.); one's self, 
soi-me~me. 

sell, vendre. 

send, envoy er ; send back, r envoy er. 

sensitive, sensible. 

servant, domestique (m. f .), bonne (f .). 

serve, servir. 

settle, regler. 

seven, sept. 

seventeen, dix-sept. 

seventh, septleme. 

seventy, soixante-dix. 

several, plusleurs. 

sew, coudre. 

shame, honte (f.). 

she, elle. 

shining, brillant 

shoe, Soulier (in.), bottine (f.) ; shoe- 
maker (m.), cordonnier (m.). 

shoot, fusilier. 

shorn, ras. 

short, court, petit 

show, montrer, indiquer. 

sick, mal ad e. 

side, cdte(m.); sidewalk, trottoir(m.). 

sight, vue (f .). 

silver, argent (m.). 

since, depuis, puisque. 

sincere, sincere, empresse". 

sing, chanter. 

sir, monsieur (m.). 

sister, soeur (f.) ; sister-in-law, belle- 
sa?ur. 

sit down, s'asseoir. 

sixteen, seize. 

sixty, soixante. 

skill, habileii, adresse (f.). 

skin, peau (f.). 

sky, del (pi. c/eux), (m.), (of. § 320 e). 

slave, esclaue (m. f.). 

slavery, esc/auage(m.). 



ENGLISH-FRENCH. 



227 



sleep, sommeit, somme (m.) ; to sleep, 
dormir. 

sleeve, manche (f.)- 

slim, grele, mince. 

slow, lent ; slowly, lentement. 

small, petit. 

smile, sourire (m.) ; to smile, sourire, 

smoke, fumie (f.); to smoke, fumer ; 
smoking-room, fumoir (m.). 

snow, neige (f .)• 

so, si, ainsi, tellement ; so that, de 
maniere que, de sorte que ; so much, 
tant,tellement /so many, tant,tantde. 

soap, savon (m.)- 

soft, mou; softly, doucement. 

soldier, soldat (m.). 

some, que I que, quelques, du, de la, des, 
en, etc.; some one, quelqu'un (m.); 
sometimes, quelquefois; some- 
thing, quelque chose (tn.). 

son, fits (m.) ; son-in-law, gendre (m.). 

song, chanson (f.), chant (m.). 

soon, tdt, bientbt. 

sorry, f&che". 

south, sud (m.). 

sow, semer ; sower, semeur (m.). 

Spaniard, Spanish, espagnol. 

spare, kpargner, manager. 

speak, parler; speak loud, parler 
haut, parler & haute uoix. 

spell, ipeler. 

spend, dkpenser. 

spirit, esprit (m.). 

spite, dbpit (m.) ; in spite of, malgrL 

spoil, gdter. 

spoon, cuiller (or cuillere) (f .)• 

spread, repandre. 

spring, printempsQm.); (steel) spring, 
ressort (m.). 

stage-coach, diligence (f.). 

stamp, timbre (m.). 

stand, se tenir, supporter. 

state, Hat (m.). 

station, station, gare (f.) ; station- 
master, chef de gare (m.). 

steady, fixe. 

steal, voter. 

steam, vapeur (f .) ; steamboat, bateau 
a vapeur, steamer (m.). 

stew, sauce (f .), ragoUt (m.). 

steward (house), maitre d' hotel, 



stick, bdton (m.). 

still (yet), encore. 

stone, pierre (f .); (of a fruit), noyau (m.). 

stop, arreter, s'arrHer. 

store, magasin (m.). 

storm, tempUe (f .), orage (m.). 

story, histoire (f .), cowte (m.). 

stove, potle (m.). 

straw, paille (f .) ; strawberry, /ra/'se 
(f.). 

street, rue (f.). 

strength, force (f.). 

strike, f rapper. 

stroke, coup (m.). 

strong, /ort. 

study, itude (f .) ; to study, etudier. 

subscription, abonnement (m.). 

suburb, faubourg (m.). 

succeed, succeder, riussir, parvenir. 

such, te/. 

suffer, souffrir. 

sum, somme (f.). 

summer, ^ie (m.). 

sun, so/e/7 (m.). 

Sunday, dimanche (m.). 

supper, soMjoer (m.) ; to take supper, 
sovper. 

surely, assurtment. 

surpass, sur passer, passer, de" passer. 

surprise, surprise (f.), etonnement(m.) ; 
to surprise, etonner; to be sur- 
prised, s'etonner. 

surround, entourer, environner. 

survive, survivre. 

sustain, soutenir. 

swallow, hi rondel I e (f .). 

Swede, Swedish, suedois. 

sweet, doux. 

swim, nager. 



tailor, tailleur (m.). 

take, prendre ; take a walk, se pro- 

mener. 
tale, conte (m.). 
talk, parler, bavarder. 
talker, parleur (m.). 
tall, grand. 
tea, the" (m.)« 
tear, larme (f .) 
tear, dSchirer. 



228 



VOCABULARIES. 



temptation, tentation (f .). 

ten, dix; tenth, dixieme. 

tender, tendre, doux. 

term, terme (m.). 

terrorize, tettotiset, ipouvanter. 

than, que. 

thanks, metci, temetciment (m.); I 
thank you, je vous temetcie. 

that (pron.), ce, cet, cette, ces, ce . . . Id, 
etc., celui, celdb, celui -Id, celle-ld, qui, 
que, lequel, etc. ; that which, ce que, 
ce qui ; that is it ! c'est eel a ! 

that (conj.), que (often omitted in Eng- 
lish, but not in French). 

thee, te, toi. 

their, leut, leuts ; theirs, le leut, etc. 

them, eux, elles, les ; to them, a eux, 
a elles, leut; themselves, eux-mtmes, 
elles-mtmes. 

then, alots, done, puis, ensuite. 

there, id,, y; from there, de Id,, en; 
there is, voild ; there is (a book on 
the table), /'/ y a (un liute sut la table) ; 
there are, il y a. 

therefore, done, c'est poutquoi. 

these, ces, ceux-ci, celles-ci. 

they, its, elles, eux; (indefln.), on. 

thick, epais. 

thief, uoleut (m.). 

thine, le tien, etc. 

thing, chose (f.) ; everything, all 
things, tout. 

think, penset; thinker, penseur (m.). 

third, tiers (m.); ttoisieme (adj.). 

thirst, so//(f.). 

thirteen, tteize. 

thirty, trente. 

this, ce, cet, cette, ce . . . ci, etc., ceci, 
celui, celle, celui-ci, celle-ci. 

those, ces, ceux-ld, celles-ld. 

thou, tu. 

thought, penste (f .). 

thousand, mi lie. 

threaten, menacer. 

three, ttois. 

throat, gorge (f.). 

throne, trbne (m.). 

through, par, & trauers, au trauers de. 

throw, jeter. 

thumb, pouce (m.). 

Thursday, jeudi (in.). 



thus, ainsi. 

thyself, toi-mtme, 

ticket, billet (in.). 

time, temps (m.), fois (f.); once, une 
fois ; three times, trois fois. 

tire, fatiguer, lasser. 

title, titte (in.). 

to, a, pout, en ; to-day, aujoutd'hui. 

together, ensemble. 

tomb, tombeau (m.). 

to-morrow, demain ; day after to- 
morrow, apres-demain. 

tongue, langue (f.). 

too, ttop; too much, ttop, ttop de; 
too many, trop de. 

touch, toucher. 

toward, vers. 

tower, tour (f .). 

township, commune (f .). 

trade, metier (in.). 

trail, trace (f .). 

translation, traduction (f.). 

travel, voyage (m.); to travel, voy- 
ager. 

traveler, voyageur (m.). 

tree, arbre (m.). 

triumph, triomphe (m.) ; to triumph, 
triompher. 

trout, truite (f.). 

true, vrai ; truly, vtaiment. 

trunk, malle (f.). 

truth, uirite (f.). 

try, essayer ; (try to) chercher a. 

Tuesday, mardi (m.). 

turn, tour (m.). 

twelve, douze; twelfth, douzieme. 

twenty, vingt. 

two, deux. 

U. 

ugly, laid. 

umbrella, parapluie (m.). 

uncle, oncle (m.). 

uncover, decouurir. 

under, sous; underneath, dessous, 
au-dessous. 

understand, comprendrc. 

uneasy, inquiet. 

unforeseen, imprivu. 

unknown, inconnu. 

unless, A moins que (or — ofe). 

until, j usque, jusqu'd cc que. 



ENGLISH-FRENCH. 



229 



uphold, soutenir. 

upon, sur. 

upper, superleur. 

up to, jusqu'a. 

us, nous. 

utter (a cry), pousser (un erf). 



valley, vallee (£.). 
vanquish, uaincre. 
various, different 
vegetable, legume (m.). 
verse, vers (m.). 

very, tres ; very much, tres, beau- 
coup (not tres beaucoup). 
vest, gilet (m.). 
view, vue (f .)• 
virtue, vertu (f.). 
visitor, y/s/fe (f.), uisiteur (in.), 
voice, yo/x (f .). 
voyage, traverse" e (f.). 

W. 

wait, attendre ; wait on, servir; 

waiter, garqon. 
wake, ue/V/er ; wake up, s'eveilter, se 

riveiller. 
walk, marcher. 
wall, mur (m.), muraille (f.). 
walnut, ho/a- (f .)• 
want, uouloir. 
war, guerre (f .). 
warm, chaud ; to warm one's self, 

se chauffer, se rechauffer. 
warn, auertir. 
wash, /auer, se /ayer. 
watch, montre (f.) ; to watch, veiller; 

watchman, veilleur de nuit. 
water, eau (f .) ; to water, abreuver. 
wave, fiot (ni.), vague (f.). 
way, voie (f .), chemin (m.) ; (= manner) 

fag on (f.). 
we, nous. 

weak, faible; weaken, faiblir. 
weapon, arme (f.). 
wear, porter. 
weather, temps (m.). 
Wednesday, merer edi (m.). 
week, semaine (f.). 
weep, pleurer. 



weigh, peser. 

weight, po/rfs (m.). 

well, bien; well, well! aliens, allons! 

west, ouest (m.). 

wet, mouille; to wet, mouiller; to gee 

wet, se mouiller. 
what, <7«e/, quelle; quoi? ; ce que, ce 

qui ; whatever, quoi que, quelque . . . 

que, etc. 
wheat, ble (m.). 
when, quancl, lorsque. 
where, ou. 
whether, si ; whether ... or, soit 

. . . soit, soit que . . . soit que. 
which, lequel ; qui, que, quel. 
while, pendant que. 
whistle (to) siffler. 
white, blanc. 
who, qui, lequel; whom, qui, que, 

lequel. 
whoever, qui que ; quel que, quiconque. 
whole, entier. 
whosoever, qui que ce soit. 
why, pourquoi. 
wife, femme. 

will, vouloir ; will, volonte (f .). 
win, gagner. 
wind, vent (m.). 
wind, remonter. 
wine, vin (m.). 
wing, aile if.). 
winter, hiuer(m.). 
wise, sage; in no wise, nullement; 

likewise, de nieme. 
wish, vouloir ; wish, desir, souhait (in.). 
wit, esprit (in.), 
with, avec ; within, dedans ; without, 

dehors, sans. 
witness, temoin (m.). 
woman, femme (f.). 
wonder, merveille (f.): to wonder, 

s'emerveiller, s'etonner ; wonder- 
fully, merveilleusement. 
wood, bois (m.). 
word, mot (m.) ; parole (f.). 
work, travail (m.), ouvrage (in.), csuvre 

(f .) ; to work, travailler. 
world, monde (m.). 
worse, worst, pire, le pire. 
write, ecrire. 
writer, ecrivain (in.). 



230 



VOCABULARIES. 



wrong, tort (m.) ; to be wrong, avoir 
tort. 

Y. 

yawn, b&iller. 

year, annee (f.), an (m.); leap year, 
annie bissextile ; happy new year ! 
bonne annie I new year's day, jour 
de fan ; new year, nouuel an. 

yellow, jaune. 

yes, out, si. 



yesterday, hier ; day before yester- 
day, avant hier. 

yoke, joug (m.). 

yonder, Ict-bas. 

you, vous, tu. 

young, jeune; young man, jeune 
homme. 

your, votre, uos, ton, ta, tes. 

yours, le votre, etc. ; le tien, etc. 

yourself, vous-mSme, toi-nr&me ; your- 
selves, vous-nrtmes. 



INDEX. 



Numbers refer to sections. 
conj. = conjugation, or conjugated; prep. = preposition ; pron. = pronunciation. 



A, pron., 2 ; prep., 12, 418, 419-421. 

accent, 10 ; French accents, 117. 

address of letter, 294. 

adjectives: agreement, 16; formation 
of feminine, 17, 328-335; in eux, 210; 
plural, 35, 340 ; place, 336-340 ; com- 
parison, 84 ff., 335; qualifying, 326- 
341 ; demonstrative, 27-30 ; posses- 
sive, 44, 136-138 ; determinative, 341- 
352 ; interrogative, 342 ; indefinite, 
348-352 ; numeral, see cardinal and 
ordinal. 

adverbs, 426-431 ; of quantity, 99, 426 ; 
of time, place, etc., 426 ; comparison, 
429-431. 

alphabet, 1 ; pronunciation, 2-10. 

article : definite, 12 ff.; before names 
of countries, 38 (note), 307 ; used for 
possessive adjectives, 45, 309 ; other 
uses and omissions, 304-313; agree- 
ment, 313, 314 ; indefinite, 43. 

avoir: present tenses, 33; imperfect 
and past definite, 49-53 ; conditional, 
127 ; verbs conj. with, 155-159. 

C, pron., 6. 

cardinal numerals, 98, 151. 

ch, pron., 6. 

Chateaubriand, 154. 

comparison of adjectives, 84 ff., 335; 

of adverbs, 429-431. 
compound nouns, 321-324. 
concessive use of subjunctive, 260. 
conditional mood : inflection, 126 ; 

uses, 221, 403. 



conjugations : see verbs. 

conjunctions, 431-438; of coordina- 
tion, 431, 432, 437 ; of subordination, 
434-437. 

consonants, pron., 6-8 ; final, 7-9. 

] CORXEILLE, 121. 

i Dans, prep., 418, 422 if. 
| days of week, names, 174. 

de, prep., 12, 421. 

definite article : see article. 

demonstratives : see adjectives and 
pronouns. 

diphthongs, 3. 

Dumas (Alexandre), 135. 

E, pron., 1, 2. 

elision, 12, 353 (g). 

-emment, adverbial ending, 428 (e). 

en, prep., 418, 422 ff. ; with present par- 
ticiple, 278, 391. 

en, adverbial pronoun, 101, 122. 

endings (letter), 298. 

etre, present tense, 18 ; imperfect and 
past definite, 49-53 ; future, 113 ; con- 
ditional, 127 ; subjunctive, 242 ; verbs 
conj. with, 178 ff. 

Feminine of adjectives, 17, 328-335 ; 

of nouns, 11, 316-320. 
future tense : inflection, 111-114 ; uses, 

400-403. 

G, pron., 6. 

gender of nouns, 11, 316-320. 

gn, pron., 6. 



231 



232 



INDEX. 



H, pron., 6. 
headings (letter), 295. 
Hugo (Victor), 61. 

I, pron., 1, 2. 

imperative, 69. 

imperfect: endings, 50; meaning, 52; 



indefinite : pronouns, 39, 376-334 ; ad- 
jectives, 348-352 ; article, 43. 

indicative : meaning, 243, 392 ; see also 
verbs, and various tenses. 

infinitive : endings, 62 ; uses, 384-392 ; 
without prep., 385; with de, 386; 
with a, 387-389; with other prep., 
389-391 ; instead of subjunctive, 263, 
386 (c). 

interjections, 438 ff . 

interrogation, 20, 105. 

irregular verbs, 300 ff. 

L, pron., 6. 

La Fontaine, 103. 

Lamartine, 61. 

letters : address, heading, beginning, 

ending, 294-298 ; notes, 298. 
liaison, 8. 

Moods of verbs : see verbs. 
Mcjsset (Alfred de), 81. 

Nasal vowels, 4-6. 

negation, 24. 

notes, 298. 

noun : gender, 11, 316-320 ; plural, 35, 
320; plural of nouns in at, 94; com- 
pound, 321-324 ; foreign, 324 ; proper, 
306,325. 

numerals : see cardinal and ordinal 
numerals. 

O, pron., 1, 2. 

object pronouns, 106 ff. 

on, indefinite pronoun, 39, 381-384. 

ordinal numerals, 174, 344-346. 

Participles : see present and past 

participles, 
partitive article, 34. 
passive voice of verbs, 203 ff. 
past definite; of tire and avoir, 51; 



of other verbs, 142-144 ; meaning, 52 ; 
uses, 395-398. 

past indefinite : inflection, 158, 180 ; 
uses, 398. 

past participle : how formed, 157 ; conj. 
with avoir, 170; conj. with etre, 
170, 181, 410; of intransitive verbs, 
411 ; other rules of agreement, 412- 
418. 

past perfect : uses, 399. 

pluperfect : uses, 399. 

plural of nouns and adjectives, 35 ; see 
also nouns and adjectives. 

prepositions, 418 ff. ; before infinitive, 
389-391 ; en with present participle, 
278. 

present participle : ending, 63 ; com- 
pared with verbal forms in ant, 407- 
409 ; use with en , 278. 

pronouns: personal, 104 ff., 353-357; 
possessive, 138-141 ; demonstrative, 
30, 358-362 ; indefinite, 39, 376-384 ; 
relative, 362-372 ; interrogative, 372- 
376. 

pronunciation of vowels and conso- 
nants, 2ff. 

proper names, 38 (note), 306, 325. 

R, pron., 6. 
reflexive verbs, 189 ff. 
relative pronouns, 362-372. 

S, pron., 6. 

Sevigne (MME. de), 177. 

some : how translated, 34. 

subject-pronouns : place of, 105. 

subjunctive mood: inflection, 234ff.; 
meaning, 243 ; after verbs or expres- 
sions of sentiment, 244, 245 ; after 
verbs or expressions of fear. 245 
(note) ; after verbs of will or com- 
mand, 250 (a); after impersonal verbs 
and expressions, 250 (l>) ; after nega- 
tive clauses. 252 (a) ; after superla- 
tives, 252 (l>): after phrases of con- 
cession, condition, doubt, fear, etc., 
260; replaced by infinitive, 263, 386 
(c) ; use of tenses, 261, 405-407. 

superlative degree of comparison : 
see comparison. 

syllables : division of words into, 9. 



INDEX. 



233 



T, pron., 6. 

tenses : sequence, 261, 405-407 ; for use 

of tenses, see various tenses, 
time of day, 164. 

U, pron., 2. 

WW, pron., 5; indef. article, 43; num. 
adj., 98. 

Verbs: conjugation, 62-67; in -clcr, 
-eter, 73, 272 (a) ; in -yer, 148, 272 (/) ; 
in -cer, -ger, 272 ; with e and e in 
the penult, 146-148, 272 (d, e) ; im- 
perative, 69 ; future, 111-114 ; condi- 
tional, 124 ; see also conditional ; 



remarks on verbs of conj. I. and II., 
272 ff.; of conj. III. and IV., 281 ff. ; 
irregular (tables of), 300 ff.; com- 
pound tenses with avoir, 155 ff. ; 
with etre, 178 ff. ; reflexive, 189ff. ; 
passive voice, 203 ff. • after condi- 
tional si, 218 ff. For use of tenses, 
see various moods and tenses. 

vowels: pron., 2-6; simple, 2; diph- 
thongs, 3 ; nasal, 4-6. 

Voltaire, 188. 

X, pron., 6. 

Y, adverbial pronoun, 76, 78. 



APR 19 1399 



FEB 1 



19 18 



CONGRE ss 







